Hancock Whitney
Corporation
2023 ANNUAL REPORT
Earnings Per Share – Diluted
$5.98
$5.22
$4.50
$3.72
($0.54)
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Earnings Per Share – Diluted
Adjusted PPNR(a)
Total Loans
(in millions)
$5.98
(in billions)
$641.1
$5.22
$21.2 $21.8 $21.1
$487.9 $491.2
$3.72
$537.6
$23.1
$635.7
$23.9
$4.50
($0.54)
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Total Loans
Total Deposits
Adjusted PPNR(a)
(in billions)
(in billions)
(in millions)
$21.2 $21.8 $21.1
$30.5
$537.6
$23.1
$641.1
$23.9
$635.7
$29.1 $29.7
$487.9 $491.2
$27.7
$23.8
2019
2019
2019
2020
2020
2020
2021
2021
2021
2022
2022
2022
2023
2023
2023
Total Deposits
(in billions)
$30.5
$29.1 $29.7
$27.7
$23.8
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-1
6
700
25
600
5
500
4
20
400
3
300
15
2
200
10
1
100
0
0
5
-1
0
25
700
35
600
20
30
500
25
400
15
20
300
10
200
15
100
10
5
0
5
0
0
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Earnings Per Share – Diluted
$5.98
$5.22
$4.50
$3.72
($0.54)
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Earnings Per Share – Diluted
Total Loans
(in billions)
$21.2 $21.8 $21.1
$5.22
$5.98
$23.1
$23.9
$4.50
$3.72
($0.54)
2019
2019
2020
2020
2021
2021
2022
2022
2023
2023
Total Loans
(in billions)
$21.2 $21.8 $21.1
$23.1
$23.9
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-1
25
6
5
20
4
15
3
2
10
1
0
5
0
-1
25
20
15
10
5
0
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
700
600
35
500
30
400
25
300
20
200
15
100
0
10
5
0
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Adjusted PPNR(a)
(in millions)
Hancock Whitney Corporation
Financial Highlights
$635.7
$641.1
$487.9 $491.2
$537.6
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
2023
2022
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Net income
Net interest income (TE)*
2019
Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (PPNR)(a)
2023
2020
2022
2021
COMMON SHARE DATA
Earnings per share – diluted
Tangible book value per share (period-end)
Adjusted PPNR(a)
Book value per share (period-end)
(in millions)
Total Deposits
(in billions)
$537.6
$30.5
Cash dividends per share
$487.9 $491.2
Market data
$641.1
$635.7
$29.1 $29.7
$27.7
High sales price
$23.8
Low sales price
Period-end closing price
PERIOD-END BALANCE SHEET DATA
Securities
2019
Loans
2020
2021
2022
2023
2019
Earning assets
2020
Total assets
2021
2022
2023
Total deposits
Common stockholders’ equity
Total Deposits
(in billions)
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
$30.5
Return on average assets
$27.7
$29.1 $29.7
$23.8
Return on average common equity
Net interest margin (TE)*
Efficiency ratio(b)
Allowance for credit losses as percent of period-end loans
Tangible common equity ratio(c)
Return on average tangible common equity
2019
Leverage (Tier 1) ratio
2020
2021
2022
2023
Common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio
$392,602
$524,089
$1,108,706
$1,060,351
$635,715
$641,145
$4.50
$44.05
$33.63
$1.20
$54.38
$31.02
$48.59
$5.98
$38.89
$28.29
$1.08
$59.82
$41.62
$48.39
$7,599,974
$8,408,536
$23,921,917
$23,114,046
$32,175,097
$31,873,027
$35,578,573
$35,183,825
$29,690,059
$29,070,349
$3,803,661
$3,342,628
1.10%
11.13%
3.34%
55.25%
1.41%
8.37%
14.97%
10.10%
12.33%
13.93%
1.49%
15.39%
3.26%
52.93%
1.48%
7.09%
21.07%
9.53%
11.41%
12.97%
*Taxable equivalent (TE) amounts are calculated using a federal income tax rate of 21%.
(a) Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (PPNR) is net interest income (TE) and noninterest income less noninterest
expense and supplemental disclosure items. For reconciliation of this Non-GAAP financial measure, please refer
to the 4Q23 earnings release found on investors.hancockwhitney.com.
(b) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest income (TE) and noninterest income, excluding
amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items. For reconciliation of this Non-GAAP
financial measure, please refer to the 4Q23 earnings release found on investors.hancockwhitney.com.
(c) The tangible common equity ratio is common stockholders’ equity less intangible assets divided by total assets
less intangible assets.
To Our Shareholders:
Guided by our mission, purpose, and core values, Hancock
Whitney achieved remarkable financial results in 2023 during a still
uncertain national economy—an accomplishment made possible
because of our commitment to investing in people, technology,
and marketing over the last several years.
Despite headwinds from the rate environment and tumult in the
banking industry earlier in the year, Hancock Whitney ended 2023
with strong capital, ample liquidity, a seasoned and diversified
deposit base, and solid allowance for credit losses.
We completed a securities portfolio restructure, deleveraging
our balance sheet and reinvesting in higher-yielding securities to
support net interest income going forward. Loans grew 3% in 2023,
funded by both deposit growth and cash flows from our securities
portfolio. Our asset quality metrics, including criticized commercial
to total commercial loans and total nonaccrual loans, remained
at or near historically low levels throughout the year. Fee income,
excluding supplemental disclosure items* from the fourth quarter,
experienced growth each quarter of 2023, which we attribute to
the efforts of our dedicated associates.
As we look toward celebrating in October our 125th year of
operating under the charter our founders established in 1899, we
believe 2023 financial performance, proven resilience over the
past century, and solid, prudent strategies to sustain our trademark
strength and stability position us to stay strong and serve clients
and communities in any economy.
Looking to 2024
We expect 2024 to be another year of potential macro environment
challenges; but we also anticipate carrying our 2023 momentum
into 2024. We have updated our three-year Corporate Strategic
Objectives (CSOs). These CSOs are our board-approved targets
for operating the company over the next three years. They
are key to every decision we make and reviewed annually.
Current Corporate
Strategic Objectives
(CSOs)
3-Year
Objective
(4Q26)**
4Q23
Actual
2023
Actual
Adjusted ROA*
1.30–1.50%
1.23%
1.27%
TCE
> 8%
8.37%
8.37%
Adjusted ROTCE*
> 18%
16.43%
17.24%
Efficiency Ratio
< 55%
55.58%
55.25%
*For additional information and non-GAAP reconciliations, please refer to
the 4Q23 earnings release found on investors.hancockwhitney.com.
**Assumes Federal Funds Rates at approximately 4% for 2026.
Our guidance for 2024 takes into account the near-term economy,
a stance we believe is similar to others in our industry. Loan growth
projections reflect lower demand because of current higher interest
rates, but we do expect loan growth to accelerate in the second half
of the year as rates begin to soften. We have shifted our focus from
loan-only relationships to more granular relationships, which we
believe will create meaningful value in our balance sheet in 2024.
Client deposit growth will remain a challenge in the first half of
2024, as clients are still rate-sensitive; but by continuing to leverage
prudent pricing strategies, we believe we can maintain our stable
deposit base and fund loan growth next year with deposit growth.
As we move into 2024, we believe we will continue to grow fee
income despite continued external economic and regulatory
influences. The rate environment still poses a challenge to net
interest and fee income, but we are confident we can achieve our
targeted results. Proposed regulatory changes may put pressure
on a number of deposit fees, but we remain focused on expanding
other business lines to offset their potential impact. We continue to
develop Small Business Administration (SBA) fee income, wealth,
investments and annuity income, and secondary mortgage fee
production.
Inflationary pressures continue to impact the company, leading us
to expect increased noninterest expenses in 2024. We anticipate,
however, that the growth rate of noninterest expenses in 2024
will be lower than the growth rate in 2023, excluding the impact
of the FDIC special assessment in the fourth quarter*. Expense
management is a core competency of our company, and we have
deployed new technology and a strategic procurement group to
help us drive efficiencies and achieve our expense goals.
We believe our results for 2023 reflect a company positioned well
for today’s economic environment:
Solid capital levels; built capital in 2023 and remain well-
capitalized including all unrealized losses
De-risked balance sheet, successful securities portfolio
restructuring, and balance sheet deleverage
Stable, seasoned, diversified deposits; ability to organically
grow deposits
Credit metrics at or near historic lows; maintained a robust
allowance for credit losses
We have proven our ability to proactively manage expenses,
with a focus on technology improvements, automation, and
strategic procurement
Exceptional, dedicated, committed team of associates
1
Quarterly Dividend Increase
Recognitions and Accolades
In January 2023, the company’s board of directors approved an
increase of $0.03, or 11%, on the Hancock Whitney Corporation
quarterly dividend payment, which brought the payment to $0.30
per common share held. We are very proud to have paid an
uninterrupted quarterly dividend since 1967 and are pleased we
could increase this payment to our shareholders.
Additionally, the board of directors authorized a stock buyback
program that allows the company, from time to time, to purchase
up to 4,297,000 share of its outstanding stock. To date, the
company has not repurchased shares under this program. The
stock buyback program expires on December 31, 2024.
Financial Snapshot
December 31, 2023
• 182 financial centers
• 225 ATMs
• Total Assets: $35.6 Billion
• Total Loans: $23.9 Billion
• Total Deposits: $29.7 Billion
• Market Capitalization: $4.2 Billion
• Net Income: $392.6 Million
• Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (PPNR)*:
$635.7 Million
• Tangible common equity (TCE) ratio ** 8.37%
• Common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio 12.33%
• Full Time Equivalent associates:
Approximately 3,600
• Earned 241 Greenwich Excellence Awards
and Best Brands Awards for top client service
since 2005
• Recognized by J.D. Power with the highest
ranking for client satisfaction in retail banking
for the South Central Region in the 2023 U.S.
Retail Banking Satisfaction Report
• Moody’s long-term issuer rating: Baa3;
outlook stable
• S&P long-term issuer rating: BBB; outlook
stable
*For additional information and non-GAAP reconciliations,
please refer to the 4Q23 earnings release found on
investors.hancockwhitney.com.
**The tangible common equity ratio is common stockholders’ equity
less intangible assets divided by total assets less intangible assets.
2
Each day, Hancock Whitney associates demonstrate the core
values that guide how the company does business. Their efforts to
provide 5-star service to clients and communities regularly earn the
organization national, regional, and local recognition as a financially
sound institution and trusted financial and community partner.
In 2023, the company earned these business and community
accolades:
• BauerFinancial, Inc., a leading national independent bank
rating and analysis firm, recommended Hancock Whitney
as one of America’s strongest, safest financial institutions
for the 137th consecutive quarter, as of the quarter ending
September 30, 2023.
• Forbes tapped Hancock Whitney as one of “America’s Best
Banks” for the second year in a row.
• Readers of New Orleans CityBusiness, a regional business
news publication, voted Hancock Whitney as the top winner
in the “Best Bank” category for 2023.
• The Mississippi Gulf Coast community voted Hancock
Whitney the “Best Bank—Gold Winner” in the 2023 Best
of Coastal Mississippi Awards, a special edition of The Sun
Herald, the region’s primary print and online news source.
Greenwich Excellence Awards
Greenwich Associates selects winners in various categories to
recognize the best of the best among banks bringing quality
service to clients. In 2023, Hancock Whitney received 13
Greenwich Awards. Hancock Whitney has earned a grand total of
241 Greenwich Awards, with 26 Best Brand Awards since 2013
and 215 Excellence Awards since 2005.
Excellence Awards — U.S. Middle Market Banking
• Overall Satisfaction
• Overall Satisfaction – South
• RM Proactively Provides Advice – South
• Cash Management – Overall Satisfaction
• Cash Management – Overall Satisfaction – South
Excellence Awards — U.S. Small Business Banking
• Likelihood to Recommend
• Likelihood to Recommend - South
• Overall Satisfaction
• Overall Satisfaction - South
• Cash Management – Overall Satisfaction
• Cash Managewment – Overall Satisfaction – South
Best Brand Awards — U.S. Small Business Banking
• Best Brand – Ease of Doing Business
• Best Brand – Values Long-Term Relationships
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion in Action
Corporate Internship Program
In 2023, the company’s Corporate Internship Program (CIP)
welcomed 18 interns to 13 departments in four markets across the
company. The goal of the program is to shape and support inclusive
future leaders of the company. Interns represented a broad mix of
cultures, ethnicities, hometowns, colleges and universities, and
majors and experiences. Highlights of this year’s cohort are beta-
testing the mentorship platform Chronus, the Lunch Lead Up
Series, a diversity learning experience at the Museum of the
Southern Jewish Experience in New Orleans, a financial learning
event, a day of community service with the Trinity Community
Center Summer Olympic Games in New Orleans, an inclusive
leadership panel, and a final project.
This year, the company launched several Associate Resource
Groups (ARGs), with more ARGs expected in 2024. ARGs are
voluntary, associate-led groups created based on associate
feedback to promote connection, community, and inclusion in
the workplace. ARGs offer associates opportunities for networking,
professional development, and raising awareness of relevant
issues. All associates are able to join any or all ARGs, regardless
of how an associate self-identifies.
SheConnects, which made company history as the first ARG to
meet, intends to create an environment that allows women to
connect with, learn from, and uplift each other. Able, established
to connect individuals with disabilities (IWD) and caretakers
supporting those living with disabilities, kicked off in August with
discussions about ways to ensure inclusivity for people with all
abilities. Black Professionals Collaborative (BPC) focuses on
professional growth, development, and networking opportunities
for African American/Black associates and provides platforms to
share experiences, advocate for one another, and enhance the
associate experience.
Commitment to Service
Giving back and paying it forward are important ideals we hold
dear—principles central to our company since we were founded.
We believe in volunteering our time, talent, energy, and enthusiasm
to make a difference in the communities where we work and live.
Community Connection, our associate volunteer program, offers
associates one paid day each year to volunteer in their communities.
In 2023, associates made the following contributions:
• 6,500+ volunteer hours
• 650+ organizations served
• 340+ nonprofit board positions held by associates
For the sixth consecutive year, Hancock Whitney awarded
competitive grants through its Community Reinvestment Act (CRA)
program to nonprofits serving the Gulf South region. In 2023,
the company awarded grants totaling $250,000 to 25 nonprofit
organizations promoting financial, physical, and/or mental health
for vulnerable communities by alleviating health disparities or
providing socioeconomic support.
SheConnects associate members assisted with serving food to the
homeless, homebound, and needy of the Gulfport, Mississippi, area
through the local organization Feed My Sheep.
The “She Is” campaign is a partnership between Hancock Whitney
and The Times-Picayune | The New Orleans Advocate, The
Advocate, and The Acadiana Advocate to curate and share stories
about accomplished Gulf South women and celebrate the many
ways women impact the communities we serve. Eligible nominees
are women who are inspiring, growing, and uplifting our
communities through their dedication and service.
12.9M
Women-owned businesses
in the U.S.
1,200
New businesses launched
by women every day
$7.6T
Contributed by women
to the U.S. GDP
72%
of Millennial women are their
household’s primary financial
decision-maker.
3
Honoring Our Founders
Hancock Whitney embraces a lifelong learning philosophy for
financial education. Each October, we celebrate Hancock Whitney
Founders Month to highlight our focus on financial education for
all ages and encourage associates to share their expertise to help
young people and adults learn the value of good financial habits
at every stage of life.
During National Financial Literacy Month in April, we encourage
associates to share their financial know-how with local schools
and organizations. During the 30-day period in 2023, associates
volunteered for 77 financial education activities supporting 28
different organizations and benefitting more than 2,000 people.
Throughout the year, Hancock Whitney’s programs help empower
our communities to achieve financial prosperity and secure strong
financial futures. Because we strive to increase homeownership
rates within our communities, our Plan Your Way Home homebuyer
assistance program provides financial support and guidance
through the entire home buying process, access to HUD-approved
Homebuyer Education, and access to state and local mortgage
assistance.
We are keenly aware that small businesses are the lifeblood of
our communities. Hancock Whitney Small Business Matters
entrepreneurship program helps minority- and women-owned
businesses gain essential skills and knowledge to stimulate
business growth and success. Regular workshops, seminars,
and educational resources promote financial empowerment in
communities and underserved areas. Additionally, our workforce
development partnerships play a pivotal role in opening
opportunities for individuals to build professional skills and
enhance career readiness.
Growing With Our Communities
As the company grows and people’s preferences for banking
conveniences change, we continuously assess our service network
and on-site financial service options, including traditional lobby
banking, drive-up lanes and ATMS, and night depositories.
As part of our commitment to our clients and as investments in our
communities, Hancock Whitney celebrated grand openings of new
financial centers in Florida and Texas — the “bookend states” of
our business footprint. A newly relocated, modern facility enhances
accessibility for clients in Niceville, Florida. About 800 miles west,
Hancock Whitney opened our first San Antonio, Texas, location.
Hancock Whitney associates and community leaders of San Antonio
celebrated the grand opening of the company’s western-most financial
center.
Additionally, one of our Mississippi Pine Belt financial centers
relocated to a larger, multifunctional facility in Hattiesburg,
Mississippi at Southern Pointe, featuring an innovative layout
representing Hancock Whitney’s “financial center of the future.”
These new locations signal organic growth opportunities for our
company across the Gulf South.
Celebrating a
Successful Year Together
We are very pleased with Hancock Whitney’s success in 2023 and,
again, express sincere appreciation to our clients, communities,
and associates. Together, we can continue creating opportunities
that help dreams come true for people in the communities we
serve.
On behalf of our board of directors, executive management, and
more than 3,600 associates, we thank you, our shareholders, for
your confidence in Hancock Whitney Corporation.
With gratitude,
John M. Hairston
President & CEO
4
Table of Contents
IRA
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number 001-36872
HANCOCK WHITNEY CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Mississippi
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
Hancock Whitney Plaza, 2510 14th Street,
Gulfport, Mississippi
(Address of principal executive offices)
64-0693170
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
39501
(Zip Code)
(228) 868-4727
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $3.33 per share
6.25% Subordinated Notes
Trading Symbol
HWC
HWCPZ
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
Name of Exchange on Which Registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405
of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer small reporting company or an
emerging growth company. See definitions of “ large accelerated filer” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
☒
Large accelerated filer
☐
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that
prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in
the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation
received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was $3.3 billion based upon the closing market price on
NASDAQ on June 30, 2023. For purposes of this calculation only, shares held by nonaffiliates are deemed to consist of (a) shares held by all
shareholders other than directors and executive officers of the registrant plus (b) shares held by directors and officers as to which beneficial
ownership has been disclaimed.
On January 31, 2024, the registrant had 86,347,503 shares of common stock outstanding.
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
☐
☐
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or
“the Commission”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.
Table of Contents
Hancock Whitney Corporation
Form 10-K
Index
PART I
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A.
ITEM 1B.
ITEM 1C.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
PART II
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 7A.
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
ITEM 9B.
ITEM 9C.
PART III
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
PART IV
ITEM 15.
ITEM 16
BUSINESS
RISK FACTORS
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
CYBERSECURITY
PROPERTIES
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
RESERVED
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
OTHER INFORMATION
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
FORM 10-K SUMMARY
6
24
37
37
38
39
39
40
41
42
80
81
141
141
141
141
142
142
142
142
142
143
146
Table of Contents
Entities:
Hancock Whitney Corporation
Glossary of Defined Terms
Hancock Whitney Corporation – a financial holding company registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
Hancock Whitney Bank – a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hancock Whitney Corporation through which Hancock Whitney
Corporation conducts its banking operations
Hancock Whitney Investment Services – a wholly owned subsidiary of Hancock Whitney Corporation, through which Hancock
Whitney Corporation conducts limited broker-dealer services
Company – Hancock Whitney Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries
Parent – Hancock Whitney Corporation, exclusive of its subsidiaries
Bank – Hancock Whitney Bank
Other Terms:
ACL – Allowance for credit losses
AFS – Available for sale securities
AMERIBOR -American Interbank Offered Rate; benchmark interest rate based on an overnight unsecured loans transacted on the
American Financial Exchange
AOCI – Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss
ALCO – Asset Liability Management Committee
ALLL – Allowance for loan and lease losses
ARG – Associate resource groups
ARRC – Alternative reference rate committee
ASC – Accounting standards codification
ASR– Accelerated share repurchase
ASU– Accounting standards update
ATM – Automated teller machine
Basel III - Basel Committee's 2010 Regulatory Capital Framework (Third Accord)
Beta – amount by which loan yields or deposit cost change in response to movement in market rates
BOLI – Bank-owned life insurance
bp(s) – basis point(s)
C&I – Commercial and industrial loans
CAMT – Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax
CARES Act- Coronavirus Aid Relief and Economic Security Act
CD – Certificate of deposit
CDE – Community development entity
CECL – Current Expected Credit Losses
CEO – Chief Executive Officer
CFPB – Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
CFO – Chief Financial Officer
CISO – Chief Information Security Officer
CME – Chicago Mercantile Exchange
CMO – Collateralized mortgage obligation
Core client deposits – total deposits excluding public funds and brokered deposits
Core deposits – total deposits excluding certificates of $250,000 or more and brokered deposits
Coronavirus – The novel coronavirus declared a pandemic during the first quarter of 2020, resulting in prolonged market disruptions
COSO – Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
COVID-19 – disease caused by the novel coronavirus
CRA – Community Reinvestment Act of 1977
1
Table of Contents
CRE – Commercial real estate
CET1 – Common equity tier 1 capital as defined by Basel III capital rules
DEI – Diversity, equity and inclusion
DIF – Deposit Insurance Fund
Dodd-Frank Act – The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
ERM – Enterprise risk management
ESG – Environmental, Social and Governance; term used in discussion of risks and corporate policies related to those items
EVE – Economic Value of Equity
Excess Liquidity – deposits held at the Federal Reserve above normal cash flows levels
FASB – Financial Accounting Standards Board
FDIC – Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FDICIA – Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991
Federal Reserve Board – The 7-member Board of Governors that oversees the Federal Reserve System, establishes monetary policy
(interest rates, credit, etc.), and monitors the economic health of the country. Its members are appointed by the President, subject to
Senate confirmation, and serve 14-year terms.
Federal Reserve System – The 12 Federal Reserve Banks, with each one serving member banks in its own district. This system,
supervised by the Federal Reserve Board, has broad regulatory powers over the money supply and the credit structure. They implement
the policies of the Federal Reserve Board and also conduct economic research.
FFIEC – Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
FHA – Federal Housing Administration
FHLB – Federal Home Loan Bank
GAAP – Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America
HTM – Held to maturity securities
ICS – Insured cash sweep
IRA of 2022 – Inflation Reduction Act of 2022
IRR – Interest rate risk
IRS – Internal Revenue Service
IT – Information Technology
LIBOR – London Interbank Offered Rate
LIHTC – Low income housing tax credit
LTIP – Long-term incentive plan
MBS – Mortgage-backed securities
MD&A – Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
MDBCF – Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance
MEFD – reportable modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty as defined by ASC 326 effective January 1, 2023
NAICS – North American Industry Classification System
NII – Net interest income
n/m – not meaningful
NOL – Net operating loss
NSF – Nonsufficient funds
OCI – Other comprehensive income or loss
OD – Overdraft
ORE – Other real estate defined as foreclosed and surplus real estate
PCD – Purchased credit deteriorated loans, as defined by ASC 326
PPNR – Pre-provision net revenue, a non-GAAP measure
Reference rate reform – Refers to the global transition away from LIBOR and other interbank offered rates toward new reference
rates that are more reliable and robust
Repos – Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
SBA – Small Business Administration
2
Table of Contents
SBIC – Small Business Investment Company
SEC – U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
Securities Act – Securities Act of 1933, as amended
Short-term Investments – the sum of Interest-bearing bank deposits and Federal funds sold
SOFR – Secured Overnight Financing Rate
Supplemental disclosure items – certain highlighted significant items that are outside of our principal business and/or are not indicative
of forward-looking trends.
TDR – Troubled debt restructuring (as defined in ASC 310-40)
TSR – Total shareholder return
te – taxable equivalent adjustment, or the term used to indicate that a financial measure is presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis
USA Patriot Act – Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism
Act of 2001
U.S. Treasury – The United States Department of the Treasury
VERIP – Voluntary Early Retirement Incentive Program
Volcker Rule – Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable
3
Table of Contents
PART I
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning and protections of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Important factors that could cause actual results to
differ materially from the forward-looking statements we make in this annual report are set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K
and in other reports or documents that we file from time to time with the SEC and include, but are not limited to, the following:
•
•
•
•
•
general economic and business conditions in our local markets, including conditions affecting employment levels, interest
rates, inflation, supply chains, the threat of recession, volatile equity capital markets, property and casualty insurance costs,
collateral values, customer income, creditworthiness and confidence, spending and savings that may affect customer
bankruptcies, defaults, charge-offs and deposit activity; and the impact of the foregoing on customer and client behavior
(including the velocity and levels of deposit withdrawals and loan repayment);
adverse developments in the banking industry highlighted by high-profile bank failures and the potential impact of such
developments on customer confidence, liquidity and regulatory responses to these developments (including increases in the
cost of our deposit insurance assessments), the Company's ability to effectively manage its liquidity risk and any growth
plans, and the availability of capital and funding;
balance sheet and revenue growth expectations may differ from actual results;
the risk that our provision for credit losses may be inadequate or may be negatively affected by credit risk exposure;
loan growth expectations;
• management’s predictions about charge-offs;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
fluctuations in commercial and residential real estate values, especially as they relate to the value of collateral supporting the
Company's loans;
the risk that our enterprise risk management framework may not identify or address risks adequately, which may result in
unexpected losses;
the impact of future business combinations upon our performance and financial condition including our ability to successfully
integrate the businesses;
deposit trends, including growth, pricing and betas;
credit quality trends;
changes in interest rates, including actions by the Federal Reserve Board;
the impact of reference rate reform;
net interest margin trends, including the impact of changes in interest rates;
changes in the cost and availability of funding due to changes in the deposit and credit markets;
success of revenue-generating and cost-reducing initiatives;
future expense levels;
changes in expense to revenue (efficiency ratio), including the risk that we may not realize and/or sustain benefits from our
efficiency and growth initiatives or that we may not be able to realize cost savings or revenue benefits in the time period
expected, which could negatively affect our future profitability;
the effectiveness of derivative financial instruments and hedging activities to manage risks;
risks related to our reliance on third parties to provide key components of our business infrastructure, including the risks
related to disruptions in services or financial difficulties of a third-party vendor;
risks related to potential claims, damages, penalties, fines and reputational damage resulting from pending or future litigation,
regulatory proceedings or enforcement actions;
risks related to the ability of our operational framework to manage risks associated with our business such as credit risk and
operation risk, including third-party vendors and other service providers, which could among other things, result in a breach
of operating or security systems as a result of a cyber-attack or similar acts;
the extensive use, reliability, disruption, and accuracy of the models and data upon which we rely;
risks related to our implementation of new lines of business, new products and services, new technologies, and expansion of
our existing business opportunities;
projected tax rates;
4
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
future profitability;
purchase accounting impacts, such as accretion levels;
our ability to identify and address potential cybersecurity risks on our systems and/or third party vendors and service
providers on which we rely, a failure of which could disrupt our business and result in the disclosure of and/or misuse or
misappropriation of confidential or proprietary information, disruption or damage to our systems, increased costs, losses, or
adverse effects to our reputation;
our ability to receive dividends from Hancock Whitney Bank could affect our liquidity, including our ability to pay dividends
or take other capital actions;
the risk that we may be required to make substantial expenditures to keep pace with regulatory initiatives and the rapid
technology changes in the financial services market;
the impact on our financial results, reputation, and business if we are unable to comply with all applicable federal and state
regulations or other supervisory actions or directives and any necessary capital initiatives;
our ability to effectively compete with other traditional and non-traditional financial services companies, some of whom
possess greater financial resources than we do or are subject to different regulatory standards;
our ability to maintain adequate internal controls over financial reporting;
the financial impact of future tax legislation;
the effects of war or other conflicts, including Russia's military action in Ukraine and the Israel-Hamas war, acts of terrorism,
climate change, natural disasters such as hurricanes, freezes, flooding, man-made disasters, such as oil spills in the Gulf of
Mexico, health emergencies, epidemics or pandemics, or other catastrophic events that may affect general economic
conditions and/or increase costs, including, but not limited to, property and casualty and other insurance costs;
risks related to environmental, social and governance ("ESG") legislation, rulemaking, activism and litigation, the scope and
pace of which could alter our reputation and shareholder, associate, customer and third-party affiliations;
changes in laws and regulations affecting our businesses, including governmental monetary and fiscal policies, legislation
and regulations relating to bank products and services, increased regulatory scrutiny resulting from bank failures, as well as
changes in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations by applicable governmental and self-regulatory
agencies, which could require us to change certain business practices, increase compliance risk, reduce our revenue, impose
additional costs on us, or otherwise negatively affect our businesses; and
the risk that the regulatory environment may not be conducive to or may prohibit the consummation of future mergers and/or
business combinations, may increase the length of time and amount of resources required to consummate such transactions,
and the potential to reduce anticipated benefits from such mergers or combinations.
Also, any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the
words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “forecast,” “goals,” “targets,” “initiatives,” “focus,”
“potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,”
“would,” and “could.” Forward-looking statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and on
information currently available to management. Our statements speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to
update these statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new
information or future events. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those expressed in the Company’s forward-looking
statements include, but are not limited to, those risk factors outlined in Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”
You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We do not intend, and undertake no obligation, to
update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of differences in actual results, changes in assumptions or
changes in other factors affecting such statements, except as required by law.
5
Table of Contents
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
ORGANIZATION
Hancock Whitney Corporation (the “Company”) is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company and has elected to
be treated as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company provides
comprehensive financial services through its bank subsidiary, Hancock Whitney Bank (the “Bank”), a Mississippi state bank, and
other nonbank affiliates. Our principal executive offices are located at 2510 14th Street, Gulfport, Mississippi, 39501, and our
telephone number is (800) 522-6542. Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “HWC.”
At December 31, 2023, our balance sheet totaled $35.6 billion, with loans of $23.9 billion and deposits of $29.7 billion.
NATURE OF BUSINESS AND MARKETS
The Bank offers a broad range of traditional and online banking services to commercial, small business and retail customers,
providing a variety of transaction and savings deposit products, treasury management services, secured and unsecured loan products
(including revolving credit facilities), letters of credit and similar financial guarantees. The Bank provides trust and investment
management services to retirement plans, corporations and individuals and provides its customers access to investment advisory and
brokerage products.
We offer other services through bank and nonbank subsidiaries. The Bank’s subsidiaries Hancock Whitney Equipment Finance, LLC
and Hancock Whitney Equipment Finance and Leasing, LLC, provide commercial finance products to middle market and corporate
clients, including leases and related structures. We have other subsidiaries of the bank for purposes such as facilitating investments in
new market tax credit activities and holding certain foreclosed assets. Our holding company's nonbank subsidiary, Hancock Whitney
Investment Services, Inc., provides customers access to fixed annuity and life insurance products, investment advisory services and
also participates in select underwriting transactions, primarily for banking clients.
We operate primarily in the Gulf South region of the U.S., comprised of southern and central Mississippi; southern and central
Alabama; southern, central and northwest Louisiana; the northern, central, and panhandle regions of Florida; and certain areas of east
and northeast Texas, including the Houston, Beaumont, Dallas, Austin and San Antonio areas, among others. We also operate
combined loan and deposit production offices in the metropolitan areas of Nashville, Tennessee and Atlanta, Georgia. At December
31, 2023, we had 182 banking locations and 225 ATMs across our footprint. Our operating strategy is to provide customers with the
financial sophistication and range of products of a regional bank, while successfully retaining the commercial appeal and level of
service of a community bank.
Our priority is to continue to grow revenue in our existing markets with controlled expenses while providing five-star service through
enhanced technology and processes that make banking simpler for our clients. We have and will continue to invest in promoting new
and enhanced products that contribute to the goals of continuing to diversify our sources of revenue from both new and existing
clients. We also continue to evaluate future acquisition opportunities that have the potential to increase shareholder value, provided
overall economic conditions and our capital levels would support such a transaction.
Additional information regarding the Company and the Bank is available at investors.hancockwhitney.com.
Loan Production, Underwriting Standards and Credit Review
The Bank’s primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer and real estate loans to consumers, small and middle market
businesses, and corporate clients in the markets and sectors served by the Bank. We seek to provide quality loan products that are
attractive to the borrower and profitable to the Bank. We look to build strong, profitable client relationships over time and maintain a
strong presence and position of influence in the communities we serve. Through our relationship-based approach, we have developed
a deep knowledge of our customers and the markets in which they operate. We continually work to ensure a consistent lending process
across our banking footprint, to strengthen the underwriting criteria we employ to evaluate new loans and loan renewals, and to
diversify our loan portfolio in terms of type, industry and geographical concentration. We believe that these measures position the
Bank to meet the credit needs of businesses and consumers in the markets we serve while pursuing a balanced strategy of loan
profitability, growth and credit quality.
The following describes the underwriting procedures of the lending function and presents our principal categories of loans. The results
of our lending activities and the relative risk of the loan portfolio are discussed in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
6
Table of Contents
The Bank has a set of loan policies, underwriting standards and key underwriting functions designed to achieve a consistent lending
and credit review approach. Our underwriting standards address the following criteria:
collateral requirements;
guarantor requirements (including policies on financial statements, tax returns, and guarantees);
requirements regarding appraisals and their review;
loan approval hierarchy;
standard consumer and small business credit scoring underwriting criteria (including credit score thresholds, maximum
maturity and amortization, loan-to-value limits, global debt service coverage, and debt to income limits);
commercial real estate and commercial and industrial underwriting guidelines (including minimum debt service coverage
ratio, maximum amortization, minimum equity requirements, and maximum loan-to-value ratios);
lending limits; and
credit approval authorities.
Additionally, our loan concentration policy sets limits and manages our exposures within specified concentration tolerances, including
those to particular borrowers, foreign entities, industries, and property types for commercial real estate. This policy sets standards for
portfolio risk management and reporting, monitoring of large borrower concentration limits and systematic tracking of large
commercial loans and our portfolio mix. We continually monitor our concentration of commercial real estate, healthcare, shared
national credits, leveraged loans and energy-related loans to ensure the mix is consistent with our risk tolerance. In addition, we also
employ enhanced due diligence on select customers, portfolios, industry sectors and concentrations as economic, weather or other risk
events occur to ensure alignment between credit risk appetite and concentration risk management. Information related to our loan
portfolio concentrations is presented in Table 12, "Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry Concentration" and Table 13,
"Commercial Real Estate-Income Producing and Construction by Property Type Concentration" in Item 7. "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
Our underwriting process is structured to require oversight that is proportional to the size and complexity of the lending relationship.
We delegate designated regional managers, relationship managers, and credit officers loan authority that can be utilized to approve
credit commitments for a single borrowing relationship. The limit of delegated authority is based upon the experience, skill and
training of the relationship manager or credit officer. Certain types and sizes of loans and relationships must be approved by either one
of the Bank’s centralized underwriting units or by Regional or Senior Regional Commercial Credit Officers, either individually or
jointly with another member of the Executive Credit Officer group, depending upon the overall size of the borrowing relationship.
Loans are underwritten in accordance with the underwriting standards and loan policies of the Bank. Loans are underwritten primarily
on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make timely debt service payments, and secondarily on collateral value. Generally, real estate
secured loans and mortgage loans are made when the borrower produces evidence of the ability to make timely debt service payments
along with appropriate equity investment in the property. Appropriate and regulatory compliant third party valuations are required at
the time of origination for real estate secured loans.
The following briefly describes the composition of our loan portfolio by segment:
Commercial and industrial
The Bank offers a variety of commercial loan services to a diversified customer base over a range of industries, including wholesale
and retail trade in various durable and nondurable products, manufacturing of such products, financial and professional services,
healthcare services, marine transportation and maritime construction, and energy, among others. Commercial and industrial loans are
made available to businesses for working capital (including financing of inventory and receivables), business expansion, to facilitate
the acquisition of a business, and for the purchase of equipment and machinery, including equipment leasing, among other items.
Commercial non-real estate loans may be secured by the assets being financed or other tangible or intangible business assets such as
accounts receivable, inventory, enterprise value or commodity interests, and may incorporate a personal or corporate guarantee;
however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis, including a relatively small portfolio of corporate credit cards,
generally issued as a part of overall customer relationships. Asset-based loans, such as accounts receivables and business inventory
secured loans, may have limits on borrowing that are based on the collateral values. Our source of repayment for asset-based loans is
generally the conversion of those assets to cash and may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts
due from its customers.
Commercial real estate – owner occupied loans consist of commercial mortgages on properties where repayment is generally
dependent on the cash flow from the ongoing operations and activities of the borrower. Like commercial non-real estate, these loans
7
Table of Contents
are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower, but also have the added strength of the value of underlying real
estate collateral.
Commercial real estate – income producing
Commercial real estate – income producing loans consist of loans secured by commercial mortgages on properties where the loan is
made to real estate developers or investors and repayment is dependent on the sale, refinance or income generated from the operation
of the property. Properties financed include retail, office, multifamily, senior housing, hotel/motel, skilled nursing facilities and other
commercial properties.
Repayment of commercial real estate – income producing loans is generally dependent on the successful operation of the property
securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general
economy. The properties securing the commercial real estate – income producing portfolios are diverse in terms of type and
geographic location. We monitor and evaluate these loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. Past experience has
shown that commercial real estate conditions can be volatile, particularly during economic downturns, so we actively monitor
concentrations within this portfolio segment, among others.
Construction and land development
Construction and land development loans are made to facilitate the acquisition, development, improvement and construction of both
commercial and residential-purpose properties. Such loans are generally made to builders and investors where repayment is expected
to be made from the sale, refinance or operation of the property or to businesses to be used in their operations.
Acquisition and development loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis of
real estate absorption and lease rates, and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally
based upon cost estimates, the amount of sponsor equity investment, and the projected value of the completed project. The Bank
monitors the construction process to mitigate or identify risks as they arise. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of
substantial funds with repayment largely dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of
construction loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of developed property, or an
interim loan commitment from the Bank until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are typically closely monitored by on-site
inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to
interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions, and the availability of long-term
financing to repay the construction loan in full.
Owner occupied loans for the development and improvement of real property to commercial customers to be used in their business
operations are underwritten subject to normal commercial and industrial credit standards and are generally subject to project tracking
processes, similar to those required for commercial real estate – income producing loans.
This portfolio also includes residential construction loans and loans secured by raw land not yet under development.
Residential Mortgages
Residential mortgages consist of closed-end loans secured by first liens on 1- 4 family residential properties. The portfolio includes
both fixed and adjustable rate loans, although most longer-term, fixed-rate loans originated are generally sold in the secondary
mortgage market, depending on current strategies. The sale of fixed-rate mortgage loans allows the Bank to manage the interest rate
risks related to such lending operations.
8
Table of Contents
Consumer
Consumer loans include second lien mortgage home loans, home equity lines of credit and nonresidential consumer purpose loans.
Nonresidential consumer loans include both direct and indirect loans. Direct nonresidential consumer loans are made to finance the
purchase of personal property, including automobiles, recreational vehicles and boats, and for other personal purposes (secured and
unsecured), and deposit account secured loans. Indirect nonresidential loans include automobile financing provided to the consumer
through an agreement with automobile dealerships, though we are no longer engaged in this type of lending and the remaining
portfolio continues to decline. Consumer loans also include a relatively small portfolio of credit card receivables issued on the basis of
applications received through referrals from the Bank’s branches, online and other marketing efforts.
The Bank approves consumer loans based on income and financial information submitted by prospective borrowers as well as credit
reports collected from various credit agencies. Financial stability and credit history of the borrower are the primary factors the Bank
considers in granting such loans. The availability of collateral and whether the borrower is located in the Bank’s primary market areas
are also factors considered in making such loans.
Securities Portfolio
The investment portfolio primarily consists of U.S. agency debt securities, U.S. agency mortgage-related securities and obligations of
states and municipalities classified as either available for sale or held to maturity. We consider the available for sale portfolio as one of
many sources of liquidity available to fund our operations. Investments are made in accordance with an investment policy approved by
the Board Risk Committee. Company policies generally limit investments to agency securities and municipal securities determined to
be investment grade according to an internally generated score, which generally includes a rating of not less than “Baa” or its
equivalent by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. The investment portfolio is tested monthly under multiple stressed
interest rate scenarios, the results of which are used to manage our interest rate risk position. The rate scenarios include regulatory and
management agreed upon instantaneous and ramped rate movements that may be up to plus or minus 500 basis points. The combined
portfolio has a target effective duration of two to five and a half years.
A significant portion of the securities portfolio is used to secure certain deposits and other liabilities requiring collateralization. We
limit the percentage of securities that can be pledged in order to keep a portion of securities available to support liquidity. The
securities portfolio can also be pledged to increase our line of credit available at the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Dallas and
the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta.
The investments subcommittee of the asset/liability committee (ALCO) is responsible for the oversight, monitoring and management
of the investment portfolio. The investments subcommittee is also responsible for the development of investment strategies for the
consideration and approval of ALCO, including purchases, sales, classification as either available for sale or held to maturity, and
hedging activities. Final authority and responsibility for all aspects of the conduct of investment activities rests with the Board Risk
Committee, all in accordance with the overall guidance and limitations of the investment policy. See Item 7. “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Enterprise Risk Management,” for further discussion.
Deposits
The Bank has several programs designed to attract deposit accounts from consumers and businesses at interest rates generally
consistent with market conditions. Deposits are the most significant funding source for the Company’s interest-earning assets. Interest
paid on deposits represents a significant component of our interest expense. Deposits are attracted principally from clients within our
retail branch network through the offering of a broad array of deposit products to individuals and businesses, including noninterest-
bearing demand deposit accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings accounts, money market deposit accounts, and time
deposit accounts. Terms vary among deposit products with respect to commitment periods, minimum balances and applicable fees.
Interest rates offered on interest-bearing deposits are determined based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to (1) interest
rates offered in local markets by competitors, (2) current and expected economic conditions, (3) anticipated future interest rates, (4)
the expected amount and timing of funding needs, and (5) the availability and cost of alternative funding sources. Deposit flows are
generally controlled primarily through pricing, and to a lesser extent, through promotional activities. Deposit levels can also be, and in
the past have been influenced by other factors such as inflows from government stimulus programs, general changes in consumer and
business spending behavior, including those as a result of inflation and recessionary concerns, inflows from hurricane-related
insurance proceeds, and customer confidence in the institution, among other things. Management believes that the rates that it offers
on deposit accounts are generally competitive with other financial institutions in the Bank’s market areas. Client deposits are attractive
sources of funding because of their stability and low relative cost. Deposits are regarded as an important part of the overall client
relationship. We consider our deposit base to be seasoned, stable and well diversified.
9
Table of Contents
The Bank also holds deposits of public entities. The Bank’s strategy for acquiring public funds, as with any type of deposit, is
determined by ALCO’s funding and liquidity subcommittee while pricing strategies are determined by ALCO’s deposit pricing
subcommittee. Typically, many public fund deposits are allocated based upon the rate of interest offered and the ability of a bank to
provide collateralization. The Bank can influence the level of its public fund deposits through pricing decisions. Public deposits
typically require the pledging of collateral, most commonly marketable securities and Federal Home Loan Bank letters of credit. This
is taken into account when determining the level of interest to be paid on public deposits. The pledging of collateral, monitoring and
management reporting represents additional operational requirements for the Bank. Public fund deposits are more volatile than other
core deposits because they tend to be price sensitive and have large balances. Public funds are only one of many possible sources of
liquidity that the Bank has available to draw upon as part of its liquidity funding strategy as set by ALCO.
Brokered deposits, including time deposits and money market accounts, totaled $590 million at December 31, 2023. Brokered deposits
are funds which the Bank obtains through deposit brokers who sell participations in a given bank deposit account or instrument to one
or more investors. These brokered deposits are fully insured by the FDIC because they are participated out by the deposit broker in
shares of $250,000 or less. Brokered deposit issuances are approved by ALCO as one component of its funding strategy to support
ongoing asset growth until such time customer deposit growth ultimately replaces the brokered deposits. Under the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), the Bank may continue to accept brokered deposits as long as it is
either “well-capitalized” or “adequately-capitalized.”
Trust Services
The Bank, through its trust department, offers a full range of trust services on a fee basis. In its trust capacities, the Bank provides
investment management services on an agency basis and acts as trustee for pension plans, profit sharing plans, corporate and
municipal bond issues, living trusts, life insurance trusts and various other types of trusts created by or for individuals, businesses, and
charitable and religious organizations. At December 31, 2023, the trust department of the Bank had approximately $31.9 billion of
assets under administration, comprised of investment management and investment advisory agency accounts of $5.5 billion and other
custody and safekeeping accounts of $9.7 billion, corporate trust accounts of $5.8 billion, and personal, employee benefit, estate and
other trust accounts totaling $10.9 billion.
HUMAN CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our employees, whom we refer to as associates, are our most valuable asset. Associates are the collective face, voice and spirit of our
organization. To the people and communities we serve, our associates are Hancock Whitney. Our century-old culture and core values
are the consistent beacon that guides how our associates carry on our legacy with honor, integrity and service. Additionally, the
policies and practices we define for associates further reinforce the founding principles fundamental to who we are and how we do
business. The diversity of our associates makes us a stronger and more resilient company, one that fosters a culture of inclusion and
belonging and one that supports our associates, clients, communities and shareholders in achieving their goals and dreams.
We promise our associates an inclusive environment where they can grow, have a voice, and are important. We are committed to
providing an associate experience and total rewards package that attracts, develops and retains top quality talent. We continually
review and develop strategies that support the needs of our associates while balancing business needs. In 2023, the Company’s human
capital strategy continued to focus on evolving to meet the ever-changing needs of our associates and supporting various initiatives to
improve operations and overall efficiency while maintaining our commitment to our clients, communities and shareholders.
A strong and impactful human capital program begins at the top. Our Board of Directors oversees our overall corporate strategy and
sets the tone for our culture, values and high ethical standards, and through its Committees, holds management accountable for results.
Beginning in 2021, the Board expanded the scope of our Compensation Committee beyond its traditional compensation-focused role
to include oversight of all human capital management efforts within Hancock Whitney. Since this expansion, the Compensation
Committee has been provided periodic updates on the Company's human capital management efforts, including talent acquisition and
retention; talent and performance management; learning and development; total rewards; associate well-being; and diversity, equity
and inclusion. In 2022, the Compensation Committee further strengthened its oversight of these areas through the implementation of a
human capital management dashboard that it reviews periodically throughout the year. The dashboard includes a mixture of trending
and point-in-time metrics designed to provide information and analysis of workforce demographics, talent acquisition, workforce
stability and total rewards and associate programs.
Workforce Demographics
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had 3,591 full-time equivalent associates, predominately located in our core footprint of
Mississippi, Louisiana, Alabama, Florida, Texas and Tennessee, compared to 3,627 associates as of December 31, 2022.
Approximately 44% of associates were employed in Consumer Banking, 11% in Commercial Banking, 9% in Wealth Management,
and 36% in Treasury, Operations, and Other Corporate Business & Administration, respectively. As of December 31, 2023,
10
Table of Contents
approximately 68% of our associates self-identified as a female and approximately 29% self-identified as a person of color. In 2023,
approximately 71% of our new hires self-identified as female and approximately 43% of new hires self-identified as people of color.
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) are fundamental to our purpose and essential to executing our mission. We pledge exceptional
service to our clients and communities and believe our commitment to DEI further strengthens our ability to meet the needs of our
associates, communities, clients and shareholders. Different perspectives, backgrounds, and experiences produce stronger teams and
collaborative innovation resulting in improved overall organizational performance. This wider range of influence and diverse thought
allows us to better serve the people and communities depending on us.
Our commitment to DEI starts at the top of our organization, supported through oversight by the Compensation Committee of our
Board of Directors. Underscoring our ongoing commitment to a culture of inclusion and belonging, the Company established a DEI
Council sponsored by the President and CEO in 2018, which consists of associates from a variety of locations, business segments,
genders, races, ethnicities, tenures and experiences who work together as thought leaders to promote and foster an inclusive workplace
culture that appreciates differences and values all perspectives. Additionally, the Company named a Director of DEI in 2020 to serve
as a champion and dedicated resource to lead the organization’s DEI efforts. The Director of DEI and the Chief Human Resources
Officer serve as chair and co-chair, respectively, of the DEI Council and partner with Company leaders on strategies to foster a diverse
and inclusive workplace that attracts, develops and retains top talent, regardless of race, color, religious beliefs, national origin,
ancestry, citizenship, sex, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, marital status, age, disability, genetic information, protected
veteran status or any other dimension of diversity. We monitor and track the progress of our efforts and regularly implement programs
and practices to support a diverse and inclusive workplace.
In 2023, we continued our efforts to build and attract a diverse workforce by cultivating new relationships, strengthening existing
partnerships, and enhancing diverse recruiting efforts with key organizations. We were intentional with our campus recruiting,
internship, and programming efforts across the footprint to expand our diverse talent pool. We continued efforts at historically black
colleges and universities through funding of scholarships and programs to support Black students. Our recently revitalized corporate
internship program continued to provide an inclusive experience that uniquely incorporates mentorship, financial literacy, community
connection, and diversity learning opportunities across the organization and footprint. We proudly hosted the 2023 class of interns
consisting of 56% females and 56% people of color, expanding our diverse pool of future talent and campus advocates. Additionally,
we partnered with diverse external professional organizations such as Hispanic Chamber of Commerce, Gulf Coast Equality Council,
and Families Helping Families and leveraged our associates for candidate referrals to expand our candidate pipeline.
Further supporting, developing, and celebrating the existing workforce, associates are provided diversity education, experiences and
resources to help inspire behaviors that contribute to an inclusive, high-performing culture in which all associates may thrive. The
Company continues to enhance its diversity-learning opportunities with programs designed to listen and learn directly from the voices
and experiences of our associates including Living Room Conversations, Cultural Tasting Series, Understanding Cultural Bias
Training, and Associate Spotlights featuring New Associates, Women of Excellence, Random Acts of Kindness, and Living Our Core
Values to help drive inclusive behaviors and inspire a growth mindset.
In 2023, the Company introduced Associate Resource Groups (ARGs) with the aim of fostering community, connection, and
inclusion. These voluntary ARGs, led by associates, serve as a platform for networking, participating in professional development, and
raising awareness about relevant issues. By engaging with our ARGs, associates have the chance to learn, celebrate, and offer support
to one another, ultimately contributing to the development of stronger teams, increased productivity, and a culture of innovation.
Launched in March 2023, the SheConnects ARG strives to establish an environment that encourages women to connect, learn, and
uplift one another. The Able ARG, introduced in August 2023, is dedicated to fostering unity, promoting meaningful conversations,
and providing support for how to best serve the interests of individuals with disabilities and those caring for loved ones with
disabilities. Additionally, we announced the Black/African American ARG and the Young Professional ARG, scheduled to launch in
2024.
Total Rewards
We strive to provide a comprehensive total rewards package that meets the various needs of our associates, including market-
competitive pay and robust benefit options that attract and retain top talent. To ensure our total rewards programs remain competitive,
we engage in nationally recognized third-party compensation and benefits surveys and utilize the expertise of an independent
executive compensation firm, an outside benefits broker, and benefits consulting firms. These resources are used to objectively
evaluate our compensation and benefits packages and benchmark them against industry peers and similarly situated organizations on
an annual basis.
11
Table of Contents
Our compensation philosophy is a performance-based strategy which aligns our programs with our business goals and objectives. Base
salaries are established considering competitive market rates for specific roles as well as the experience and performance levels of our
associates. The Company rewards associates for individual performance through merit-based compensation increases and provides
additional opportunities for financial advancement through promotions and various incentive opportunities.
We promote a pay-for-performance philosophy and motivate a majority of our associate population with incentive compensation
designed to drive strategies, behaviors and business goals while effectively balancing risk and reward. We also use long-term
incentive compensation to attract and retain top talent while keeping associates focused on long-term company performance,
significant milestone achievements and creation of shareholder value.
We recognize the well-being of our associates is critical to the success of the organization. We offer a competitive and comprehensive
benefits program to support associates throughout all life stages. Our benefits include comprehensive health, dental, life and disability
coverage that are funded in whole or in part by the Company, as well as a 401(k) plan featuring a company match of a dollar-for-
dollar on the first one percent and 50 cents on the dollar on the next five percent of associate contributions and a fixed employer
contribution of two percent of pay for associates who do not participate in our grandfathered pension program. We also provide our
associates with programs and tools to support their overall well-being, including paid time off, personal health advocate, employee
assistance, behavioral assistance and tuition reimbursement programs, as well as a range of resources to support the well-being of our
associates and their families throughout the full spectrum of their lives and career journeys.
Talent Acquisition, Development and Retention
The Company is dedicated to attracting, developing and retaining exceptional talent and strives to keep associates motivated, rewarded
and appreciated through our commitment to DEI, competitive total rewards packages and career development. Of the approximately
850 job requisitions filled in 2023, 33% were filled by internal associates. Approximately 9% of our workforce received a promotion
in 2023, consisting of 78% females and 33% people of color.
Recognizing the development of our associates is critical to our success, the Company invests in resources to ensure associates have
access to the tools needed to do their jobs effectively and succeed within the organization, including technical, skills-based,
management and leadership programs, as well as formal talent, performance management and succession planning processes. Through
customized learning plans, associates are provided targeted resources to ensure they gain the knowledge and skills needed to
successfully perform their duties in accordance with the Company’s practices. Associates also have access to a full suite of optional
classes and self-directed resources to personalize career development and prioritize their unique needs and growth opportunities.
Additionally, the Company supports the use of external resources such as professional conferences, specialized seminars, banking
schools and other development and leadership programs to supplement associates’ professional development, and provides a tuition
assistance program for those seeking to deepen their education at undergraduate and graduate levels.
Health, Safety and Well-Being
At Hancock Whitney, supporting the overall health, safety, and well-being of our associates are top priorities for the Company and
some of the most valuable investments we make as a company. We are committed to providing robust, competitive benefits and
programs that support associates in all aspects and stages of life. We continually explore opportunities for new or enhanced benefits
and other programs to better support the overall well-being of our associates.
Our benefits and programs are designed around five key pillars of well-being:
Physical: Maintaining a healthy and safe lifestyle
Emotional: Reaching greater balance in mind and spirit
Financial: Achieving financial goals and dreams
Social: Connecting with others and community
Career: Growing and developing a meaningful career
Supplementing our various benefit plans and programs, the Hancock Whitney Associate Assistance Fund provides assistance for
associates with personal and financial needs during times of unexpected or unavoidable emergencies or disasters. The fund is managed
by the Gulf Coast Community Foundation and funded by contributions from the Company as well as associates, board members and
partner organizations.
Rooted in the Gulf South, our Company and associates are frequently impacted by hurricanes and other storms. We believe it is
paramount to provide relief and recovery resources to help associates and their families remain safe and recover quickly when a storm
12
Table of Contents
hits. Throughout the year, especially during hurricane season, we encourage associates to prepare for inclement weather and natural
disasters. We provide associates with resources to prepare for and respond to emergencies, including the American Red Cross,
Employee Assistance Program, and Hancock Whitney Associate Assistance Fund. We periodically prompt associates to review and
update contact information and emergency contact information in our HR system to ensure that they receive Company
communications and outreach during emergency situations.
We remain committed to providing a safe, secure environment for our associates and clients. We continuously remind associates of
their critical role in maintaining a safe and secure working environment. Trainings and communications are provided to educate and
reinforce our safety and security protocols including safely accessing facilities and workspaces; safeguarding information and devices;
and preventing, detecting, and reporting crimes and suspicious activities.
Engagement
We strive to create a culture of engagement where each associate knows they are important, valued, and can grow. We engage our
associates through various channels including written, digital and face-to-face communications with targeted audiences ranging from
all associates to core leaders, teams and one-on-ones. We encourage continuous open communication with our associates and leaders
where input is welcomed through an environment of mutual respect and trust. We promote a workplace focused on gratitude and
appreciation through our Value of You recognition program, Community Connection volunteer program as well as other associate
campaigns throughout the year.
We generally conduct associate engagement surveys on a biennial basis to measure our associates' connection and commitment to the
Company and its goals. In 2022, we conducted an anonymous online associate engagement survey to measure associate engagement
and collect associate feedback. During the survey, associates answered questions and provided comments to capture their feelings
about the Company, leadership, and their team. The survey results indicated overall associate engagement compared favorably to peer
benchmark comparisons for the financial services industry and our regional footprint. Using the results of the engagement survey,
leaders are able to identify strengths and opportunities for growth within their teams as well as the overall organization to further
strengthen our culture and better meet the needs of our associates.
Open Communication
Our Open Communication Policy cultivates a culture of open and honest communication between managers and associates as a day-
to-day business practice. Managers set the tone of the workplace by welcoming input from associates in an environment of mutual
respect and trust. We believe this process helps to define any issue and work toward resolving it in an informal manner.
We encourage associates to work with their immediate managers to resolve questions, conflicts and disputes. If concerns involve the
immediate manager, or if the issue has not been resolved appropriately, associates may escalate the issue to the next-level manager
and ultimately Human Resources.
Integrity in Action
Upholding the core values of Honor & Integrity, Strength & Stability and Personal Responsibility and further protecting our clients,
associates, and Company’s financial safety and soundness, our associates are expected to conduct business in a lawful, ethical and fair
manner. All associates are strongly encouraged to report ethical concerns related to matters such as accounting, internal controls,
auditing, discrimination, and harassment and/or violations or suspected violations of laws or regulations, our Code of Conduct, or
other Company policies and procedures by clients, associates, or vendors. Integrity in Action, our whistleblower policy, provides our
associates and others with a confidential method of reporting illegal, unethical, or unsafe activity. Administered through a third-party
provider, the independent reporting service allows individuals to make reports confidentially by telephone or online 24 hours a day,
seven days a week and allows for anonymous reports, if desired. All reports are investigated by Human Resources and/or Internal
Audit and monitored through final disposition. Updates are provided to the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis. A copy of our
Integrity in Action Whistleblower Policy is available under Governance Documents on our website, www.hancockwhitney.com.
COMPETITION
The financial services industry is highly competitive and may become more competitive as a result of recent and ongoing legislative,
regulatory, and technological changes, as well as continued consolidation within the financial services industry and the addition of
nontraditional competitors into our markets, including financial technology companies ("fintechs"). The traditional factors in the
competition for deposits and loans are interest rates and fee structures associated with the various products offered. We also compete
through the efficiency, quality and range of services and products we provide, as well as the convenience provided by an extensive
network of customer access channels including local branch offices, ATMs, online and mobile banking, and telebanking centers. In
attracting deposits and in our lending activities, we generally compete with other commercial banks, savings associations, credit
13
Table of Contents
unions, mortgage banking firms, securities brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies, and other financial and non-
financial institutions offering similar products.
The continuing consolidation within the financial services industry is leading to larger, better capitalized and geographically diverse
institutions with enhanced product and technology capabilities. In addition to competition from fintechs, certain technology companies
are working to provide financial services directly to their customers. These nontraditional financial service providers have been
successful in developing digital and other products and services that effectively compete with traditional banking services, but are in
some cases subject to fewer regulatory restrictions than banks and bank holding companies, allowing them to operate with greater
flexibility and lower cost structures. Further, bank failures, including failures in the first half of 2023, have and may in the future
diminish public confidence in small and regional banks’ abilities to safeguard deposits in excess of federally insured limits, which
could prompt customers to maintain their deposits with larger financial institutions.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
We make available free of charge, on or through our investor relations website investors.hancockwhitney.com, our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and other filings pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and amendments to such filings, as soon as reasonably practicable after each is electronically filed
with, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC maintains a website that contains the Company’s reports, proxy statements, and the
Company’s other SEC filings. The address of the SEC’s website is www.sec.gov. We include our website address throughout this
filing only as textual references. The information contained on our website is not incorporated in this document by reference.
Also available on our investor relations website are our corporate governance documents, including our Corporate Governance
Guidelines, Code of Business Ethics for Officers and Associates, Whistleblower Policy, Code of Ethics for Financial Officers, Code of
Ethics for Directors and Committee Charting. These documents are also available in print to any shareholder who requests a copy.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under federal and state law. This discussion is a summary and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions described below and is not intended to be an
exhaustive description of the statutes or regulations applicable to the Company or the Bank or all aspects of those statutes and
regulations.
Changes in laws and regulations may alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationships of financial institutions. In addition,
bank regulatory agencies may issue enforcement actions, policy statements, interpretive letters and similar written guidance applicable
to the Company or the Bank. It cannot be predicted whether and in what form new laws and regulations, or interpretations thereof,
may be adopted or the extent to which the business of the Company and the Bank may be affected thereby, but they may have a
material adverse effect on our business, operations, and earnings.
Supervision, regulation, and examination of the Company, the Bank, and our respective subsidiaries by the appropriate regulatory
agencies, as described herein, are intended primarily for the protection of consumers, bank depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund
(“DIF”) of the FDIC, and the U.S. banking and financial system, rather than holders of our capital stock.
14
Table of Contents
Bank Holding Company Regulation
The Company is subject to extensive supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the
“Federal Reserve”) pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). We are required to file with
the Federal Reserve periodic reports and such other information as the Federal Reserve may request. Ongoing supervision is provided
through regular examinations by the Federal Reserve and other means that allow the regulators to gauge management’s ability to
identify, assess and control risk in all areas of operations in a safe and sound manner and to ensure compliance with laws and
regulations. The Company is subject to regulation by the State of Mississippi under its general business corporation laws, and to
supervision by the Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance (the “MDBCF”). The Federal Reserve may also
examine our non-bank subsidiaries. Various federal and state bodies regulate and supervise our brokerage, investment advisory and
insurance agency operations. These include, but are not limited to, the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”),
federal and state banking regulators and various state regulators of insurance and brokerage activities.
Violations of laws and regulations, or other unsafe and unsound practices, may result in regulatory agencies imposing fines or
penalties, cease and desist orders, or taking other enforcement actions. Under certain circumstances, these agencies may enforce these
remedies directly against officers, directors, employees and other parties participating in the affairs of a bank or bank holding
company. Under federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to the safety and soundness of insured depository institutions,
federal and state banking regulators have the authority to compel or restrict certain actions on our part if they determine that we have
insufficient capital or other resources, or are otherwise operating in a manner that may be deemed to be inconsistent with safe and
sound banking practices. Under this authority, our regulators can require us or our subsidiaries to enter into informal or formal
supervisory agreements, including board resolutions, memoranda of understanding, written agreements and consent or cease and desist
orders, pursuant to which we would be required to take identified corrective actions to address cited concerns and to refrain from
taking certain actions.
If we become subject to and are unable to comply with the terms of any future regulatory actions or directives, supervisory
agreements, or orders, then we could become subject to additional, heightened supervisory actions and orders, possibly including
consent orders, prompt corrective action restrictions and/or other regulatory actions, including prohibitions on the payment of
dividends on our common stock and, if issued, preferred stock. If our regulators were to take such additional supervisory actions, then
we could, among other things, become subject to significant restrictions on our ability to develop any new business, as well as
restrictions on our existing business, and we could be required to raise additional capital, dispose of certain assets and liabilities within
a prescribed period of time, or both. The terms of any such supervisory action could have a material negative effect on our business,
reputation, operating flexibility, financial condition, and the value of our common stock and preferred stock, if issued.
Activity Limitations. The Company is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company and has elected to be treated as a
financial holding company under the BHC Act. Bank holding companies generally are limited to the business of banking, managing or
controlling banks, and other activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be closely related to banking, or managing or controlling
banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Bank holding companies are prohibited from acquiring or obtaining control of more than five
percent (5%) of any class of voting interests of any company that engages in activities other than those activities permissible for bank
holding companies. Examples of activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be permissible are making, acquiring, brokering,
or servicing loans; leasing personal property; providing certain investment or financial advice; performing certain data processing
services; acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other insurance products in certain locations; securities
brokerage; and performing certain insurance underwriting activities. The BHC Act does not place domestic geographic limits on
permissible non-banking activities of bank holding companies. Even with respect to permissible activities, however, the Federal
Reserve has the power to order a holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or its control of any subsidiary when the
Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that continuation of such activity or control of such subsidiary would pose a serious
risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that holding company.
As a financial holding company, we are permitted to engage directly or indirectly in a broader range of activities than those permitted
for a bank holding company that has not elected to be a financial holding company. Financial holding companies may also engage in
activities that are considered to be financial in nature, as well as those incidental or, if determined by the Federal Reserve,
complementary to financial activities. If the Bank ceases to be “well capitalized” or “well managed” under applicable regulatory
standards, or if the Bank receives a rating of less than satisfactory under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”), the
Federal Reserve may, among other things, place limitations on our ability to conduct these broader financial activities or, if the
deficiencies persist, require us to divest the banking subsidiary or the businesses engaged in activities permissible only for financial
holding companies.
As further described below, the Company and the Bank are each well-capitalized under applicable regulatory standards as of
December 31, 2023, and the Bank has a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent CRA evaluation.
15
Table of Contents
Source of Strength Obligations. A bank holding company such as us is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength
to its subsidiary bank and to maintain resources adequate to support its bank. The term “source of financial strength” means the ability
of a company, such as us, that directly or indirectly owns or controls an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, to provide
financial assistance to such insured depository institution in the event of financial distress. The appropriate federal banking agency for
the depository institution (in the case of the Bank, this agency is the FDIC) may require reports from us to assess our ability to serve as
a source of strength and to enforce compliance with the source of strength requirements by requiring us to provide financial assistance
to the Bank in the event of financial distress. If we were to enter bankruptcy or become subject to the orderly liquidation process
established by the Dodd-Frank Act, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the Bank
would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee or the FDIC, as appropriate, and entitled to a priority of payment. In addition, the FDIC
provides that any insured depository institution generally will be liable for any loss incurred by the FDIC in connection with the
default of, or any assistance provided by the FDIC to, a commonly controlled insured depository institution. The Bank is an FDIC-
insured depository institution and thus subject to these requirements.
Acquisitions. The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve or waiver of
such prior approval before it (1) acquires ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after such acquisition, such bank
holding company will own or control more than five percent (5%) of any class of the voting shares of such bank, (2) acquires all of the
assets of a bank, or (3) merges with any other bank holding company. In reviewing a proposed covered acquisition, among other
factors, the Federal Reserve considers (1) the financial and managerial resources of the companies involved, including pro forma
capital ratios; (2) the risk to the stability of the United States banking or financial system; (3) the convenience and needs of the
communities to be served, including performance under the CRA; and (4) the effectiveness of the companies in combating money
laundering. The Federal Reserve also reviews any indebtedness to be incurred by a bank holding company in connection with a
proposed acquisition to ensure that the bank holding company can service such indebtedness without adversely affecting its ability to
serve as a source of strength to its bank subsidiaries. Well capitalized and well managed bank holding companies are permitted to
acquire control of banks in any state, subject to federal regulatory approval, without regard to whether such a transaction is prohibited
by the laws of any state. However, a bank holding company may not, following an interstate acquisition, control more than 10% of
nationwide insured deposits or 30% of deposits within any state in which the acquiring bank operates. States have the right to lower
the 30% limit, although no states within the Company’s current market area have done so. Federal banking regulators are also required
to take into account compliance with the CRA in evaluating any proposal for interstate bank acquisitions.
Change in Control. Federal law restricts the amount of voting stock of a bank holding company or a bank that a person may acquire
without the prior approval of banking regulators. Under the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder, a person or
group must give advance notice to and obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before acquiring control of any bank holding
company, such as the Company. The Change in Bank Control Act creates a rebuttable presumption of control if a member or group
acquires a certain percentage or more of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock. As a result, a person or entity generally
must provide prior notice to the Federal Reserve before acquiring the power to vote 10% or more of our outstanding common stock.
The overall effect of such laws is to make it more difficult to acquire a bank holding company by tender offer or similar means than it
might be to acquire control of another type of corporation. Consequently, shareholders of the Company may be less likely to benefit
from the rapid increases in stock prices that may result from tender offers or similar efforts to acquire control of other companies.
Investors should be aware of these requirements when acquiring shares of our stock.
Anti-tying rules. A bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in
connection with extensions of credit, leases or sales of property, or furnishing of services.
Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule prohibits us and our subsidiaries from (i) engaging in certain proprietary trading for our own account,
and (ii) acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in or sponsoring a “covered fund,” all subject to certain exceptions. The Volcker
Rule also specifies certain limited activities in which we and our subsidiaries may continue to engage, and required us to implement a
compliance program.
Capital Requirements
The Company and the Bank are required under federal law to maintain certain minimum capital levels based on ratios of capital to
total assets and capital to risk-weighted assets. The required capital ratios are minimums, and the federal banking agencies may
determine that a banking organization, based on its size, complexity or risk profile, must maintain a higher level of capital in order to
operate in a safe and sound manner. Risks such as concentration of credit risks and the risk arising from non-traditional activities, as
well as the institution’s exposure to a decline in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates, and an institution’s
ability to manage those risks are important factors that are to be taken into account by the federal banking agencies in assessing an
institution’s overall capital adequacy. The following is a brief description of the relevant provisions of these capital rules and their
potential impact on our capital levels.
16
Table of Contents
The Company and the Bank are subject to the following risk-based capital ratios: a common equity Tier 1 ("CET1") risk-based capital
ratio, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, which includes CET1 and additional Tier 1 capital, and a total risk-based capital ratio, which
includes Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. CET1 is primarily comprised of the sum of common stock instruments and related surplus net of
treasury stock, retained earnings, and certain qualifying minority interests, less certain adjustments and deductions, including with
respect to goodwill, intangible assets, mortgage servicing assets and deferred tax assets subject to temporary timing differences.
Additional Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, tier 1 minority interests and
grandfathered trust preferred securities. Tier 2 capital consists of instruments disqualified from Tier 1 capital, including qualifying
subordinated debt, other preferred stock and certain hybrid capital instruments, and a limited amount of allowance for credit loss up to
a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, subject to certain eligibility criteria. The capital rules also define the risk-weights
assigned to assets and off-balance sheet items to determine the risk-weighted asset components of the risk-based capital rules,
including, for example, certain “high volatility” commercial real estate, past due assets, structured securities and equity holdings.
The leverage capital ratio, which serves as a minimum capital standard, is the ratio of Tier 1 capital to quarterly average total assets
net of goodwill, certain other intangible assets, and certain required deduction items. The required minimum leverage ratio for all
banks and bank holding companies is 4%.
In addition, the capital rules also require a capital conservation buffer of CET1 capital of 2.5% above each of the minimum capital
ratio requirements (CET1, Tier 1, and total risk-based capital), which is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress.
These buffer requirements must be met for a bank or bank holding company to be able to pay dividends, engage in share buybacks or
make discretionary bonus payments to executive management without restriction.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), among other things, requires the federal bank
regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” regarding depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital
requirements. FDICIA establishes five regulatory capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,”
“significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its
capital levels compare to various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation. FDICIA generally
prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management
fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. FDICIA imposes progressively more
restrictive restraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is
classified. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to restrictions on borrowing from the Federal Reserve System. In
addition, undercapitalized depository institutions may not accept brokered deposits absent a waiver from the FDIC, are subject to
growth limitations and are required to submit capital restoration plans for regulatory approval. A depository institution’s holding
company must guarantee any required capital restoration plan, up to an amount equal to the lesser of 5 percent of the depository
institution’s assets at the time it becomes undercapitalized or the amount of the capital deficiency when the institution fails to comply
with the plan. Federal banking agencies may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based
on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. If a depository institution fails to
submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized. The Bank was well capitalized at December 31, 2023,
and brokered deposits are not restricted.
To be well-capitalized, the Bank must maintain at least the following capital ratios:
5.0% leverage ratio.
6.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;
8.0% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets; and
10.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets;
The Federal Reserve has different requirements than those imposed under the current capital rules applicable to banks. For purposes of
the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y, including determining whether a bank holding company meets the requirements to be a financial
holding company, bank holding companies, such as the Company, must maintain a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater
and a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater to be well-capitalized. If the Federal Reserve were to apply the same or a very
similar well-capitalized standard to bank holding companies as that applicable to the Bank, the Company’s capital ratios as of
December 31, 2023 would exceed such revised well-capitalized standard. Also, the Federal Reserve may require bank holding
companies, including the Company, to maintain capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon
general economic conditions and a bank holding company’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans.
Failure to be well-capitalized or to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and possible additional
discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have an adverse material effect on our operations or financial condition.
17
Table of Contents
For example, only a well-capitalized depository institution may accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. Failure to
be well-capitalized or to meet minimum capital requirements could also result in restrictions on the Company’s or the Bank’s ability to
pay dividends or otherwise distribute capital or to receive regulatory approval of applications or other restrictions on its growth.
Throughout 2023, the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios were above the applicable well-capitalized standards and
met the capital conservation buffer requirements. Based on current estimates, we believe that the Company and the Bank will continue
to exceed all applicable well-capitalized regulatory capital requirements and the capital conservation buffer in 2024. Risk-based
capital ratios and the leverage capital ratio at December 31, 2023 for the Company and the Bank were as follows:
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
Risk-based capital ratios
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
Tier 1 capital
Total risk-based capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2)
*Applies to Bank.
Payment of Dividends
Well-Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action*
Plus Capital
Conservation
Buffer
Minimum
Minimum Capital
Company
Bank
4.00 %
4.50 %
6.00 %
8.00 %
5.00 %
N/A
10.10 % 9.86 %
6.50 %
8.00 %
10.00 %
7.00 %
8.50 %
10.50 %
12.33 % 12.03 %
12.33 % 12.03 %
13.93 % 13.04 %
Hancock Whitney Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from Hancock Whitney Bank and other subsidiaries. Its primary
source of cash, other than securities offerings, is dividends from the Bank. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, no dividends may
be paid by an insured bank if the bank is in arrears in the payment of any insurance assessment due to the FDIC. The payment of
dividends by the Bank may also be affected by other regulatory requirements and policies, such as the maintenance of adequate
capital. If, in the opinion of the applicable regulatory authority, a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in, or is about to engage in, an
unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the bank, could include the payment of dividends), such
authority may require, after notice and hearing, that such bank cease and desist from such practice. The FDIC has formal and informal
policies which provide that insured banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.
Under a Federal Reserve policy adopted in 2009, the board of directors of a bank holding company must consider certain factors to
ensure that its dividend level is prudent relative to maintaining a strong financial position, and is not based on overly optimistic
earnings scenarios, such as potential events that could affect its ability to pay, while still maintaining a strong financial position. As a
general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should consult with the
Federal Reserve and eliminate, defer or significantly reduce the bank holding company’s dividends if:
its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is
not sufficient to fully fund the dividends;
its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective
financial condition; or
it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.
Bank Regulation
The operation of the Bank is subject to state and federal statutes applicable to state banks and the regulations of the Federal Reserve,
the FDIC and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). The operations of the Bank may also be subject to applicable
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) regulation to the extent state banks are granted parity with national banks. Such
statutes and regulations relate to, among other things, investments, loans, mergers and consolidations, issuances of securities,
payments of dividends, establishment of branches, consumer protection and other aspects of the Bank’s operations. Violations of laws
and regulations, or other unsafe and unsound practices, may result in these agencies imposing fines or penalties, cease and desist
orders, or taking other enforcement actions. Under certain circumstances, these agencies may enforce these remedies directly against
officers, directors, employees and other parties participating in the affairs of a bank or bank holding company.
Safety and Soundness. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires the federal prudential bank regulatory agencies, such as the FDIC,
to prescribe, by regulation or guideline, operational and managerial standards for all insured depository institutions relating to: (1)
internal controls; (2) information systems and audit systems; (3) loan documentation; (4) credit underwriting; (5) interest rate risk
exposure; and (6) asset quality. The agencies also must prescribe standards for asset quality, earnings, and stock valuation, as well as
standards for compensation, fees and benefits. The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations and Interagency Guidelines
18
Table of Contents
Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement these required standards. These guidelines set forth the safety and
soundness standards used to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. Under
the regulations, if a regulator determines that a bank fails to meet any standards prescribed by the guidelines, the regulator may require
the bank to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance, consistent with deadlines for the submission and review of such safety
and soundness compliance plans.
Examinations. The Bank is subject to regulation, reporting, and periodic examinations by the FDIC, the Mississippi Department of
Banking and Consumer Finance (the “MDBCF”), and the CFPB. These regulatory authorities routinely examine the Bank’s loan and
investment quality, consumer compliance, management policies, procedures and practices and other aspects of operations. The FDIC
has adopted the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) rating system and assigns each financial institution a
confidential composite rating based on an evaluation and rating of six essential components of an institution’s financial condition and
operations, including Capital Adequacy, Asset Quality, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity to Market Risk
(“CAMELS”), as well as the quality of risk management practices.
Consumer Protection. The CFPB has rule writing, examination, and enforcement authority with regard to the Bank’s (and the
Company’s) compliance with a wide array of consumer financial protection laws, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Real Estate
Settlement Procedures Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Home
Mortgage Disclosure Act, the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act (except Sections 615(e) and 628), the
Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (sections 502 through 509 relating to privacy), among others.
The CFPB has broad authority to enforce a prohibition on unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts and practices. The Bank is subject to
direct supervision and examination by the CFPB. The CFPB also may examine our other direct or indirect subsidiaries that offer
consumer financial products or services. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and
regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB, and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce
consumer protection rules adopted by the CFPB against certain institutions.
Branching. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes national and state banks to establish de novo branches in other states to the same extent a
bank chartered in those states would be so permitted.
Deposit Insurance Assessments. The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits. The Deposit Insurance Fund
(“DIF”) of the FDIC insures the deposits of the Bank generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank, for each
account ownership category. The FDIC charges insured depository institutions quarterly premiums to maintain the DIF. Deposit
insurance assessments are based on average total consolidated assets minus its average tangible equity and applies one of four risk
categories determined by reference to its capital levels, supervisory ratings, and certain other factors. The assessment rate schedule can
change from time to time, at the discretion of the FDIC, subject to certain limits. In October of 2022, the FDIC adopted a final rule to
increase the initial base deposit insurance assessment rate by two basis points, applicable to all insured depository institutions, which
began with the first quarterly assessment period in 2023 and will remain in effect until the level of the DIF reserve ratios to insured
deposits meets the FDIC's long-term goals. In addition, under section 13(c)(4)(G) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a loss to the
DIF arising from the use of a systemic risk exception must be recovered from one or more special assessments on insured depository
institutions, depository institution holding companies (with the concurrence of the Secretary of the Treasury with respect to holding
companies), or both, as the FDIC determines to be appropriate. In November 2023, the FDIC approved a final rule to implement a
special assessment to recover the loss to the DIF associated with two bank failures that occurred during early 2023. The assessment
base for the special assessment is equal to estimated uninsured deposits reported as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first
$5 billion, to be collected at an annual rate of approximately 13.4 basis points for an anticipated total of eight quarterly assessment
periods, beginning with the first quarterly assessment period of 2024. Further, under the final rule, the FDIC retains the ability to cease
collection early, extend the special assessment collection period one or more quarters beyond the initial eight-quarter collection
period, or impose a final shortfall special assessment on a one-time basis after the receiverships for the two banks are terminated. The
collection period may change due to updates to the estimated loss pursuant to the systemic risk determination or if assessments
collected change due to corrective amendments to the amount of uninsured deposits reported for the December 31, 2022 reporting
period.
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is
in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition
imposed by the FDIC. The Bank does not believe that it is taking or is subject to any action, condition or violation that could lead to
termination of its deposit insurance. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that, in the event of the liquidation or
other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as
subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other
general unsecured claims against the institution, including those of the parent bank holding company.
19
Table of Contents
Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. The Bank is subject to restrictions on extensions of credit and certain other transactions
between the Bank and the Company or any nonbank affiliate. Generally, these covered transactions with either the Company or any
affiliate are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus, and all such transactions between the Bank and the Company and all of
its nonbank affiliates combined are limited to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. Loans and other extensions of credit from the
Bank to the Company or any affiliate generally are required to be secured by eligible collateral in specified amounts. In addition, any
transaction between the Bank and the Company or any affiliate are required to be on an arm’s length basis. Federal banking laws also
place similar restrictions on certain extensions of credit by insured banks, such as the Bank, to their directors, executive officers and
principal shareholders.
Mergers, Subsidiaries. The FDIC is also authorized to approve mergers, consolidations and assumption of deposit liability
transactions between insured banks and between insured banks and uninsured banks or institutions to prevent capital or surplus
diminution in such transactions where the resulting, continuing or assumed bank is an insured nonmember state bank.
Reserves. Although the Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve, it is subject to Federal Reserve regulations that require the Bank
to maintain reserves against transaction accounts (primarily checking accounts). These reserve requirements are subject to annual
adjustment by the Federal Reserve. Effective March 26, 2020, reserve requirement ratios were reduced to zero percent.
Anti-Money Laundering. A continued focus of governmental policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been
combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act broadened the application of anti-money laundering
regulations to apply to additional types of financial institutions such as broker-dealers, investment advisors and insurance companies,
and strengthened the ability of the U.S. Government to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the
financing of terrorism. The principal provisions of Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act require that regulated financial institutions,
including state member banks: (i) establish an anti-money laundering program that includes training and audit components; (ii)
comply with regulations regarding the verification of the identity of any person seeking to open an account; (iii) take additional
required precautions with non-U.S. owned accounts; and (iv) perform certain verification and certification of money laundering risk
for their foreign correspondent banking relationships. Failure of a financial institution to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act’s
requirements could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution. The Bank has augmented its systems and
procedures to meet the requirements of these regulations and will continue to revise and update its policies, procedures and controls to
reflect changes required by law.
FinCEN has adopted rules that require financial institutions to obtain beneficial ownership information with respect to legal entities
with which such institutions conduct business, subject to certain exclusions and exemptions. Bank regulators are focusing their
examinations on anti-money laundering compliance, and we continue to monitor and augment, where necessary, our anti-money
laundering compliance programs.
Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these anti-money laundering obligations and recently have been
active in imposing “cease and desist” and other regulatory orders and money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be in
violation of these requirements. On January 1, 2021, Congress passed federal legislation that made sweeping changes to federal anti-
money laundering laws, subject to pending implementation by regulatory rulemaking. On June 30, 2021, FinCEN published the first
set of “national AML priorities,” as required by the Bank Secrecy Act, which include, but are not limited to, cybercrime, terrorist
financing, fraud, and drug/human trafficking. FinCEN is required to implement regulations to specify how covered financial
institutions, such as the Company, should incorporate these national priorities into their AML programs.
Economic Sanctions. The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not
engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and acts of Congress. OFAC publishes,
and routinely updates, lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts,
including the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List. If we find a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer
that is on an OFAC list, we must undertake certain specified activities, which could include blocking or freezing the account or
transaction requested, and we must notify the appropriate authorities.
20
Table of Contents
Concentrations in Lending. During 2006, the federal bank regulatory agencies released guidance on “Concentrations in Commercial
Real Estate Lending” (the “Guidance”) and advised financial institutions of the risks posed by commercial real estate ("CRE") lending
concentrations. The Guidance requires that appropriate processes be in place to identify, monitor and control risks associated with real
estate lending concentrations. Higher allowances for loan losses and capital levels may also be required. The Guidance is triggered
when CRE loan concentrations exceed either:
Total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land of 100% or more of a bank’s total risk-based
capital; or
Total reported loans secured by multifamily and nonfarm nonresidential properties and loans for construction, land
development, and other land of 300% or more of a bank’s total risk-based capital.
The Guidance also applies when a bank has a sharp increase in CRE loans or has significant concentrations of CRE secured by a
particular property type.
Community Reinvestment Act. The Bank is subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA"), which imposes a
continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with their safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of entire
communities where the bank accepts deposits, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The FDIC’s assessment of the
Bank’s CRA record is made available to the public. Further, a less than satisfactory CRA rating will slow, if not preclude, expansion
of banking activities and prevent a company from becoming or remaining a financial holding company. Federal CRA regulations
require, among other things, that evidence of discrimination against applicants on a prohibited basis, and illegal or abusive lending
practices be considered in the CRA evaluation. The Bank has a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent CRA evaluation.
On October 24, 2023, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), Federal Reserve, and FDIC issued a final rule to
modernize their respective CRA regulations. The revised rules substantially alter the methodology for assessing compliance with the
CRA, with material aspects taking effect January 1, 2026, and revised data reporting requirements taking effect January 1, 2027.
Among other things, the revised rules evaluate lending outside traditional assessment areas generated by the growth of non-branch
delivery systems, such as online and mobile banking, apply a metrics-based benchmarking approach to assessment, and clarify eligible
CRA activities. The final rules are likely to make it more challenging and/or costly for the Bank to receive a rating of at least
“satisfactory” on its CRA exam.
Consumer Regulation. Activities of the Bank are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers. These
laws and regulations include, among numerous other things, provisions that:
limit the interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank, including rules respecting the terms of credit
cards and of debit card overdrafts;
govern the Bank’s disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
require the Bank to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether it is fulfilling its
obligation to help meet the housing needs of the communities it serves;
prohibit the Bank from discriminating on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors when it makes decisions to
extend credit;
govern the manner in which the Bank may collect consumer debts; and
prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in the provision of consumer financial products and services.
Mortgage Rules. Pursuant to rules adopted by the CFPB, banks that make residential mortgage loans are required to make a good faith
determination that a borrower has the ability to repay a mortgage loan prior to extending such credit, require that certain mortgage
loans contain escrow payments, obtain new appraisals under certain circumstances, comply with integrated mortgage disclosure rules,
and follow specific rules regarding the compensation of loan originators and the servicing of residential mortgage loans. In 2020, the
Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act granted certain forbearance rights and protection against foreclosure
to borrowers with a “federally backed mortgage loan,” including certain first or subordinate lien loans designed principally for the
occupancy of one to four families. These consumer protections under the CARES Act continued during the COVID 19 pandemic
emergency, and while most of these protections expired in 2022, on January 18, 2023, in its revised Mortgage Servicing Examination
Procedures, the CFPB stated it expected servicers to continue to utilize these safeguards, regardless of their expiration.
Risk-retention rules. Banks that sponsor the securitization of asset-backed securities are generally required to retain not less than 5%
of the credit risk of any loan they securitize, except for residential mortgages that meet certain low-risk standards.
21
Table of Contents
Privacy, Credit Reporting and Cybersecurity. The Bank is subject to federal and state banking regulations that limit its ability to
disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties and prescribe standards for the protection of consumer
information. These limitations require us to periodically disclose our privacy policies to consumers and allow consumers to prevent
disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party under certain circumstances. Consumers also have the option
to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies
for the purpose of marketing products or services. Banking institutions are required to implement a comprehensive information
security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer
records and information, as well as maintain procedures for notifying customers in the event of a security breach. These security and
privacy policies and procedures for the protection of confidential and personal information are in effect across our lines of business.
The Company has adopted and implemented our Comprehensive Information Security Policy to comply with these federal
requirements.
The Bank uses credit bureau data in underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Fair Credit Reporting Act and
Regulation V on a uniform, nationwide basis, including credit reporting, prescreening, and sharing of information between affiliates
and the use of credit data. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, which amended the Fair Credit Reporting Act, permits
states to enact identity theft laws that are not inconsistent with the conduct required by the provisions of that Act.
Furthermore, the federal banking regulators regularly issue guidance regarding cybersecurity intended to enhance cyber risk
management. A financial institution is expected to implement multiple lines of defense against cyber-attacks and ensure that their risk
management procedures address the risk posed by potential cyber threats. A financial institution is further expected to maintain
procedures to effectively respond to a cyber-attack and resume operations following any such attack. The Company has adopted and
implemented an Information Security Program to comply with the regulatory cybersecurity guidance. Effective April 1, 2022, the
federal banking agencies implemented a new rule that requires banks to notify their regulators within 36 hours of a “computer-security
incident” that rises to the level of a “notification incident.” Refer to Part I, Item 1C. "Cybersecurity" for further discussion.
Debit Interchange Fees. Interchange fees are fees that merchants pay to credit card companies and card-issuing banks such as the
Bank for processing electronic payment transactions on their behalf. The maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may
receive for an electronic debit transaction is the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the
transaction, subject to an upward adjustment of 1 cent if an issuer certifies that it has implemented policies and procedures reasonably
designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set forth by the Federal Reserve. In addition, the legislation prohibits card issuers
and networks from entering into arrangements requiring that debit card transactions be processed on a single network or only two
affiliated networks, and allows merchants to determine transaction routing. On October 25, 2023, the FRB proposed to lower the
maximum interchange fee that a large debit card issuer can receive for a debit card transaction. The proposal would also establish a
regular process for updating the maximum amount every other year going forward. We continue to monitor the development of these
proposed rule revisions.
Interest rates based on LIBOR. On March 15, 2022, Congress enacted the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act (the “LIBOR Act”)
to address references to LIBOR in contracts that (i) are governed by U.S. law; (ii) will not mature before June 30, 2023; and (iii) lack
fallback provisions providing for a clearly defined and practicable replacement for LIBOR. On December 16, 2022, the FRB adopted
a final rule to implement the LIBOR Act by identifying benchmark rates based on SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate) that will
replace LIBOR in certain financial contracts after June 30, 2023. The final rule identifies replacement benchmark rates based on
SOFR to replace overnight, one-month, three-month, six-month, and 12-month LIBOR in contracts subject to the LIBOR Act.
Anti-Bribery Laws. Federal law prohibits offering or giving a bank official or any third party (or for the bank official to solicit or
receive for himself or a third party) "anything of value" other than what is given or offered to the bank itself. Further, the Foreign
Corrupt Practices Act makes it unlawful to make payments to foreign government officials to assist in obtaining or retaining business.
The Company and the Bank have implemented a Code of Business Ethics that governs the behavior of its officers and employees.
Nonbanking Subsidiaries
The Company’s nonbanking subsidiaries may also be subject to a variety of state and federal laws. For example, Hancock Whitney
Investment Services, Inc. is subject to supervision and regulation by the SEC, FINRA and the State of Mississippi.
Compensation
In June 2010, the federal banking agencies issued joint guidance on executive compensation designed to help ensure that a banking
organization’s incentive compensation policies do not encourage imprudent risk taking and are consistent with the safety and
soundness of the organization. In addition, in June 2012, the Commission issued final rules to implement the Dodd-Frank Act’s
requirement that the Commission direct the national securities exchanges to adopt certain listing standards related to the compensation
committee of a company’s board of directors as well as its compensation advisers.
22
Table of Contents
In 2016, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and SEC proposed rules that would, depending upon the assets of the institution, directly regulate
incentive compensation arrangements and would require enhanced oversight and recordkeeping. As of December 31, 2023, these rules
had not been implemented. We have instituted measures to ensure that our incentive compensation plans do not encourage
inappropriate risks, consistent with three key principles—that incentive compensation arrangements should appropriately balance risk
and financial rewards, be compatible with effective controls and risk management, and be supported by strong corporate governance.
Accounting and Controls
The Company is also required to file certain reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the SEC under
federal securities laws. For example, we are required to comply with various corporate governance and financial reporting
requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board, and Nasdaq. In particular, we are required to include management and independent registered public
accounting firm reports on internal controls over financial reporting as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K in order to comply
with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We have evaluated our controls, including compliance with the SEC rules on internal
controls. The assessments of our financial reporting controls as of December 31, 2023 are included in this report under Item 9A.
“Controls and Procedures.” Our failure to comply with these internal control rules may materially adversely affect our reputation,
ability to obtain the necessary certifications to financial statements, and the value of our securities.
Effect of Governmental Monetary and Fiscal Policies
The difference between the interest rate paid on deposits and other borrowings and the interest rate received on loans and securities
comprises most of a bank’s earnings.
The earnings and growth of a bank will be affected by both general economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policy of the
U.S. government and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve sets national monetary policy to promote
maximum employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term interest rates. This is accomplished by its open-market operations in
U.S. government securities, adjustments in the amount of reserves that financial institutions are required to maintain and adjustments
to the discount rates on borrowings and target rates for federal funds transactions. The actions of the Federal Reserve in these areas
influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest rates on loans and deposits. The nature and
timing of any future changes in monetary policies and their potential impact on the Company cannot be predicted.
INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The names, ages, positions and business experience of our executive officers as of February 28, 2024 are as follows:
Name
John M. Hairston
Michael M. Achary
Joseph S. Exnicios*
D. Shane Loper
Joy Lambert Phillips
Age
60
63
68
58
68
Position
President of the Company since 2014; Chief Executive Officer since 2008 and Chief Operating
Officer from 2008 to 2014; Director since 2006.
Senior Executive Vice President since 2017; Executive Vice President from 2008 to 2016;
Chief Financial Officer since 2007; Principal Accounting Officer since 2022.
Senior Executive Vice President since 2017; Executive Vice President from 2011 to 2016;
President of Whitney Bank since 2011.
Senior Executive Vice President since 2017; Executive Vice President from 2008 to 2016;
Chief Operating Officer since 2014; Chief Administrative Officer from 2013 to 2014; Chief
Risk Officer from 2012 to 2013; Chief Risk and Administrative Officer from 2010 to 2012.
Senior Executive Vice President since 2020; Executive Vice President from 2009 to 2020;
Chief Legal Officer since 2022; Corporate Secretary since 2011; General Counsel from 1999 to
2022.
Cecil W. Knight, Jr.
60
Executive Vice President since 2016; Chief Banking Officer since 2016.
Juanita P. Kuhner
Michael Otero
Ruena Hall Thompson
Christopher S. Ziluca
Executive Vice President since 2024; General Counsel since 2024; Deputy General Counsel
from 2022 to 2024; Senior Vice President from 2021 to 2024; Corporate Counsel from 2017 to
2022; Vice President from 2017 to 2021.
Executive Vice President since 2013; Chief Risk Officer since 2020; Chief Internal Auditor
from 2013 to 2018.
Executive Vice President since 2011; Chief Human Resources Officer since 2011.
Executive Vice President since 2018; Chief Credit Officer since 2018.
43
57
62
62
* On January 2, 2024, Joseph S. Exnicios announced his retirement from the Company, effective March 1, 2024.
23
Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
We face a number of material risks and uncertainties in connection with our operations. Our business, results of operations and
financial condition could be materially adversely affected by the factors described below.
While we describe each risk separately, some of these risks are interrelated and certain risks could trigger the applicability of other
risks described below. Also, the risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones that we may face. Additional risks and
uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently do not consider significant, could also potentially impair, and have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Risks Related to Economic and Market Conditions
Current uncertain economic conditions pose challenges, and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We are operating in an uncertain economic environment. Our business and operations, which primarily consist of lending money to
customers in the form of loans, borrowing money from customers in the form of deposits and investing in securities, are sensitive to
general business and economic conditions in the U.S. Continued economic uncertainty and a recessionary or stagnant economy could
result in financial stress on our borrowers, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Deteriorating conditions in the regional economies we serve, or in certain sectors of those economies, could drive losses beyond that
which is provided for in our allowance for credit losses. We could also face the following risks with the following events:
market developments and economic stagnation or slowdown may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause
adverse changes in payment patterns, resulting in increased delinquencies and default rates on loans and other credit
facilities;
the processes we use to estimate the allowance for credit losses and other reserves may prove to be unreliable. Such
estimates rely upon complex modeling inputs and judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions, which may be
rendered inaccurate and/or no longer subject to accurate forecasting;
our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our borrowers may be impaired if the models and approaches we use to select,
manage, and underwrite loans become less predictive of future charge-offs;
regulatory scrutiny of the industry could increase, leading to increased regulation of the industry that could lead to a
higher cost of compliance, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities and increase our exposure to litigation or
fines;
ineffective monetary policy or other market conditions could cause rapid changes in interest rates and asset values that
would have a materially adverse impact on our profitability and overall financial condition;
further erosion in the fiscal condition of the U.S. Treasury could lead to new taxes that would limit our ability to pursue
growth and return profits to shareholders; and
the U.S. government's decisions regarding its debt ceiling and the possibility that the U.S. could default on its debt
obligations may cause further interest rate increases, disrupt access to capital markets and deepen recessionary conditions.
If these conditions or similar ones continue to exist or worsen, we could experience continuing or increased adverse effects on our
financial condition.
We may be vulnerable to certain sectors of the economy and to economic conditions both generally and locally across the specific
markets in which we operate.
Our financial performance may be adversely affected by macroeconomic factors that affect the U.S. economy. Unfavorable economic
conditions, particularly in the Gulf South region, could significantly affect the demand for our loans and other products, the ability of
borrowers to repay loans, and the value of collateral securing our outstanding loans. Such factors have and may continue to be caused
by events that are difficult to predict in respect to nature, timing, duration and severity.
Volatility in global financial markets, including, but not limited to inflation and governmental responses thereto, recessionary
concerns, the conflict in Ukraine, the Israeli-Hamas war and other ongoing conflicts, may continue to have a spillover effect that could
ultimately impair the performance of the U.S. economy and, in turn, our results of operations and financial condition.
24
Table of Contents
We are subject to lending concentration risk.
Our loan portfolio contains several industry, collateral and other concentrations including, but not limited to, commercial and
residential real estate, healthcare, hospitality, shared national credits, and leveraged loans. Due to the exposure in these concentrations,
disruptions in markets, economic conditions, including those resulting from heightened interest rates, inflation, supply chain
disruptions, changes in laws or regulations or other events could significantly impact the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans
and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A substantial portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. In weak economies, or in areas where real estate market conditions
are distressed, we may experience a higher than normal level of nonperforming real estate loans. These risks may be exacerbated by
heightened interest rates or tightening credit standards. The collateral value of the portfolio and the revenue stream from those loans
could come under stress, and/or could be impacted by unforeseen events, such as pandemics, weather events, environmental
contamination, among others, and additional provisions for the allowance for credit losses could be necessitated should actual and/or
forecasted losses be in excess of our expectations. Our desire to foreclose on these properties given each circumstance and/or the
ability to dispose of foreclosed real estate at prices at or above the respective carrying values could also be impaired, causing
additional losses.
Certain changes in interest rates, loan origination, inflation, or the financial markets could affect our results of operations,
demand for our products and our ability to deliver products efficiently.
Our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature and we are subject to significant risks tied to changes in interest rates that
are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control. Inflation can influence the growth of total assets in the banking
industry and the resulting level of capitalization. Inflation also affects the level of market interest rates, and therefore, the pricing of
financial instruments. We believe the most significant potential impact of inflation on our financial results is our ability to manage the
impact of changes in interest rates. Further, an increase in inflation could cause our and/or our customers' operating costs related to
salaries and benefits, technology and supplies to increase at a faster pace than revenues.
Our ability to operate profitably is largely dependent upon net interest income. Net interest income is the primary component of our
earnings and is affected by both local external factors such as economic conditions in the Gulf South and local competition for loans
and deposits, as well as broader influences, such as federal monetary policy and market interest rates. Unexpected and/or significant
movement in interest rates markedly changing the slope of the current yield curve could cause our and our customers’ net interest
margins to decrease, subsequently reducing net interest income. In addition, such changes could adversely affect the valuation of our
assets and liabilities.
In addition, loan originations, and potentially loan revenues, could be adversely impacted by sharply rising interest rates. Heightened
interest rates have had, and may continue to have adverse impacts on our borrowers and demand for our loan products. Continued
heightened market rates of interest rates would increase debt service requirements for some of our borrowers; adversely affect those
borrowers’ ability to pay us as contractually obligated; potentially reduce loan demand or result in additional delinquencies or charge-
offs; and increase the cost of our deposits, which are a primary source of funding.
The fair market value of our securities portfolio and the investment income from these securities also fluctuate depending on general
economic and market conditions. In addition, actual net investment income and/or cash flows from investments that carry prepayment
risk, such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, may differ from those anticipated at the time of investment as a result
of interest rate fluctuations. Changes in market values of investment securities classified as available for sale have impacted and may
continue to negatively impact our other comprehensive income and equity levels through accumulated other comprehensive income,
which includes net unrealized gains and losses on those securities. Further, such losses could be realized into earnings should liquidity
and/or business strategy necessitate the sales of securities in a loss position.
An underperforming stock market could adversely affect wealth management fees associated with managed securities portfolios and
could also reduce brokerage transactions, therefore reducing investment brokerage revenues.
Although management believes it has implemented an effective asset and liability management strategy to manage the potential
effects of changes in interest rates, including the use of adjustable rate and/or short-term assets, and FHLB advances or longer term
repurchase agreements, any substantial, unexpected change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of our operation and our strategies may not always be successful in managing the risks associated with
changes in interest rates.
25
Table of Contents
Changes in the policies of monetary authorities and other government action could adversely affect our profitability.
Interest rates and our financial performance are affected by credit policies of monetary authorities, particularly the Federal Reserve.
The instruments of monetary policy employed by the Federal Reserve include open market transactions in U.S. government securities,
changes in the discount rate or the federal funds rate on bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits.
In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, we cannot predict the potential impact of future
changes in interest rates, deposit levels, and loan demand on our business and earnings with certainty. Furthermore, the actions of the
U.S. government and other governments have resulted, and in the future may result in currency fluctuations, exchange controls,
market disruption, material decreases in the values of certain of our financial assets and other adverse effects.
Interest rate changes are dependent on the Federal Reserve’s assessment of economic data as it becomes available. Beginning in early
2022 and continuing into 2023, the Federal Reserve raised interest rates aggressively to combat inflation. As a result of the rising
interest rate environment, we have and may continue to offer more attractive interest rates to depositors to compete for deposits, or
pursue other sources of liquidity, such as wholesale funds. Further, when interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly
than interest-earning assets, an increase in interest rates generally results in a decrease in net interest income. Conversely, decreasing
interest rates reduce our yield on our variable rate loans and on our new loans, which reduces our net interest income. In addition,
lower interest rates may reduce our realized yields on investment securities which would reduce our net interest income and cause
downward pressure on net interest margin in future periods. A significant reduction in our net interest income could have a material
adverse impact on our capital, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, influence (i) the amount of interest we receive on loans and securities,
(ii) the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, (iii) our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (iv) the fair value
of our assets and liabilities, and (v) the reinvestment risk associated with changes in the duration of our mortgage-backed securities
portfolio.
Changes in U.S. trade policies and other factors beyond the Company's control, including the imposition of tariffs and retaliatory
tariffs, may adversely impact its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes to U.S. trade policies, legislation, treaties and tariffs, including trade policies and tariffs affecting other countries, including
China, the European Union, Canada and Mexico and retaliatory tariffs by such countries may adversely impact our business, financial
condition and results of operations. Tariffs, retaliatory tariffs or other trade restrictions on products and materials that the Company's
customers import or export, including among others, agricultural products, could cause the prices of our customers' products to
increase, could reduce demand for such products, or reduce our customers' margins, and adversely impact their revenues, financial
results and ability to service debt. Trade restrictions on products include export and import restrictions recently levied against Russia.
In addition, to the extent changes in the political environment have a negative impact on the Company or on the markets in which the
Company operates its business, its results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted.
The financial soundness and stability of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.
Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and financial soundness and stability
of other financial institutions as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships with such institutions. We routinely execute
transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks and other institutional
clients. As a result, defaults by, and even rumors regarding, other financial institutions, regional banks, or the financial services
industry generally, could impair our ability to effect such transactions and could lead to losses or defaults by us. In addition, a number
of our transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of a counterparty or client. Additionally, our credit risk may be
increased if the collateral we hold in connection with such transactions cannot be realized or can only be liquidated at prices that are
not sufficient to cover the full amount of our financial exposure. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations.
Further, bank failures, including the failures in the first half of 2023, have and may in the future diminish public confidence in small
and regional banks’ abilities to safeguard deposits in excess of federally insured limits, which could prompt customers to maintain
their deposits with larger financial institutions. Concerns over rapid, large-scale deposit movement have and could in the future
heighten regulatory scrutiny surrounding liquidity and increase competition for deposits and the resulting cost of funding, which could
create pressure on our net interest margin and results of operations. In addition, bank failures have and could in the future prompt the
FDIC to increase deposit insurance costs. Increases in funding, deposit insurance or other costs as a result of these types of events
have and could in the future materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Further, the disruption
following these types of events have and could in the future generate significant market trading volatility among publicly traded bank
holding companies and, in particular, regional banks like Hancock Whitney Bank.
26
Table of Contents
Tax law and regulatory changes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Changes to tax laws could significantly impact our business in the form of greater than expected income tax expense and taxes
payable. Such changes may also negatively impact the financial condition of our customers and/or overall economic conditions.
Further, future regulatory reforms that could include a heightened focus and scrutiny on BSA/AML-related compliance, expansion of
consumer protections, the regulation of loan portfolios and credit concentrations to borrowers impacted by climate change, increased
capital and liquidity requirements and limitations or additional taxes on share repurchases and dividends, could increase our costs and
impact our business.
On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act was signed into law in the United States. The Inflation Reduction Act includes
various tax provisions, including a nondeductible 1% excise tax on the fair value of certain stock repurchases and a corporate
alternative minimum tax that generally applies to U.S. corporations with average adjusted financial statement income over a three-year
period in excess of $1 billion. Based on the information available to-date, we do not expect the provisions of the Inflation Reduction
Act to have a material impact on our financial results, including on our annual estimated effective tax rate or on our liquidity, absent
any further changes in law.
Governmental responses to market disruptions and other events may be inadequate and may have unintended consequences.
Congress and financial regulators have and may continue to implement measures designed to stabilize financial markets, including in
reaction to inflation. The overall impact of these efforts on the financial markets may be ineffective and could adversely affect our
business.
We compete with a number of financial services companies that are not subject to the same degree of regulatory oversight. The impact
of the existing regulatory framework and any future changes to it could negatively affect our ability to compete with these institutions,
which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and prospects.
We may need to rely on the financial markets to provide additional capital.
Our common stock is listed and traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. If our capital resources are inadequate to meet our
capital requirements in the future, we may need to raise additional debt or equity capital. If conditions in the capital markets are not
favorable, we may be constrained in raising capital. We maintain a consistent analyst following; therefore, downgrades in our
prospects by one or more of our analysts may cause our stock price to fall and significantly limit our ability to access the markets for
additional capital requirements. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when and if needed could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The interest rates that we pay on our securities are also influenced by, among other things, the credit ratings that we, our affiliates
and/or our securities receive from recognized rating agencies. Our credit ratings are based on a number of factors, including our
financial strength and other factors not entirely within our control such as conditions affecting the financial services industry
generally, and remain subject to change at any time. A downgrade to the credit rating of us or our affiliates could affect our ability to
access the capital markets, increase our borrowing costs and negatively impact our profitability. A downgrade to us, our affiliates or
our securities could create obligations or liabilities under the terms of our outstanding securities that could increase our costs or
otherwise have a negative effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, a downgrade to the credit rating of
any particular security issued by us or our affiliates could negatively affect the ability of the holders of that security to sell the
securities and the prices at which any such securities may be sold.
Because our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond
our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings and debt financings. Further, market
conditions could require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of our securities in the future. In addition, geopolitical and
worldwide market conditions may cause disruption or volatility in the U.S. equity and debt markets, which could hinder our ability to
issue debt and equity securities in the future on favorable terms.
Risks Related to the Financial Services Industry
We must maintain adequate sources of funding and liquidity.
Effective liquidity management is essential for the operation of our business. We require sufficient liquidity to support our operations
and fund outstanding liabilities, as well as to meet regulatory requirements. Our access to sources of liquidity in amounts adequate to
fund our activities on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services
industry or economy generally. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include an economic downturn
that affects the geographic markets in which our loans and operations are concentrated, or any material deterioration of the credit
markets. Our operating results may also be negatively impacted by the value of our securities portfolio, if liquidity and/or business
strategy necessitate the sales of securities in a loss position, and/or access to select sources of liquidity could be limited should
27
Table of Contents
unrealized losses continue to grow to exceed certain levels. Our access to deposits may also be affected by the liquidity needs of our
depositors and the loss of deposits to alternative institutions or investments. Although we have historically been successful in
replacing maturing deposits and advances as necessary, we might not be able to duplicate that success in the future, especially if a
large number of our depositors were to withdraw their amounts on deposit. A failure to maintain an adequate level of liquidity could
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Conversely, liquidity in excess of current
demand or operating needs may result in lower-earning assets that may adversely affect our results of operations.
Greater loan losses than expected may adversely affect our earnings.
We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers will be unable to repay their loans in accordance with their terms and that any collateral
securing the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure repayment. Credit risk is inherent in our business and any material
level of credit failure could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Our credit risk with respect to our real estate and
construction loan portfolios relates principally to the creditworthiness of our corporate borrowers and the value of the real estate
pledged as security for the repayment of loans. Our credit risk with respect to our commercial and consumer loan portfolios depends
on the general creditworthiness of businesses and individuals within our local markets.
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for estimated
credit losses based on a number of factors. This process requires subjective and complex judgments, including analysis of economic or
market conditions that might impair the ability of borrowers to repay their loans. If our assumptions or judgments prove to be
incorrect, the allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover actual credit losses. We may have to increase our allowance in
the future in response to the request of one of our primary banking regulators, to adjust for changing conditions and assumptions, to
adjust for changes in resolution strategies, or as a result of any deterioration in the quality of our loan and lease portfolio. Losses in
excess of the existing allowance or any provisions for loan losses taken to increase the allowance will reduce our net income and could
materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Future provisions for loan losses may vary materially
from the amounts of past provisions.
Further, we use quantitative models to help manage certain aspects of our business and to assist with certain business decisions,
including estimating credit losses, grading loans and extending credit, estimating the effects of changing interest rates and other
market measures on our financial condition and results of operations. Our modeling methodologies rely on many assumptions,
historical analyses and correlations. These assumptions may be incorrect, particularly in times of market distress or volatility, and the
historical correlations on which we rely may not continue to be relevant. As a result, our models may not capture or fully express the
risks we face or may lead us to misjudge the business and economic environment in which we operate. If our models fail to produce
reliable results on an ongoing basis, we may not make appropriate risk management or other business or financial decisions.
Furthermore, strategies that we employ to manage and govern the risks associated with our use of models may not be effective or fully
reliable, and as a result, we may realize losses or other lapses.
We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties.
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we rely in substantial part on
information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We
also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with
respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors if made available. If this information is inaccurate, we may be
subject to loan defaults, financial losses, regulatory action, reputational harm or other adverse effects with respect to our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to a variety of risks in connection with the sale of any loans.
From time to time we may sell all or a portion of one or more loan portfolios, and in connection therewith we may make certain
representations and warranties to the purchaser concerning the loans sold and the procedures under which those loans were originated
and serviced. If any of these representations and warranties are incorrect, we may be required to indemnify the purchaser for any
related losses, or we may be required to repurchase part or all of the affected loans. We may also be required to repurchase loans as a
result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default by the borrower on a loan we have sold. If we are required to make
any indemnity payments or repurchases and do not have a remedy available to us against a solvent counterparty to the loan or loans,
we may not be able to recover our losses resulting from these indemnity payments and repurchases. Consequently, our results of
operations may be adversely affected.
28
Table of Contents
Risks Related to Our Operations
A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our businesses,
result in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause financial losses.
Our ability to adequately conduct and grow our business is dependent on our ability to create and maintain an appropriate operational
and organizational control infrastructure. Operational risk can arise in numerous ways including employee fraud, theft or malfeasance;
customer fraud; and control lapses in bank operations and information technology. Because the nature of the financial services
business involves a high volume of transactions, certain errors in processing or recording transactions appropriately may be repeated
or compounded before they are discovered. We have recently and plan to continue to make investments in technologies for sales and
service, including mobile and online banking, as well as teller, customer service and loan origination platforms. These technologies
and/or operational changes may lead to increased operational risk. Our dependence on our employees and automated systems,
including the automated systems used by acquired entities and third parties, to record and process transactions may further increase the
risk that technical failures or tampering of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. We are also subject to
disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. In addition, products, services
and processes are continually changing and we may not fully appreciate or identify new operational risks that may arise from such
changes. Failure to maintain an appropriate operational infrastructure can lead to loss of service to customers, additional expenditures
related to the detection and correction of operational failures, reputational damage and loss of customer confidence, legal actions, and
noncompliance with various laws and regulations.
We continuously monitor our operational and technological capabilities and make modifications and improvements when we believe it
to be appropriate to do so. However, there are inherent limits to such capabilities. In some instances, we may build and maintain these
capabilities ourselves. We also outsource some of these functions to third parties. These third parties may experience errors or
disruptions that could adversely impact us and over which we may have limited control. Third parties may fail to properly perform
services or comply with applicable laws and regulations, and replacing third party providers could entail significant delay and
expense. We also face risk from the integration of new infrastructure platforms and/or new third party providers of such platforms into
existing businesses.
Our operational and communications systems and infrastructure may fail or may be the subject of a breach or cyber-attack that, if
successful, could adversely affect our business and disrupt business continuity.
We depend on our ability to process, record and monitor a large number of client transactions and to communicate with clients and
other institutions on a continuous basis. Our clients depend on us for access to their assets and account information.
Our online, business, financial, accounting, data processing, or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly or
become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For
example, there could be sudden increases in client transaction volume; electrical or telecommunications outages; natural disasters such
as earthquakes, tornadoes, floods, and hurricanes; pandemics; events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters,
including terrorist acts; occurrences of employee error, fraud, or malfeasance; and, as described below, cyber-attacks. Furthermore, for
most financial institutions, transitioning from existing systems and software (or transitioning legacy systems and software) to a new
provider is a significant and expensive undertaking and includes a number of risks, including crashes and system downtime, transition
costs, decreased productivity, security risk, and legal and regulatory compliance risks.
Although we have response plans, business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our operations and communications may be
adversely affected by significant and widespread disruption to our systems and infrastructure that support our businesses and clients.
While we continue to evolve and modify our response and business continuity plans, there can be no assurance in an escalating threat
environment that they will be effective in avoiding disruption and business impacts. Our insurance may not be adequate to compensate
us for all resulting losses, and the cost to obtain adequate coverage may continue to increase for us or the industry.
Security risks for financial institutions such as ours have dramatically increased in recent years, in part because of the proliferation of
new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased
sophistication, resources and activities of hackers, terrorists, activists, organized crime, and other external parties, including nation
state actors. In addition, clients may use devices or software to access our products and services that are beyond our control
environment, which may provide additional avenues for attackers to gain access to confidential information. Although we have
information security procedures and controls in place, certain of our technologies, systems, networks, and clients’ devices and
software have in the past and in the future likely will continue to be the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that
could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, use, loss, change or destruction of our or our clients’ confidential,
proprietary and other information (including personal identifying information of individuals), or otherwise disrupt our or our clients’
or other third parties’ business operations. From time to time, we, like other financial institutions, become aware of information
security vulnerabilities in software emanating from outside vendors and must take active steps to mitigate and prevent the potential
exploitation of such vulnerabilities. Further, U.S. financial institutions and financial services companies will continue to face breaches
29
Table of Contents
in security of their websites or other systems, including attempts to shut down access to their networks and systems in an attempt to
extract compensation from them to regain control. Financial institutions have also experienced, and will continue to be the target of,
distributed denial-of-service attacks, a sophisticated and targeted attack intended to disable or degrade internet service or to sabotage
systems.
We and others in our industry are, and will continue to be, regularly the subject of attempts by attackers to gain unauthorized access to
our networks, systems, data and other infrastructure, or to obtain, change, or destroy confidential data (including personal identifying
information of individuals) through a variety of means, including computer hacking, acts of vandalism or theft, malware, computer
viruses or other malicious codes, phishing, employee error or malfeasance, catastrophes, unforeseen events or other cyber-attacks. In
the future, these attacks may result in unauthorized individuals obtaining material access to our confidential information or that of our
clients, or otherwise materially accessing, damaging, or disrupting our systems or infrastructure.
To date, we have seen no material adverse impact on our business or operations from cyber-attacks or events. Any future significant
compromise or breach of our data security, whether external or internal, or misuse of customer, associate, supplier or Company data,
could result in significant disruption of our operations, reimbursement and other costs, lost sales, fines, lawsuits and other legal
exposure, a loss of trust in us on the part of our clients, vendors or other counterparties, client attrition and damage to our reputation.
Any of these could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, our financial condition, and/or our share price. However,
the ever-evolving threats mean we and our third-party service providers and vendors must continually evaluate and adapt our
respective systems and processes and overall security environment, as well as those of any companies we acquire. We are
continuously enhancing our controls, processes and practices designed to protect our networks, systems, data and other infrastructure
from attack, damage or unauthorized access. This continued enhancement will require us to expend additional resources, including to
investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities that may be detected. Despite our ongoing investments in security
resources, talent, and business practices, there is no guarantee that these measures will be adequate to safeguard against all data
security breaches, system compromises or misuses of data.
We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.
We rely on certain third parties to provide products and services necessary to maintain day-to-day operations, such as back office
support, data processing and storage, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, Internet
connections, telecommunications, and network access. The failure of a third party to perform in accordance with the contracted
arrangements under service level agreements as a result of changes in the third party’s organizational structure, financial condition,
support for existing products and services, strategic focus, system interruption or breaches, or for any other reason, could be disruptive
to our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our third-
party applications may include confidential and proprietary data provided by vendors and by us, including personal employee and/or
customer data. While we conduct due diligence prior to engaging with third party vendors and perform ongoing monitoring of vendor
controls, we do not control their operations. Further, while our vendor management policies and practices are designed to comply with
current regulations, these policies and practices cannot eliminate this risk. Replacing these third parties could also create significant
delays and expense. Accordingly, use of such third parties creates an inherent risk to our business operations.
We, or third-parties from whom we license critical information technology systems, have in the past been, and in the future may be
alleged to have infringed upon intellectual property rights owned by others.
Competitors or other third parties have in the past alleged, and in the future may allege that we, or consultants or other third parties
retained or indemnified by us or from whom we license critical information technology systems, infringe on their intellectual property
rights. Given the complex, rapidly changing and competitive technological and business environment in which we operate, and the
potential risks and uncertainties of intellectual property-related litigation, an assertion of an infringement claim against us or our
vendors may cause us to spend significant amounts to defend the claim (even if we ultimately prevail); to pay significant money
damages; to lose significant revenues; to be prohibited from using the relevant systems, processes, technologies or other intellectual
property; to cease offering certain products or services or to incur significant license, royalty or technology development expenses.
Moreover, it has become common in recent years for individuals and groups to purchase intellectual property assets for the sole
purpose of making claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from companies like ours. Even in instances where we
believe that claims and allegations of intellectual property infringement against us are without merit, defending against such claims is
time consuming and expensive and could result in the diversion of time and attention of our management and employees. In addition,
although in some cases a third party may have agreed to indemnify us for such costs, such indemnifying party may refuse, or be
unable, to uphold its contractual obligations.
Employee misconduct could expose us to significant legal liability and reputational harm.
We are vulnerable to reputational harm because we operate in an industry in which integrity and the confidence of our customers are
of critical importance. Our employees could engage in fraudulent, illegal, wrongful or suspicious activities, improper use or disclosure
of confidential information and/or activities resulting in consumer harm that adversely affects our customers and/or our business. The
30
Table of Contents
precautions we take to detect and prevent such misconduct may not always be effective, and we may be exposed to regulatory
sanctions and/or penalties, and serious harm to our reputation, financial condition, customer relationships and ability to attract new
customers.
The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future.
A significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or a
significant and sustained decline in the price of our common stock may necessitate our taking charges in the future to reflect an
impairment of our goodwill. Future regulatory actions and accounting changes could also have a material impact on assessments of
goodwill for impairment.
Adverse events or circumstances could impact the recoverability of our intangible assets including significant loss of core deposits,
customer relationships acquired in our trust and asset management transaction, losses of acquired credit card accounts and/or balances,
increased competition or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent these intangible assets are deemed unrecoverable, a non-cash
impairment charge would be recorded. While an impairment charge does not impact regulatory capital, it could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Business Strategy
We are subject to industry competition which may have an impact upon our success.
Our profitability depends on our ability to compete successfully in a highly competitive market for banking and financial services, and
we expect such challenges to continue. Certain of our competitors are larger, have more resources than we do and may be perceived as
better than regional banks at safeguarding deposits in excess of federally insured limits. We face competition in our regional market
areas from other commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage banking firms, securities brokerage firms, mutual
funds and insurance companies, and other financial institutions that offer similar services. Some of our nonbank competitors are not
subject to the same extensive supervision and regulation to which we or the Bank are subject, and may accordingly have greater
flexibility in competing for business. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as
institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by other firms. These developments could result in our
competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, or being able to offer a broader range of products and services with more
geographic range.
Our loan and deposit pricing may be negatively impacted by our competitive environment. If our fee structures are deemed less
favorable than other financial services providers, we may be at a competitive disadvantage in attracting customers for certain fee
producing products. Further, we may choose to implement changes to remain competitive that could adversely affect our operating
results.
Another competitive factor is that the financial services market, including banking services, is undergoing rapid changes with frequent
introductions of new technology-driven products and services, primarily as a result of the increased digitization of banking services.
We compete with many forms of payments offered by both bank and non-bank providers, including a variety of new and evolving
alternative payment mechanisms, systems and products, such as aggregators and web-based and wireless payment platforms or
technologies, digital or “crypto” currencies, prepaid systems and payment services targeting users of social networks, communications
platforms and online gaming. Our future success may depend, in part, on our ability to use technology competitively to offer products
and services that provide convenience to customers and create additional efficiencies in our operations. The widespread adoption of
new technologies has and will continue to require us to make substantial capital expenditures to modify or adapt our systems to remain
competitive and offer new products and services. Our ability to effectively implement new technologies to improve our operations and
systems will impact our competitive position in the financial services industry. Furthermore, we may not be successful in introducing
new products and services in response to industry trends or developments in technology, or those new products may not be accepted
by customers.
If we are unable to successfully compete with traditional competitors as well as the evolving landscape of fintech companies and other
nontraditional competitors to attract and retain customers, our business, financial condition or results of operations may also be
adversely affected, perhaps materially. In particular, if we experience an outflow of deposits as a result of our customers desiring to do
business with our competitors, we may be forced to rely more heavily on borrowings and other sources of funding to operate our
business and meet withdrawal demands, thereby adversely affecting our net interest margin.
31
Table of Contents
The implementation of new lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risk.
We continuously evaluate our service offerings and may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within
existing lines of business in the future. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts. The development of
new lines of business or new products and services often requires the commitment of significant resources that may not be recouped if
not successful. Variables beyond our control or that we do not foresee may prevent the successful implementation of new lines of
business, products or services. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or
services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with
regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of
business and/or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could require the
establishment of new key and other controls and have a significant impact on our existing system of internal controls. Failure to
successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business and/or new products or services
could have a material adverse effect on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.
We may not realize the expected benefits from our efficiency and growth initiatives, which could negatively impact our future
profitability.
Operating costs must decrease or grow at a slower pace than overall revenue in order to thrive in the competitive banking
environment. We have and will continue to implement strategies to grow our loan portfolio and increase noninterest income in order
to realize earnings growth and to remain competitive with the other banks in the markets we serve. We are continuously focused on
growth initiatives and strategies for expense reductions to increase efficiencies. While we have had success in cost-savings and
revenue growth in the past, there is no guarantee that these initiatives will be successful in the future. In addition, while expense
control continues to be a top focus for us, management also expects to continue to make strategic investments in technology that are
expected to improve our customer experience and support future growth, which will require an increase in expenditures. There can be
no assurance that we will ultimately realize the anticipated benefits of our expense reduction and growth strategies, which may impair
our earnings growth. Further, we may not be able to realize cost savings or revenue benefits in the time period expected, which could
negatively affect our near-term profitability.
Our future growth and financial performance may be negatively affected if we are unable to successfully execute our growth
plans, which may include acquisitions and de novo branching.
We may not be able to continue our organic, or internal, growth, which depends upon economic conditions, our ability to identify
appropriate markets for expansion, our ability to recruit and retain qualified personnel, our ability to fund growth at a reasonable cost,
sufficient capital to support our growth initiatives, competitive factors, banking laws, and other factors.
We may seek to supplement our internal growth through acquisitions. We cannot predict the number, size or timing of acquisitions, or
whether any such acquisition will occur at all. Our acquisition efforts have traditionally focused on targeted banking entities in
markets in which we currently operate and markets in which we believe we can compete effectively. However, as consolidation of the
financial services industry continues, the competition for suitable acquisition candidates may increase and, as the number of
appropriate targets decreases, the prices for potential acquisitions could increase which could reduce our potential returns, and reduce
the attractiveness of these opportunities to us. We may compete with other financial services companies for acquisition opportunities,
and many of these competitors have greater financial resources than we do and may be able to pay more for an acquisition than we are
able or willing to pay.
We also may be required to use a substantial amount of our available cash and other liquid assets, or seek additional debt or equity
financing, to fund future acquisitions. Such events could make us more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures,
and additional debt service requirements may impose a significant burden on our results of operations and financial condition. If we
are unable to locate suitable acquisition candidates willing to sell on terms acceptable to us, or we are otherwise unable to obtain
additional debt or equity financing necessary for us to continue making acquisitions, we would be required to find other methods to
grow our business and we may not grow at the same rate we have in the past, or at all.
We must generally satisfy several conditions, including receiving federal regulatory approval, in order to execute most acquisition
transactions. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other
factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, financial condition, and future prospects. The regulators also review current and
projected capital ratios and levels; the competence, experience, and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws
and regulations; the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of
compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act) and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering
activities. We cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. We
may also be required to sell banks or branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable
to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition. Additionally, federal and/or state regulators may charge us with
regulatory and compliance failures of an acquired business that occurred prior to the date of acquisition, and such failures may result
in the imposition of formal or informal enforcement actions.
32
Table of Contents
We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully consolidate any business or assets we acquire with our existing
business. The integration of acquired operations and assets may require substantial management effort, time and resources and may
divert management’s focus from other strategic opportunities and operational matters. Acquisitions may not perform as expected when
the transaction was consummated and may be dilutive to our overall operating results and stockholders’ equity per share of common
stock. Specifically, acquisitions could result in higher than expected deposit attrition, loss of key employees or other consequences
that could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees. We may also sell or consider selling
one or more of our businesses. Such a sale would generally be subject to certain federal and/or state regulatory approvals, and may not
be able to generate gains on sale or related increases in stockholders' equity commensurate with desirable levels.
In addition to the acquisition of existing financial institutions, as opportunities arise, we may explore de novo branching as a part of
our internal growth strategy and possibly enter into new markets through de novo branching. De novo branching and any acquisition
carry numerous risks, including the following:
the inability to obtain all required regulatory approvals;
significant costs and anticipated operating losses associated with establishing a de novo branch or a new bank;
the inability to secure the services of qualified senior management;
the failure of the local market to accept the services of a new bank owned and managed by a bank holding company
headquartered outside of the market area of the new bank;
economic downturns in the new market;
the inability to obtain attractive locations within a new market at a reasonable cost; and
the additional strain on management resources and internal systems and controls.
We have experienced, to some extent, many of these risks with our de novo branching to date.
Changes in retail distribution strategies and consumer behavior may adversely impact our investments in bank premises,
equipment, technology and other assets and may lead to increased expenditures to change our retail distribution channel.
We have significant investments in bank premises and equipment for our branch network. Advances in technology such as e-
commerce, telephone, internet and mobile banking, and in-branch self-service technologies including automated teller machines and
other equipment, as well as an increasing customer preference for these other methods of accessing our products and services, could
decrease the value of our branch network, technology, or other retail distribution physical assets. Such advances may also cause us to
change our retail distribution strategy, close and/or sell certain branches or parcels of land held for development and restructure or
reduce our remaining branches and work force. Such actions in the future could lead to losses on disposition of such assets or could
adversely impact the carrying value of any long-lived assets and may lead to increased expenditures to renovate, reconfigure or close a
number of our remaining branches or to otherwise reform our retail distribution channel.
Risks Related to the Legal and Regulatory Environment
We are subject to regulation by various federal and state entities.
We are subject to the regulations of the Commission, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the CFPB and the MDBCF. New regulations
issued by these or other agencies may adversely affect our ability to carry on our business activities. We are subject to various federal
and state laws, and certain changes in these laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations. Other than the federal securities
laws, the laws and regulations governing our business are intended primarily for the protection of our depositors, our customers, the
financial system and the FDIC insurance fund, not our shareholders or other creditors. Further, we must obtain approval from our
regulators before engaging in certain activities, and our regulators have the ability to compel us to, or restrict us from, taking certain
actions entirely, such as increasing dividends, entering into merger or acquisition transactions, acquiring or establishing new branches,
and entering into certain new businesses. Noncompliance with certain of these regulations may impact our business plans, including
our ability to branch, offer certain products, or execute existing or planned business strategies.
For additional information regarding laws and regulations to which our business is subject, see “Supervision and Regulation.”
33
Table of Contents
Any of the laws or regulations to which we are subject, including tax laws, regulations or their interpretations, may be modified or
changed from time to time, and we cannot be assured that such modifications or changes will not adversely affect us. Failure to
appropriately comply with any such laws or regulations could result in sanctions by regulatory authorities, civil monetary penalties or
damage to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Further,
implementation of new rules, such as the Commission's proposed climate related disclosures, could require additional cost and
negatively impact operating results.
In addition, as the regulatory environment related to information security, data collection and use, and privacy becomes increasingly
rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, compliance with those requirements could also
result in additional costs.
We and other financial institutions have been the subject of litigation, investigations and other proceedings which could result in
legal liability and damage to our reputation.
We and certain of our directors, officers and subsidiaries are named from time to time as defendants in various class actions and other
litigation relating to our business and activities. Past, present and future litigation has included or could include claims for substantial
compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. We are also involved from time to time in
other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental, law enforcement and self-regulatory
agencies regarding our business. These matters could result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions,
amendments and/or restatements of our Commission filings and/or financial statements, determinations of material weaknesses in our
disclosure controls and procedures or other relief. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us, as well as
matters in which we are involved that are ultimately determined in our favor, could materially adversely affect our business, financial
condition or results of operations, cause significant reputational harm to our business, divert management attention from the operation
of our business and/or result in additional litigation.
In addition, in recent years, a number of judicial decisions have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of
various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a
lender has either violated a duty, whether implied or contractual, of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a
degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or
shareholders. We have been and in the future could become subject to claims based on this or other evolving legal theories.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
Future issuances of equity securities could dilute the interests of holders of our common stock, and our common stock ranks
junior to indebtedness.
Our common stock ranks junior to all of our existing and future indebtedness with respect to distributions and liquidation. In addition,
future issuances of equity securities, including pursuant to outstanding options, could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders,
including you, and could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Moreover, to the extent that we issue restricted stock
units, phantom shares, stock appreciation rights, options or warrants to purchase our common stock in the future and those stock
appreciation rights, options or warrants are exercised or as the restricted stock units vest, our shareholders may experience further
dilution.
Holders of our shares of common stock do not have preemptive rights. Additionally, sales of a substantial number of shares of our
common stock in the public markets and the availability of those shares for sale could adversely affect the market price of our
common stock.
Our ability to deliver and pay dividends depends primarily upon the results of operations of our subsidiary Bank, and we may not
pay, or be permitted to pay, dividends in the future.
We are a bank holding company that conducts substantially all of our operations through our subsidiary Bank. As a result, our ability
to make dividend payments on our common stock will depend primarily upon the receipt of dividends and other distributions from the
Bank.
The ability of the Bank to pay dividends or make other payments to us, as well as our ability to pay dividends on our common stock, is
limited by the Bank’s obligation to maintain sufficient capital and by other general regulatory restrictions on its dividends, which have
tightened since the financial crisis. The Federal Reserve has stated that bank holding companies should not pay dividends from
sources other than current earnings. If these requirements are not satisfied, we may be unable to pay dividends on our common stock.
34
Table of Contents
We may also decide to limit the payment of dividends even when we have the legal ability to pay them in order to retain earnings for
use in our business, which could adversely affect the market value of our common stock. There can be no assurance of whether or
when we may pay dividends in the future.
Mississippi law, and anti-takeover provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws could make a third-party acquisition of us
difficult and may adversely affect share value.
Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us (even if doing so
might be beneficial to our shareholders) and for holders of our securities to receive any related takeover premium for their securities.
We are also subject to certain provisions of state and federal law and our articles of incorporation that may make it more difficult for
someone to acquire control of us. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity, or group must notify the federal
banking agencies before acquiring 10% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a bank holding company, including shares of our
common stock. Banking agencies review the acquisition to determine if it will result in a change of control. The banking agencies
have 60 days to act on the notice, and take into account several factors, including the resources of the acquirer and the antitrust effects
of the acquisition. Additionally, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before, among other
things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank. There are also Mississippi
statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt. As a result,
these statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation could result in our being less attractive to a potential acquirer
and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.
Shares of our common stock are not insured deposits and may lose value.
Shares of our common stock are not savings accounts, deposits or other obligations of any depository institution and are not insured or
guaranteed by the FDIC or any other governmental agency or instrumentality, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public
or private entity, and are subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal.
General Risk Factors
We must attract and retain skilled personnel.
Our success depends, in substantial part, on our ability to attract and retain skilled, experienced personnel in key positions within the
organization. Competition for qualified candidates in the activities and markets that we serve is intense. If we are not able to hire,
adequately compensate, or retain these key individuals, we may be unable to execute our business strategies and may suffer adverse
consequences to our business, financial condition and results of operations. Labor shortages have and may continue to restrict our
ability to attract and retain personnel and increase related costs.
Natural and man-made disasters, including those caused or exacerbated by climate change, could affect our ability to operate.
Our market areas are often impacted by hurricanes and flooding. Natural disasters, such as hurricanes, flooding, tornados, freezes and
other natural and man-made disasters, such as oil spills in the Gulf of Mexico, can disrupt our operations, result in significant damage
to our properties or properties and businesses of our borrowers, including property pledged as collateral, interrupt our ability to
conduct business, negatively affect the local economies in which we operate, and increase circumstances leading to litigation.
We cannot predict whether or to what extent damage caused by future hurricanes and other disasters will affect our operations or the
economies in our market areas, but such events could cause a decline in loan originations, a decline in the value or destruction of
properties securing the loans and an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures, loan losses and litigation. Climate change may
increase the nature, severity and frequency of adverse weather conditions in our footprint, making the impact from these types of
natural disasters on us or our customers worse.
We and our customers rely on the existence of, and ability of private and public insurance programs to provide coverage for these
types of events. Cost for insurance coverage under these programs has and may continue to increase, negatively impacting our
business costs and our customers' levels of liquidity and the ability to service their debt. The unavailability of these types of coverage
or the inability of these entities to perform could also have a materially adverse impact on our operations.
Societal, legislative and regulatory responses to environmental, social and governance ("ESG") concerns, including climate
change and "anti ESG" concerns, could adversely affect our business and performance, including indirectly through impacts on
our customers.
Our business faces increasing public, investor, activist, legislative and regulatory scrutiny related to ESG and “anti-ESG”
developments. We risk damage to our brand and reputation in certain sectors if we fail to act in response to ESG concerns, such as
35
Table of Contents
diversity, equity and inclusion, environmental stewardship, human capital management, support for our local communities, corporate
governance and transparency, or fail to consider ESG factors in our business operations.
Concerns over the long-term impacts of climate change have led and will continue to lead to global governmental efforts to mitigate
those impacts. Consumers and businesses also may change their behavior and operations as a result of these concerns. The Company
and its customers will need to respond to new laws and regulations as well as consumer and business preferences resulting from
climate change concerns. We and our customers may face cost increases, asset value reductions and operating process changes. The
impact on our customers will likely vary depending on their specific circumstances, including a significant presence in areas that are
vulnerable to natural and man-made disasters that may be exacerbated by climate change, or reliance upon or a role in carbon
intensive activities. Among the impacts to the Company could be a drop in demand for our products and services, particularly in
certain sectors. In addition, we could face reductions in creditworthiness on the part of some customers or in the value of assets
securing loans. Our efforts to take these risks into account may not be effective in protecting us from the negative impact of new laws
and regulations or changes in consumer or business behavior.
Furthermore, as a result of our diverse base of clients and business partners, we may face potential negative publicity based on the
identity of our clients or business partners and the public's (or certain segments of the public's) view of those entities. Such publicity
may arise from traditional media sources or from social media and may increase rapidly in size and scope. If our client or business
partner relationships were exposed to negative publicity, our ability to attract and retain clients, business partners, and employees may
be negatively impacted, and our stock price may also be negatively impacted. Additionally, we may face pressure to not do business in
certain industries that are viewed as harmful to the environment or are otherwise negatively perceived, which could impact our
growth.
Certain investors and shareholder advocates are placing increasing emphasis on how corporations address ESG issues in their business
strategy when making investment decisions and when developing their investment strategies and proxy recommendations. We may
incur increased costs with respect to our ESG efforts and if such efforts are negatively perceived, our reputation and stock price may
suffer.
In response to ESG developments, there are increasing instances of “anti-ESG” legislation, regulation, and litigation that could have
unintended impacts on ordinary banking operations and increase litigation risk related to actions we choose to take. If legislatures in
the states in which we operate adopt legislation intended to protect certain industries by limiting or prohibiting consideration of
business and industry factors in lending activities, certain portions of our lending operations may be impacted.
We are exposed to reputational risk.
Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged improper activities, such as lending practices, data security breaches,
corporate governance policies and decisions, and acquisitions, any of which may damage our reputation. Negative public opinion can
also result from action or inaction related to environmental, social and corporate governance matters. Additionally, actions taken by
government regulators and community organizations may also damage our reputation. Negative public opinion could adversely affect
our ability to attract and retain customers or expose us to litigation and regulatory action.
Changes in accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial condition and
results of operations.
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”),
including the accounting rules and regulations of the Commission and the FASB, requires management to make significant estimates
and assumptions that impact our financial statements by affecting the value of our assets or liabilities and results of operations. Some
of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about
matters that are inherently uncertain and because materially different amounts may be reported if different estimates or assumptions
are used. If such estimates or assumptions underlying our financial statements are incorrect, our financial condition and results of
operations could be adversely affected.
From time to time, the FASB and the Commission change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of
such standards that govern the preparation of our external financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be difficult
to predict, may require extraordinary efforts or additional costs to implement and could materially impact how we report our financial
condition and results of operations. Additionally, we may be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, resulting in
the restatement of prior period financial statements in material amounts.
36
Table of Contents
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy
The Company’s information security program is designed to protect the security, availability, integrity, and confidentiality of our
computer systems, networks, software and information assets, including client and other sensitive data. The program is comprised of
policies, guidelines, and procedures. These policies, guidelines, and procedures are intended to align with regulatory guidance, the
ISO Code of Practice for Information Security Controls, and common industry practices. Assessing, identifying and managing
cybersecurity related risks are integrated into our overall enterprise risk management process.
The Company expects each associate to be responsible for the security and confidentiality of client information. We communicate this
responsibility to associates upon hiring and regularly throughout their employment. We require each associate to complete training to
protect the confidentiality of client information at the time of hire and during each year of employment. Associates must successfully
pass a test to demonstrate understanding of these requirements and provide acknowledgement of their responsibilities.
Additionally, we regularly provide associates with information security awareness training covering the recognition and appropriate
handling of potential phishing emails, which can introduce malware to a company’s network, result in the theft of user credentials and,
ultimately, place client or employee data, or other sensitive company data, and information at risk. The Company employs a number
of technical controls to mitigate the risk of phishing emails. We regularly test associates to determine their susceptibility to phishing
emails. We require susceptible associates to take additional training and provide regular reports to management. We additionally
maintain procedures for the safe storage and handling and secure disposal of sensitive information.
The Company protects its network and information assets with industry-tested security products and processes. Our teams actively
monitor company networks and systems to detect suspicious or malicious events. The Company evaluates potential cyber risks, as
appropriate, in its regular risk assessments. The Company also conducts vulnerability scans, and contracts with third-party vendors to
perform penetration tests against the Company’s network. In addition, the Company’s Cyber Defense Center team monitors threat
intelligence sources to anticipate and research evolving threats, investigates their potential impact to financial services companies,
examines the Company’s controls to detect and defend against those threats, and proactively adjusts the Company’s defenses against
those threats. The Company also engages expert cyber consultants, as necessary and appropriate.
Before engaging third-party service providers who may have access to the Company's, customer, employee or other sensitive data, or
to the Company's systems, we perform due diligence in order to identify and evaluate their cyber risks, which includes self-attestation
questionnaires (developed using Service Organization Controls (SOC) reports). This process is led by the Vendor Management team
and includes participation of dedicated information security resources. Third party service providers processing sensitive data are
contractually required to meet applicable legal and regulatory obligations to protect sensitive data against cybersecurity threats and
unauthorized access to the sensitive data. After contract executions, third party service providers deemed critical by our vendor
management office undergo ongoing monitoring to ensure they continue to meet their security obligations and other potential
cybersecurity threats.
As part of our information security program, we have adopted an Information and Cybersecurity Incident Response Plan (“Incident
Response Plan”), which is administered by our Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”) in close collaboration with our Director
of Enterprise IT Risk. The Incident Response Plan describes the Company’s processes, procedures, and responsibilities for responding
to cybersecurity incidents. The Incident Response Plan is intended to proceed on parallel paths in the event of a cybersecurity incident,
including implementation of (i) forensic and containment, eradication, and remediation actions by information technology and security
personnel and (ii) operational response actions by business, communications, and risk personnel. Our incident response team annually
performs exercises to simulate responses to cybersecurity events.
The Incident Response Plan includes procedures for escalation and reporting of potentially significant cybersecurity incidents to the
Company’s Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Risk Officer, and our Board Risk Committee.
Impacts of Cybersecurity Incidents
To date, the Company has not experienced a cybersecurity incident that has materially impacted our business strategy, results of
operations, or financial condition. Despite our efforts, there can be no assurance that our cybersecurity risk management processes and
measures described will be fully implemented, complied with, or effective in protecting our systems and information. We face risks
from certain cybersecurity threats that, if realized, are reasonably likely to materially affect our business strategy, results of operations
or financial condition. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in this document for further discussion of the risks associated with an interruption
or breach in our information systems or infrastructure.
37
Table of Contents
Cybersecurity Governance
Our Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the Company’s business and affairs, including risks associated with cybersecurity
threats. The Board oversees the Company’s corporate risk governance processes primarily through its committees, and oversight of
cybersecurity threats is delegated primarily to our Board Risk Committee. The Board also periodically designates directors as its
cybersecurity contact points. Our Chief Operating Officer facilitates the involvement of these designated directors in oversight of
potentially significant cybersecurity incidents. The current directors designated as cybersecurity contacts are Chairman Jerry Levens,
Board Risk Committee Chair Frank Bertucci, and Suzette Kent.
The Risk Committee oversees the management process associated with cybersecurity risk. Cybersecurity matters and assessments are
regularly included in Board Risk Committee meetings. The Board Risk Committee has primary responsibility for overseeing the
Company’s comprehensive Enterprise Risk Management program. The Enterprise Risk Management program assists senior
management in identifying, assessing, monitoring, and managing risk, including cybersecurity risk, in a rapidly changing
environment. The Board Risk Committee provides reports to the full Board on the Company’s information security program on an
annual basis.
The Company’s CISO directs our information security program and the Director of Enterprise IT Risk directs our information
technology risk management. Led by our CISO and Director of Enterprise IT Risk, a team of dedicated security professionals
examines risks to the Company’s information systems and assets, designs and implements security solutions, monitors the
environment and provides immediate responses to threats.
The CISO regularly attends Board Risk Committee meetings and sits in executive session with the Committee members at least
annually to update committee members on material cybersecurity and other information security developments and risks. The CISO
also provides an annual information security program summary report to the Board, outlining the overall status of our information
security program and the Company’s compliance with regulatory guidelines.
The IT Risk Governance Subcommittee, a management level subcommittee of our Operations Committee, also addresses information
security and is responsible for overseeing the protection of the integrity, security, safety and resiliency of corporate information
systems and assets. The IT Risk Governance Committee meets quarterly to review the development of the program and provide
recommendations. The subcommittee provides regular reports to the Operations Committee and, ultimately, the Board Risk
Committee through the CISO. Together, our CISO and Director of Enterprise IT Risk co-lead the company’s IT Risk Governance
Committee.
Our CISO is responsible for the Company’s information security program. In this role, the CISO manages the Company’s information
security and day-to-day cybersecurity operations and supports the information security risk oversight responsibilities of the Board and
its committees. The CISO is a member of the Company’s Corporate Operations group and reports to our Chief Information Officer,
who in turn reports to our Chief Operating Officer. Our CISO has cybersecurity experience spanning more than two decades. Prior
experience includes senior security roles in large government agencies and Fortune 200 companies. He has spoken at area colleges and
various industry events about information security. He holds a degree in electrical engineering, is a graduate of banking school, and
maintains several industry certifications.
Our Director of Enterprise IT Risk is responsible for the Company’s information technology governance, risk, and compliance
program. In this role, the Director of Enterprise IT Risk provides independent oversight of information technology risk, promotes
effective challenge to the Company’s information technology systems, and ensures that high level risks receive appropriate attention.
The Director of Enterprise IT Risk is a member of the Company’s Corporate Risk Management Group and reports to our Chief Risk
Officer, who in turn reports to our CEO. Our Director of Enterprise IT Risk has over two decades of business continuity, crisis
management and risk experience in the financial services industry and maintains related industry certifications.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The Company’s main office, which is the headquarters of the holding company, is located at Hancock Whitney Plaza, in Gulfport,
Mississippi. The Bank makes portions of the main office facilities and certain other facilities available for lease to third parties,
although such incidental leasing activity is not material to the Company’s overall operations.
The Company operates 182 full-service banking and financial services offices and 225 automated teller machines across our market,
primarily in the Gulf south corridor, including southern and central Mississippi; southern and central Alabama; southern, central and
northwest Louisiana; the northern, central, and panhandle regions of Florida; and certain areas of east and northeast Texas, including
Houston, Beaumont, Dallas, Austin, and San Antonio, among others. Additionally, the Company operates combined loan and deposit
production offices in the metropolitan areas of Nashville, Tennessee and Atlanta, Georgia. The Company owns approximately 70% of
these facilities, and the remaining banking facilities are subject to leases, each of which we consider reasonable and appropriate for its
location. We ensure that all properties, whether owned or leased, are maintained in suitable condition. We also evaluate our banking
38
Table of Contents
facilities on an ongoing basis to identify possible under-utilization and to determine the need for functional improvements, relocations,
closures or possible sales. The Bank and its subsidiaries hold a variety of property interests acquired in settlement of loans. Some of
these properties were acquired in transactions before 1979 and are carried at nominal amounts on our balance sheet and reflected
income of $0.1 million in our 2023 operating results.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We and our subsidiaries are party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that loss
contingencies, if any, arising from pending litigation and regulatory matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated
financial position or liquidity.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
39
Table of Contents
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
The Company’s common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “HWC.” There were 7,176 active
holders of record of the Company’s common stock at January 31, 2024 and 86,347,503 shares outstanding.
Stock Performance Graph
The following performance graph and related information are neither “soliciting material” nor “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such
information be incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, each as amended, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such filing.
The performance graph compares the cumulative five-year shareholder return on the Company’s common stock, assuming an
investment of $100 on December 31, 2018 and the reinvestment of dividends thereafter, to that of the common stocks of United States
companies reported in the Nasdaq Total Return Index and the common stocks of the KBW Regional Banks Total Return Index. The
KBW Regional Banks Total Return Index is a proprietary stock index of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., that tracks the returns of
approximately 50 regional banking companies throughout the United States.
40
Table of Contents
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2023 with respect to shares of common stock that may be issued under
the Company’s equity compensation plans.
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by
security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by
security holders
Total
Number of Securities to
be Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(a)
Weighted-Average Exercise
Price of Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(b)
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column (a))
(c)
1,390,639 (1) $
—
1,390,639
N/A
—
1,993,867
—
1,993,867
(1)
Includes 87,623 shares potentially issuable upon the vesting of outstanding restricted share units and 92,792 shares potentially issuable upon the vesting
of outstanding performance share units that represent awards deferred into the Company’s Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. Also includes
463,072 performance share awards. Performance share awards and units are stated in amounts that would be issuable if the highest level of performance
conditions is met.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On January 26, 2023, the Company’s board of directors approved a stock buyback program whereby the Company is authorized to
repurchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its common stock through the program’s expiration date of December 31, 2024.
The program allows the Company to repurchase its common shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share
repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, in one or more transactions. The Company is not obligated to
purchase any shares under this program, and the board of directors has the ability to terminate or amend the program at any time prior
to the expiration date. To date, the Company has not repurchased shares under this program.
Common stock repurchase activity during the fourth quarter of 2023 was as follows:
Total Number of
Shares of Units
Purchased
Average Price Paid
Per Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
a Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
Maximum Number
of Shares That May
Yet Be Purchased
Under Plans or
Programs
— $
— $
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4,297,000
4,297,000
4,297,000
4,297,000
Oct 1, 2023 - Oct 31, 2023
Nov 1, 2023 - Nov 30, 2023
Dec 1, 2023 - Dec 31, 2023
Total
ITEM 6.
Reserved.
41
Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The objective of this discussion and analysis is to provide material information relevant to the assessment of the financial condition
and results of operations of Hancock Whitney Corporation and its subsidiaries during the year ended December 31, 2023 and selected
prior periods, including an evaluation of the amounts and certainty of cash flows from operations and outside sources. This discussion
and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement financial and operating data and information presented elsewhere in this report,
including the consolidated financial statements and related notes. The discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are
subject to risks and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, our actual results may differ from
those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. See Forward-Looking Statements in Part I of this Annual Report.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations include non-GAAP measures used to
describe our performance. A reconciliation of those measures to GAAP measures are provided in Table 1 “Consolidated Financial
Results” and Table 31 “Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results” of this section. The following is an overview of the non-GAAP
measures used and the reasons why management believes they are useful and important in understanding the Company’s financial
condition and results of operations included below.
Consistent with the provisions of Subpart 229.1400 of Regulation S-K, “Disclosures by Bank and Savings and Loan Registrants,” we
present net interest income, net interest margin and efficiency ratios on a fully taxable equivalent (“te”) basis. The te basis adjusts for
the tax-favored status of interest income from certain loans and investments using the statutory federal tax rate (21% for all periods
presented) to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. This measure is the preferred industry measurement of
net interest income and it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.
We present certain additional non-GAAP financial measures to assist the reader with a better understanding of the Company’s
performance period over period, as well as to provide investors with assistance in understanding the success management has
experienced in executing its strategic initiatives. The Company highlights certain significant items that are outside of our principal
business and/or are not indicative of forward-looking trends in supplemental disclosure items below our GAAP financial data and
presents certain “Adjusted” ratios that exclude these disclosed items. These adjusted ratios provide management and the reader with a
measure that may be more indicative of forward-looking trends in our business, as well as demonstrates the effects of significant gains
or losses and changes.
We define Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue as net income excluding provision expense and income tax expense, plus the
taxable equivalent adjustment (as defined above), less supplemental disclosure items (as defined above). Management believes that
adjusted pre-provision net revenue is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s
ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle. We define Adjusted Revenue as net interest income (te) and
noninterest income less supplemental disclosure items. We define Adjusted Noninterest Expense as noninterest expense less
supplemental disclosure items. We define our Efficiency Ratio as noninterest expense to total net interest income (te) and noninterest
income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items, if applicable. Management believes
adjusted revenue, adjusted noninterest expense and the efficiency ratio are useful measures as they provide a greater understanding of
ongoing operations and enhance comparability with prior periods.
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
The discussions and analyses that follow provide insight into the impact of macroeconomic and industry trends on our performance in
the most recent fiscal year, and our outlook for the near term.
Current Economic Environment
U.S. economic activity remains resilient nearly two years into the Federal Reserve's aggressive campaign to tame inflation. Thus far,
the Federal Reserve has seen some success in slowing economic growth without precipitating a recession. The December 31, 2023
headline and core (less food and energy) inflation have receded considerably from 40-year highs in 2022, though at 3.4% and 3.9%,
respectively, both remain well above the Federal Reserve's target rate of 2%. Real Gross domestic product (GDP) increased 2.5% for
the full year 2023, reflecting growth in each of the four fiscal quarters. Despite some softening, the labor market remains strong at
near full-employment, with the unemployment rate at 3.7% in December 2023. The Federal Reserve issued four 25-basis point interest
rate increases between February and July 2023, but has held the rate steady since, indicating the possibility that the target rate has
reached its terminal value in the rate hiking cycle. While the continued strong pace of consumer spending and the strength of the labor
market may help prevent or reduce the severity of a potential recession, the possibility that rates will remain higher for longer may
42
Table of Contents
result in below-trend economic growth. Economic trends may be further influenced by factors outside of inflation, such as a potential
shutdown of the U.S. government and expanding geopolitical conflict.
Within the financial services industry, particularly in the regional bank space, institutions continue to deal with macroeconomic and
industry-specific headwinds. The heightened interest rate environment has fostered a continued shift within deposit composition
toward higher cost products, although the pace of movement slowed somewhat towards the end of 2023. High-profile bank failures in
the first half of 2023 have prompted increased regulatory scrutiny of banks' liquidity and the stability of their deposit bases, which has
intensified competition for deposits and, in turn, placed further pressure on borrowing costs. The interest rate environment has also
steadily affected the affordability of credit to consumers and businesses that has tempered loan demand. At the same time, economic
uncertainty and industry turmoil has prompted many institutions to tighten credit standards.
We experienced loan growth of 3% during the year ended December 31, 2023, though the majority of the growth occurred in the first
half of the year. In the fourth quarter, we experienced a $61.8 million net decline in loans as demand continued to slow in response to
heightened interest rates and, in many of the markets we serve, increased insurance costs. Further, we are continuing to narrow our
credit appetite in certain sectors and shift our focus toward full-service relationships. Our core client deposits, defined as total deposits
excluding public funds and brokered deposits, were up slightly year-over-year. We were able to maintain our diversified deposit base
through competitive pricing, as much of our client base remains interest rate sensitive. Despite the increased pressure on funding costs,
interest rates on new, renewed and repricing variable rate loans drove an expanded net interest margin in 2023.
Economic Outlook
We utilize economic forecasts produced by Moody’s Analytics (Moody’s) that provide various scenarios to assist in the development
of our economic outlook. This outlook discussion utilizes the December 2023 Moody’s forecast, the most current available at
December 31, 2023. The forecasts are anchored on a baseline forecast scenario, which Moody’s defines as the “most likely outcome”
of where the economy is headed based on current conditions. Several upside and downside scenarios are produced that are derived
from the baseline scenario and incorporate varying degrees of favorable and unfavorable adjustments to economic indicators and
circumstances as compared to the baseline. The macroeconomic variables underlying the December 2023 economic scenarios differ in
certain respects from the comparable forecasts available at December 31, 2022, given the shift in economic circumstances and risks.
The December 2023 baseline forecast continues to incorporate the belief that the Federal Reserve will accomplish its goal of bringing
inflation to or below its target without precipitating a recession. Key assumptions within the December 2023 baseline forecast include
the following: (1) the Federal Funds rate has reached its terminal value in the rate hiking cycle, with rate cuts of 25 basis points per
quarter to begin in June 2024 until reaching 3% in late 2026, and 2.5% by 2030; (2) the U.S. government will avoid the recently-
feared shutdown; (3) while the labor market remains strong, there are indications of softening, and the unemployment rate will rise
from its current rate of 3.7% to 4.0% in 2024 and 4.1% in 2025, then improve slightly to 4.0% for 2026; (4) GDP will display modest
annual growth of 1.7% in both 2024 and 2025 and 2.2% in 2026; and, (5) the 10-year U.S. Treasury yield reached its recent high at
nearly 5% in the third quarter of 2023, but will remain above 4% through the end of the decade.
The S-2 scenario presents a downside alternative to the baseline. The S-2 scenario assumes an increased likelihood of a U.S.
government shutdown, longer and farther-reaching disturbance from geopolitical conflict, and continued disruption in the financial
services industry leading to further tightening of credit standards. Further, the scenario assumes the unemployment rate will increase
considerably to 5.7% in 2024 before improving to 5.3% in 2025 and 4.0% in 2026. Despite the weakening economy, the Federal
Reserve does not begin rate cuts sooner than what is assumed in the baseline. As a result of these pressures, the U.S. falls into a mild
recession beginning in the first quarter of 2024 that lasts for three quarters, with the stock market contracting 20% and a peak-to-
trough decline in GDP of 1%.
Management has deemed certain assumptions underlying the S-2 scenario to be somewhat more likely to occur in the near term than
those underlying the baseline scenario, and as such, the baseline scenario and the S-2 scenario were given probability weightings of
40% and 60%, respectively, in the calculation of our allowance for credit losses calculation at December 31, 2023.
At December 31, 2023, the credit loss outlook for our portfolio as a whole has not changed significantly from that of a year ago,
however, we remain cautious given headwinds from elevated interest rates, increased insurance costs and market concerns
surrounding commercial real estate. Aside from a single sizable charge-off in 2023 attributable to borrower-specific circumstances,
our asset quality metrics have remained stable over the preceding two years, with nonaccrual loans, commercial criticized loans and
all other net charge-offs at relatively low levels. We continue to closely monitor our portfolio for customers that are sensitive to
prolonged inflation and the elevated interest rate environment.
The effects of inflation and the Federal Reserve's actions to counter those effects in the form of interest rate increases and quantitative
tightening have in the past and could in the near term reduce economic growth. The full extent of the impact of the Federal Reserve’s
43
Table of Contents
actions to reduce inflation and the timing and scope of further Federal Reserve actions are uncertain and may have a significant
negative impact on the U.S. economy, including the possibility of an economic recession in the near or midterm.
Highlights of 2023 Financial Results
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $392.6 million, or $4.50 per diluted common share, compared to $524.1
million, or $5.98 per diluted common share in 2022. The results for 2023 include a net charge of $75.4 million (pre-tax), or $0.68 per
share after tax, comprised of the following supplemental disclosure items: a $65.4 million loss on restructuring of the securities
portfolio, a $26.1 million FDIC special assessment charge and a $16.1 million gain on the sale of a parking facility. There were no
supplemental disclosure items in 2022. The following is an overview of financial results for the year ended December 31, 2023
compared to December 31, 2022:
Net income of $392.6 million, or $4.50 per diluted common share
Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (a non-GAAP measure) totaled $635.7 million, down $5.4 million
Provision for credit losses of $59.1 million in 2023, compared to a negative provision of $28.4 million in 2022; allowance
for credit loss to total loans at 1.41% at December 31, 2023
Loan growth of $807.9 million, or 3%, to $23.9 billion
Deposits of $29.7 billion at December 31, 2023, up $619.7 million, or 2%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 12.33%, up 92 basis points (bps) from December 31, 2022; tangible common equity
ratio of 8.37%, up 128 bps
Criticized commercial loans and nonperforming loans remained relatively stable at low levels throughout 2023
Net interest margin increased 8 bps to 3.34%
Efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) of 55.25%, up from 52.93% in 2022
The year ended December 31, 2023 brought many challenges on both a macroeconomic level and within the financial services
industry. Our results reflect navigating these headwinds while demonstrating our ability to preserve liquidity and manage operating
expenses. The Federal Reserve continued its efforts to combat inflation through interest rate increases, but the benefits of our general
asset sensitivity were largely offset by continued increases in funding costs, including a significant shift and deposit mix from
noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing products. Disruption in the financial services industry created additional pressure on funding
costs and net interest margin, and required incremental noninterest expense through a special assessment to restore the deposit
insurance fund. As expected, loan growth has tempered in response to the current interest rate environment and with our continued
focus on full service relationships and lending to resilient borrowers in light of current economic pressures. Aside from a single
sizable borrower-specific charge-off, our credit metrics remained stable at relatively low levels, with no significant weakening in any
portfolio sectors in 2023. A strategic decision to restructure our available for sale securities portfolio and pay down debt is expected to
benefit future yield on earning assets, net interest margin and capital. Our capital levels increased year over year, and we believe we
have positioned ourselves to effectively navigate the operating environment for this coming year.
The table that follows presents our consolidated financial results. Additional information related to our results and outlook are
included in the discussions that follow.
44
Table of Contents
Table 1. Consolidated Financial Results
(in thousands, except per share data)
Income Statement:
Interest income (a)
Interest income (te) (b)
Interest expense
Net interest income (te)
Provision for credit losses
Noninterest income
Noninterest expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Supplemental disclosure items - included above, pre-tax
Included in noninterest income:
Loss on securities portfolio restructure
Gain on sale of parking facility
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds
Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement
Included in noninterest expense:
FDIC special assessment
Efficiency initiatives
Hurricane related expenses
Loss on redemption of subordinated notes
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data
Loans
Earning assets
Total assets
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Total deposits
Stockholders' equity
Average balance sheet data
Loans
Earning assets
Total assets
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Total deposits
Stockholders' equity
Common Shares Data:
Earnings per share - basic
Earnings per share - diluted
Cash dividends per common share
Book value per share (period end)
Tangible book value per share (period end)
Weighted average number of shares - diluted
Period end number of shares
Performance and other data:
Return on average assets
Return on average common equity
Return on average tangible common equity
Tangible common equity (c)
Tier 1 common equity
Net interest margin (te)
Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue (te)
Efficiency ratio (d)
Allowance for loan loss as a percentage of total loans
Allowance for credit loss as a percentage of total loans
Annualized net charge-offs to average loans
Nonaccrual assets as a percentage of loans, ORE and foreclosed assets
FTE headcount
45
$
$
$
$
$
$
2023
2022
2021
1,620,497 $
1,631,604
522,898
1,108,706
59,103
288,480
836,848
490,128
97,526
392,602 $
(65,380 ) $
16,126
—
—
—
26,123
—
—
—
23,921,917 $
32,175,097
35,578,573
11,030,515
29,690,059
3,803,661
23,594,579 $
33,160,791
35,633,442
11,919,234
29,478,481
3,528,911
4.51 $
4.50
1.20
44.05
33.63
86,423
86,345
1.10 %
11.13 %
14.97 %
8.37 %
12.33 %
3.34 %
20.65 %
55.25 %
1.29 %
1.41 %
0.27 %
0.26 %
3,591
1,137,063 $
1,147,411
87,060
1,060,351
(28,399 )
331,486
750,692
659,196
135,107
524,089 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
982,258
993,437
49,023
944,414
(77,494 )
364,334
807,007
568,056
104,841
463,215
—
—
4,576
2,800
3,600
—
38,296
4,412
4,165
23,114,046 $
31,873,027
35,183,825
13,645,113
29,070,349
3,342,628
21,915,393 $
32,498,213
35,059,178
14,298,022
29,497,470
3,405,206
21,134,282
33,610,435
36,531,205
14,392,808
30,465,897
3,670,352
21,207,942
32,060,863
35,075,392
13,323,978
29,093,709
3,545,255
6.00 $
5.98
1.08
38.89
28.29
86,394
85,941
1.49 %
15.39 %
21.07 %
7.09 %
11.41 %
3.26 %
23.82 %
52.93 %
1.33 %
1.48 %
0.01 %
0.18 %
3,627
5.23
5.22
1.08
42.31
31.64
87,027
86,749
1.32 %
13.07 %
17.74 %
7.71 %
11.09 %
2.95 %
27.84 %
57.29 %
1.62 %
1.76 %
0.15 %
0.32 %
3,486
Table of Contents
($ in thousands)
Reconciliation of pre-provision net revenue (te) and adjusted pre-provision net
revenue (te) (non-GAAP measures) (e)
Net income (GAAP)
Provision for credit losses
Income tax expense
Pre-provision net revenue
Taxable equivalent adjustment
Pre-provision net revenue (te)
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure
Gain on sale of parking facility
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds
Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement
FDIC special assessment
Efficiency initiatives
Hurricane related expenses
Loss on redemption of subordinated notes
Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te)
Reconciliation of revenue (te), adjusted revenue (te) and efficiency ratio (non-
GAAP measures) (e)
Net interest income
Noninterest income
Total GAAP revenue
Taxable equivalent adjustment
Total revenue (te)
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure
Gain on sale of parking facility
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds
Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement
Adjusted revenue
GAAP noninterest expense
Amortization of intangibles
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
FDIC special assessment
Efficiency initiatives
Hurricane related expenses
Loss on redemption of subordinated notes
Adjusted noninterest expense
Efficiency ratio (d)
2023
2022
2021
392,602 $
59,103
97,526
549,231
11,107
560,338
65,380
(16,126 )
—
—
—
26,123
—
—
—
635,715 $
1,097,599 $
288,480
1,386,079
11,107
1,397,186
65,380
(16,126 )
—
—
—
1,446,440
836,848
(11,556 )
(26,123 )
—
—
—
799,169 $
55.25 %
524,089 $
(28,399 )
135,107
630,797
10,348
641,145
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
641,145 $
1,050,003 $
331,486
1,381,489
10,348
1,391,837
—
—
—
—
—
1,391,837
750,692
(14,033 )
—
—
—
—
736,659 $
52.93 %
463,215
(77,494 )
104,841
490,562
11,179
501,741
—
—
(4,576 )
(2,800 )
(3,600 )
—
38,296
4,412
4,165
537,638
933,235
364,334
1,297,569
11,179
1,308,748
—
—
(4,576 )
(2,800 )
(3,600 )
1,297,772
807,007
(16,665 )
—
(38,296 )
(4,412 )
(4,165 )
743,469
57.29 %
$
$
$
$
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Interest income includes the net impact of discount accretion and premium amortization arising from business combinations totaling $2.4 million, $4.7 million,
and $8.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income
tax rate of 21%.
The tangible common equity ratio is common stockholders’ equity less intangible assets divided by total assets less intangible assets.
The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental
disclosure items.
See non-GAAP financial measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.
46
Table of Contents
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following is a discussion of results from operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December
31, 2022. Refer to previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” for discussion of prior year variances.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income was $1.1 billion, up $47.6 million from 2022. Net interest income is the primary component of our earnings and
represents the difference, or spread, between revenue generated from interest-earning assets and the interest expense related to funding
those assets. For analytical purposes, net interest income is adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis (te) using the statutory federal tax
rate of 21% on tax exempt items (primarily interest on municipal securities and loans). Net interest income (te) was $1.1 billion in
2023, up $48.4 million, or 5%, from 2022, and included an increase in interest income (te) of $484.2 million largely offset by an
increase of $435.8 million in interest expense. Net interest margin, the ratio of net interest income (te) to average earning assets,
increased 8 bps to 3.34% in 2023 from 3.26% in 2022.
The increase in interest income (te) is largely attributable to the impact of the series of Federal Reserve interest rate increases, a
favorable change in the mix of earning assets, and, to a lesser extent, a $19.0 million decrease in net premium amortization on the
securities portfolio. The yield on earning assets (te) was 4.92% in 2023, up 139 bps from 2022. The yield increase was mainly
attributable to the impact of the rising interest rate environment on the loan and, to a lesser extent, investment portfolios, and the
favorable change in the mix of average earning assets, with loans up $1.7 billion, investment securities down $112 million, and short-
term investments down $888 million. The loan yield was up 155 bps to 5.87%, reflecting the impact of the rise in interest rates on new
and repricing loans. The yield on investment securities increased 28 bps in 2023 to 2.39% as new investments were made at higher
yields amid the rising interest rate environment, along with yield enhancements from the termination of certain fair value hedges on
available for sale securities.
The increase in interest expense is largely attributable to a significant unfavorable change in the average funding mix that is the result
of both the interest rate environment and response to the disruption created by the bank failures in early 2023. The rise in interest rates
fostered a natural shift from noninterest-bearing to more attractive interest-bearing products. Following the bank failures, scrutiny over
deposit composition and overall liquidity intensified competition for deposits; in response, promotional pricing on retail deposits and
the addition of brokered time deposits drove a further shift in deposit mix toward higher-cost products. At December 31, 2023,
noninterest-bearing deposits comprised 37% of total deposits compared to 47% at December 31, 2022. In addition, average short-term
borrowings in 2023 were up $334.7 million from 2022, mostly reflective of incremental FHLB borrowings held for a period of time as
a cautionary measure subsequent to the bank failures. As such, the cost of funds increased 131 bps to 1.58% in 2023 from 0.27% in
2022, with average interest-bearing deposit costs increasing 215 bps to 2.53% from 0.38% and other short-term borrowing costs,
which consist largely of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, increasing 323 bps to 5.06% in 2023 from 1.83% in 2022.
Our cycle-to-date loan and deposit betas were 46% and 36%, respectively, at December 31, 2023, compared to 40% and 13%,
respectively, at December 31, 2022, reflecting the previously mentioned competitive pricing utilized to attract and retain deposits in
2023. Though interest rates remain elevated, we expect deposit costs to be more stable in the near term. Further, in November 2023,
we executed a restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio whereby we sold $1.04 billion of lower-yielding instruments,
reinvested approximately half of the $977 million of proceeds in higher-yielding securities and utilized the remainder to repay short-
term borrowings as a means to enhance net interest margin. We anticipate an approximate 30 month payback period to cover the loss
associated with the sale, with expected benefits in 2024 of $26.2 million in net interest income and 13 bps to net interest margin. We
expect further modest expansion of net interest margin in 2024, with an emphasis on improving loan yields and by proactively
managing deposit costs as interest rates begin to decline. Our forecast assumes three 25 bp rate cuts beginning in June 2024.
Discussions of Asset/Liability Management and Net Interest Income at Risk later in this item provide additional information regarding
our management of interest rate risk and the potential impact from changes in interest rates, respectively.
47
Table of Contents
TABLE 2. Summary of Average Balances, Interest and Rates (te) (a)
($ in millions)
Assets
Interest-Earnings Assets:
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)
Residential mortgage loans
Consumer loans
Loan fees & late charges
Loans (te) (b)
Loans held for sale
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government
agency securities
Mortgage-backed securities and
collateralized mortgage obligations
Municipals (te)
Other securities
Total investment
securities (te) (c)
Short-term investments
Total earning assets (te)
Nonearning assets:
Other assets
Allowance for loan losses
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing Liabilities:
Interest-bearing transaction and
savings deposits
Time deposits
Public funds
Total interest-bearing deposits
Repurchase agreements
Other short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Noninterest-bearing:
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Other liabilities
Stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders'
equity
Net interest income (te) and margin
Net earning assets and spread
Interest cost of funding earning assets
Average
Balance
2023
Interest
(d)
Rate
Years Ended December 31,
2022
Interest
(d)
Average
Balance
Rate
Average
Balance
2021
Interest
(d)
Rate
$ 18,556.2 $ 1,131.8
128.3
124.0
1.3
1,385.4
1.7
3,541.2
1,497.2
—
23,594.6
26.0
6.10 % $ 17,682.3 $
2,666.1
3.62
1,567.0
8.28
—
—
21,915.4
5.87
43.0
6.63
759.9 4.30 % $ 17,070.3 $
2,445.6
90.3 3.39
1,692.1
88.4 5.64
—
7.4 —
21,208.0
946.0 4.32
90.2
1.8 4.22
606.1 3.55 %
90.6 3.70
81.6 4.82
53.7
832.0 3.92
2.5 2.82
0.0
567.2
15.3
2.70
426.7
8.3 1.95
330.6
5.4 1.64
7,423.9
887.0
23.5
170.4
26.5
0.8
2.30
2.98
3.51
7,652.1
912.0
22.3
154.5 2.02
27.0 2.96
0.8 3.42
6,833.1
928.4
13.7
122.3 1.79
27.2 2.93
0.5 3.66
8,901.6
638.6
33,160.8
213.0
31.5
1,631.6
2.39
4.93
4.92 %
9,013.1
1,526.7
32,498.2
190.6 2.11
9.0 0.59
1,147.4 3.53 %
8,105.8
2,656.9
32,060.9
155.4 1.92
3.5 0.13
993.4 3.10 %
2,783.5
(310.9 )
$ 35,633.4
2,878.4
(317.4 )
$ 35,059.2
3,420.6
(406.1 )
$ 35,075.4
$ 10,598.6 $
3,989.1
2,971.6
17,559.3
513.3
1,180.1
239.1
19,491.8
176.9
166.5
100.5
443.9
7.0
59.7
12.3
522.9
1.67 % $ 11,201.1 $
1,056.4
4.17
2,941.9
3.38
15,199.4
2.53
536.7
1.36
822.0
5.06
239.3
5.15
16,797.4
2.68 %
21.2 0.19 % $ 11,216.5 $
1,413.0
3,140.2
15,769.7
559.4
1,103.8
314.9
17,747.8
4.7 0.44
32.5 1.10
58.4 0.38
1.1 0.21
15.1 1.83
12.4 5.19
87.0 0.52 %
9.1 0.08 %
6.5 0.46
10.6 0.34
26.2 0.17
0.6 0.10
5.4 0.49
16.8 5.32
49.0 0.28 %
11,919.2
693.5
3,528.9
14,298.0
558.6
3,405.2
13,324.0
458.3
3,545.3
$ 35,633.4
$ 35,059.2
$ 35,075.4
$ 1,108.7
$ 13,669.0
3.34
2.24
1.58 %
$ 15,700.8
$ 14,313.1
$ 1,060.4 3.26
3.01
0.27 %
$
944.4 2.95
2.82
0.15 %
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using federal income tax rate of 21%.
Includes nonaccrual loans.
Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.
Included in interest income is net purchase accounting accretion of $2.4 million, $4.7 million and $8.6 million for the years December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021,
respectively.
48
Table of Contents
TABLE 3. Summary of Changes in Net Interest Income (te) (a) (b)
($ in thousands)
Interest Income (te)
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)
Residential mortgage loans
Consumer loans
Loan fees & late charges
Loans (te) (c)
Loans held for sale
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage
obligations
Municipals
Other securities
Total investment in securities (te) (d)
Short-term investments
Total earning assets (te)
Interest-bearing transaction and
savings deposits
Time deposits
Public funds
Total interest-bearing deposits
Repurchase agreements
Other short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Total interest expense
Net interest income (te) variance
2023 Compared to 2022
Due to
Change in
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
2022 Compared to 2021
Due to
Change in
Volume
Rate
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
Volume
Rate
31,345
(3,297 )
—
$ 39,213 $ 332,722 $ 371,935 $ 22,399 $ 131,363 $ 153,762
(240 )
(8,049 )
6,760
12,940
(46,301 )
(46,301 )
89,953 113,981
(728 )
6,620
38,928
(6,089 )
67,261 372,181
795
37,965
35,631
(6,089 )
439,442
(91 )
7,809
(6,180 )
—
24,028
(1,672 )
(886 )
944
3,129
3,859
6,988
1,739
1,153
2,892
(4,779 )
20,678
(743 )
181
43
18
(2,350 )
24,736
30,522
(8,066 )
55,959 428,234
15,899
(562 )
61
22,386
22,456
484,193
15,284
32,236
(485 )
(210 )
297
263
16,835
35,181
5,540
(1,976 )
37,215 116,759 153,974
16,952
275
(34 )
18,346
7,516
(331 )
1,205 (156,819 )
(40,103 ) (121,719 )
(67,718 )
(39,229 ) (346,256 )
(5,871 )
(35,876 )
106
(47,941 ) (387,897 )
52
(8,771 )
7
$
8,018 $ 40,337 $
(155,614 )
(161,822 )
(68,049 )
(385,485 )
(5,819 )
(44,647 )
113
(435,838 )
(12,150 )
1,851
(21,894 )
(32,193 )
(552 )
(9,624 )
4,332
(38,037 )
48,355 $ 45,159 $ 70,778 $ 115,937
(12,163 )
262
(22,604 )
(34,505 )
(577 )
(11,293 )
394
(45,981 )
13
1,589
710
2,312
25
1,669
3,938
7,944
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a federal income tax rate of 21%.
Amounts shown as due to changes in either volume or rate includes an allocation of the amount that reflects the interaction of volume and rate changes. This
allocation is based on the absolute dollar amounts of change due solely to changes in volume or rate.
Includes nonaccrual loans.
Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.
Provision for Credit Losses
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $59.1 million compared to a negative
provision for credit losses of $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The provision for credit losses recorded in 2023
included net charge-offs of $63.4 million, partially offset by a $4.3 million reserve release. The negative provision for credit losses
recorded in 2022 included a $30.3 million reserve release, partially offset by net charge-offs of $1.9 million. The provision for credit
losses for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes a $29.7 million charge-off attributable to a single participation in a shared
national credit, which stemmed from borrower-specific circumstances that we do not believe to be indicative of an industry or
portfolio trend. The modest reserve release reflects relatively stable macroeconomic assumptions and credit quality metrics. The
negative provision for credit losses for the same period in 2022 reflects the gradual release of certain reserves built in 2020 in response
to the economic disruption brought on by the pandemic, as overall credit performance and economic conditions in our markets
continued to improve.
Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $63.4 million, or 0.27% of average loans outstanding, comprised of net
charge-offs of $52.8 million in the commercial portfolio (inclusive of the $29.7 million single borrower charge-off described above)
and $11.8 million in the consumer portfolio, partially offset by net recoveries of $1.2 million in the residential mortgage portfolio. The
single customer charge-off comprised 13 bps of the net charge-off ratio, with the remainder representing a more normalized level of
losses and lower recoveries. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2022 totaled $1.9 million, or 0.01% of average loans
outstanding, comprised of net charge-offs of $7.4 million in the consumer portfolio, partially offset by net recoveries of $3.9 million in
the commercial portfolio and $1.6 million in the residential mortgage portfolio.
49
Table of Contents
Loan growth, portfolio composition, credit quality metrics and assumptions in economic forecasts will drive the level of credit loss
reserves. At present, we expect modest charge-offs and provision expense in 2024.
Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis—
Allowance for Credit Losses” provides additional information on changes in the allowance for credit losses and general credit quality.
Noninterest Income
Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $288.5 million, a $43.0 million, or 13%, decrease from 2022.
Noninterest income for 2023 includes two supplemental disclosure items totaling $49.3 million, comprised of a $65.4 million loss on
restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio and a $16.1 million gain on the sale of a parking facility. There were no
supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest income in 2022. Excluding the supplemental disclosure items, adjusted
noninterest income in 2023 was up $6.2 million, or 2%, largely driven by an increase in investment and annuity fees, trust fees, credit-
related fees and other miscellaneous income, partially offset by decreases in income from derivatives, secondary mortgage market
operations, service charges and bank card and ATM fees, discussed in more detail below.
Table 4 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the components of noninterest income, along
with the percentage changes between years. Table 5 presents supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest income (Table 4)
by component for the same periods.
TABLE 4. Noninterest Income
($ in thousands)
Service charges on deposit accounts
Trust fees
Bank card and ATM fees
Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions
Secondary mortgage market operations
Securities transactions
Income from bank-owned life insurance
Credit-related fees
Income from derivatives
Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets
Other miscellaneous income
Total noninterest income
n/m – not meaningful
2023
$ 86,020
67,565
82,966
36,714
9,159
(65,380 )
15,454
12,557
420
19,388
23,617
$ 288,480
% Change
2022
% Change
2021
(2 ) % $ 87,663
65,132
4
84,591
(2 )
28,752
28
11,524
(21 )
(87 )
n/m
15,881
(3 )
10,483
20
5,832
(93 )
3,096
526
18,619
27
(13 ) % $ 331,486
8 % $ 81,032
62,898
4
79,074
7
29,502
(3 )
36,694
(69 )
(126 )
333
18,330
(13 )
11,001
(5 )
13,477
(57 )
1,423
118
30,570
3
(9 ) % $ 364,334
TABLE 5. Supplemental Disclosure Items Included in Noninterest Income
($ in thousands)
Securities transactions:
Loss on securities portfolio restructure
Other miscellaneous income:
Gain on sale of parking facility
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds
Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement
Total other miscellaneous income
Total supplemental disclosure items in noninterest income
2023
2022
2021
$
$
$
$
(65,380 ) $
16,126 $
—
—
—
16,126 $
(49,254 ) $
— $
— $
—
—
—
— $
— $
—
—
4,576
2,800
3,600
10,976
10,976
Service charges on deposit accounts include consumer, business, and corporate deposit account servicing fees, as well as overdraft and
nonsufficient funds fees, overdraft protection fees, and other customer transaction-related fees. Service charges on deposit accounts
were $86.0 million, down $1.6 million, or 2%, from 2022. The decrease from 2022 was largely driven by a $4.2 million decline in
retail nonsufficient funds and overdraft fees, as certain of these fees were eliminated in late 2022, and a $1.2 million decline in
consumer service charges as a result of a product suite redesign. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $3.3 million in
commercial analysis fees and nonsufficient funds and overdraft fees, driven by deposit balance activity, pricing changes, strong sales
activity and higher instances of overdrafts.
50
Table of Contents
Trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses and institutions.
Trust fees totaled $67.6 million in 2023, a $2.4 million, or 4%, increase from 2022, primarily attributable to an increase of $3.7
million in corporate and institutional trust fees and a decrease of $1.3 million in personal trust, retirement services, and other trust
fees. Trust assets under management increased to $9.7 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $9.1 billion at December 31, 2022.
Bank card and ATM fees include income from credit and debit card transactions, fees earned from processing card transactions for
merchants, and fees earned from ATM transactions. Bank card and ATM fees totaled $83.0 million in 2023, down $1.6 million, or
2%, compared to 2022. The decline from 2022 is the result of a decrease in merchant and ATM fees, partially offset by an increase in
credit card activity during the year as spending remained strong.
Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions, which include both fees earned from sales of annuity and insurance products
as well as managed account fees, totaled $36.7 million in 2023, an $8.0 million, or 28%, increase from 2022. The increase is largely
attributable to an increase in annuity fees and investment fees as sales activity increased amid the favorable interest rate environment,
and increases in corporate underwriting and insurance fees. Our 2023 results were also favorably impacted by a full year of operations
on an enhanced outsourced service platform with an expanded product suite, while 2022 results were negatively impacted by a
temporary business disruption as a result of conversion to that platform.
Income from secondary mortgage market operations is comprised of income produced from the origination and sales of residential
mortgage loans in the secondary market. We offer a full range of mortgage products to our customers and typically sell longer-term
fixed rate loans, while retaining the majority of adjustable rate loans and mortgage loans generated through programs to support
customer relationships. Income from secondary mortgage market operations totaled $9.2 million in 2023, a decrease of $2.4 million,
or 21%, from 2022. The decline is largely attributable to decreased demand for mortgage loans and refinancing as a result of the
elevated interest rate environment and, to a lesser extent, a larger percentage of mortgage loans retained in the held for investment
portfolio. The number and dollar amount of mortgage loan applications that closed in 2023 were down 31% and 56%, respectively,
from 2022, and the number and dollar amount of closed mortgage loans that were sold in 2023 were down 12% and 14%, respectively,
from 2022. Secondary mortgage market operations income will vary based on application volume and the percentage of loans closed
and ultimately sold.
Net loss on sales of securities totaled $65.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and resulted from the sale of $1.04 billion
of available for sale securities. The loss reflects a strategic decision to restructure the portfolio to enhance net interest margin through
deployment of the proceeds into higher-yielding earning assets and repayment of short-term borrowings.
Credit-related fees include fees assessed on letters of credit and unused portions of loan commitments. Credit-related fees were $12.6
million for 2023, up $2.1 million, or 20% compared to 2022. The increase includes $1.3 million of higher letter of credit fees and $0.8
million of higher unused commitment fees. Income from these products will vary based on letters of credit issued, credit line
utilization and prevailing assessment rates.
Income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) is generated through insurance benefit proceeds as well as the growth of the cash
surrender value of insurance contracts held. BOLI income totaled $15.5 million, a decrease of $0.4 million, or 3%, from 2022. The
decline is largely attributable to a lower level of growth in cash surrender value.
Income from derivatives, largely derived from our customer interest rate derivative program, totaled $0.4 million in 2023, compared to
$5.8 million in 2022. Derivative income can be volatile and is dependent upon the composition of the portfolio, volume and mix of
sales activity and market value adjustments due to market interest rate movement. The substantial year-over-year decline in derivative
income is largely tied to the significant change in the interest rate environment present in each of the comparative periods, which
affects demand for variable rate loans and related derivative products, valuation adjustments, and related collateral income/expense for
the program as a whole. The decline in derivative income also reflects a $1.8 million increase in losses associated with our Visa B
derivative.
The net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets consists primarily of net revenue earned from sales of excess-bank
owned facilities and equipment no longer in use, gains on sales of Small Business Administration and other non-residential mortgage
loans, and leases and other assets associated with the equipment finance line of business. Net gains on sales of premises, equipment
and other assets totaled $19.4 million in 2023, compared to $3.1 million in 2023, up $16.3 million. The increase was primarily related
to previously mentioned gain on the sale of a stand alone parking facility totaling, $16.1 million, that was identified as a supplemental
disclosure item. The sale of the property took advantage of favorable market conditions while exiting a service that was not a part of
our core business.
51
Table of Contents
Other miscellaneous income is comprised of various items, including dividends on FHLB stock, income from small business
investment companies (SBICs), and syndication fees, among others. Other miscellaneous income for the year ended December 31,
2023 was $23.6 million, up $5.0 million from the previous year, or 27%, largely due to a $4.8 million increase in FHLB stock
dividends as a result of both an increase in prevailing rates and an increase in volume of FHLB stock.
We expect noninterest income in 2024 to increase 3% to 4% from the adjusted 2023 level of $337.7 million.
Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $836.8 million, an $86.2 million, or 11%, increase from 2022.
Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes a supplemental disclosure item of $26.1 million attributable to an
FDIC special assessment in connection with the protection of uninsured depositors under the systemic risk exception for two bank
failures in 2023. Excluding the supplemental disclosure item, adjusted noninterest expense totaled $810.7 million, up $60.0 million, or
8%, from 2022. The largest individual components of the increase in noninterest expense excluding supplemental items were other
retirement expense, data processing, deposit insurance and regulatory fees, and other miscellaneous expense. Explanations of the
variances are discussed below in more detail.
Table 6 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, noninterest expense, along with the percentage
changes between years. Table 7 presents supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest expense (Table 6) by component for
the same periods.
TABLE 6. Noninterest Expense
($ in thousands)
Compensation expense
Employee benefits
Personnel expense
Net occupancy expense
Equipment expense
Data processing expense
Professional services expense
Amortization of intangibles
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees
Other real estate and foreclosed assets income
Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes
Advertising
Telecommunications and postage
Entertainment and contributions
Tax credit investment amortization
Travel expenses
Printing and supplies
Other retirement expense
Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidation
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other miscellaneous expense
Total noninterest expense
n/m - not meaningful
% Change
2022
% Change
2021
(1 ) % $ 378,482
82,153
3
460,635
0
48,767
6
18,573
2
103,942
13
36,065
6
14,033
(18 )
14,889
236
(4,407 )
(86 )
16,744
22
13,783
(2 )
11,870
(9 )
10,336
3
4,768
21
4,336
26
3,795
7
(29,693 )
(55 )
n/m
n/m
42
22,256
11 % $ 750,692
—
—
(21 )
(5 )
(2 )
2
7
(26 )
(16 )
10
n/m
16
11
(6 )
31
7
61
2
6
n/m
n/m
(32 )
(0 ) % $ 378,589
103,786
482,375
49,786
18,167
96,755
48,678
16,665
13,582
(210 )
14,478
12,441
12,646
7,867
4,436
2,697
3,728
(27,941 )
13,863
4,165
32,829
(7 ) % $ 807,007
2023
$ 376,055
84,740
460,795
51,573
18,852
117,694
38,331
11,556
49,979
(624 )
20,355
13,454
10,773
10,664
5,791
5,469
4,073
(13,460 )
—
—
31,573
$ 836,848
52
Table of Contents
TABLE 7. Supplemental Disclosure Items Included in Noninterest Expense
($ in thousands)
Compensation expense
Employee benefits
Personnel expense
Net occupancy expense
Equipment expense
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees
Advertising
Printing and supplies
Entertainment and contributions
Travel expenses
Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidation
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other miscellaneous expense
Total supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest expense
2023
2022
2021
$
$
— $
—
—
—
—
26,123
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
26,123 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
4,248
20,192
24,440
2
5
—
16
22
174
5
13,863
4,165
4,181
46,873
Personnel expense consists of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such
as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance. Personnel expense totaled $460.8 million in 2023, virtually flat
compared to 2022, as merit-based increases in salaries and insurance benefits were largely offset by decreases in incentive-based
compensation and retirement benefits.
Occupancy and equipment expenses are primarily composed of lease expenses, depreciation, maintenance and repairs, rent, taxes, and
other equipment expenses. Total occupancy and equipment expenses of $70.4 million in 2023, increased $3.1 million, or 5%, from
2022. The increase was largely related to higher insurance cost and equipment depreciation expense.
Data processing expense includes expenses related to third party technology processing and servicing costs, technology project costs
and fees associated with bank card and ATM transactions. Data processing expense totaling $117.7 million in 2023 was up $13.8
million, or 13%, from 2022. The increase was largely attributable to higher costs associated with ongoing data processing
arrangements and the implementation of technology enhancement projects, including maintenance and amortization of bank-owned
software of $4.1 million, and new data processing arrangements of $2.4 million.
Professional services expense totaling $38.3 million in 2023 increased $2.3 million, or 6%, from 2022, primarily due to increases of
$2.9 million in consulting and other professional services, partially offset by lower legal expense.
Amortization of intangibles in 2023 totaled $11.6 million, a $2.5 million, or 18%, decrease from 2022 as a result of the accelerated
amortization methods used.
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees totaled $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, an increase of $35.1 million from
2022. The increase includes the $26.1 million special assessment made by the FDIC to recover losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund
arising from the protection of uninsured depositors under the systemic risk determination following the closures of Silicon Valley
Bank and Signature Bank. The assessment base for the special assessment is equal to the institution's estimated uninsured deposits as
of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion, multiplied by an annual rate of approximately 13.4 basis points, to be
collected for an estimated eight quarters. Because the liability has been incurred and the loss is reasonably estimable, the full amount
of the assessment was recorded in the current period. Excluding the special assessment, deposit insurance and regulatory fees were up
$9.0 million, or 60%, which includes $6.6 million of incremental expense attributable to a two-basis point increase in the deposit
insurance fund assessment effective January 1, 2023. The additional two-basis points of assessment cost will remain in effect until the
Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio to insured deposits meets the FDIC’s long-term goal for the fund, which is not expected to occur
for some time given the recent bank failures. The remaining increase reflects $1.0 million of higher deposit insurance expense that
reflects changes in our assessment base and rates, and $1.4 million in state regulatory fees and special assessments. Under the final
rule, however, the FDIC retains the ability to cease collection early, extend the special assessment collection period one or more
quarters beyond the initial eight-quarter collection period, or impose a final shortfall special assessment on a one-time basis after the
receiverships for the two banks are terminated. The collection period may change due to updates to the estimated loss pursuant to the
systemic risk determination or if assessments collected change due to corrective amendments to the amount of uninsured deposits
reported for the December 31, 2022 reporting period.
Net gains on sales of other real estate and foreclosed assets exceeded expense by $0.6 million in 2023, compared to $4.4 million in
2022. The net gain recorded in the year ended December 31, 2022 includes a $1.8 million gain on the sale of stock in a former
53
Table of Contents
borrower received in satisfaction of debt. Gains or losses on the sale of other real estate and foreclosed assets may occur periodically
and are dependent on the number and type of assets for sale and current market conditions.
Business development-related expenses (including advertising, travel, entertainment and contributions), totaling $29.6 million in 2023,
were up $1.1 million, or 4%, from 2022 and is reflective of an increase in travel expense.
Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes totaled $20.4 million in 2023, an increase of $3.6 million, or 22%, from
2022, largely attributable to bank share tax. The calculation of bank share tax is based on multiple variables, including average
quarterly assets, earnings and stockholders’ equity to determine the taxable assessment value.
Noninterest expense in each of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was reduced by a net credit in other retirement expense.
The net credit of $13.5 million recorded in 2023 was $16.2 million, or 55%, lower than the net credit recorded in 2022, largely driven
by an increase in the discount rate and changes in other actuarial assumptions for the current plan year.
All other expenses totaling $52.2 million in 2023 increased $9.5 million, or 22%, from 2022, as a result of various miscellaneous
items, including $4.7 million of insurance and other property related gains and various smaller gains recorded in 2022, with no such
gains in 2023.
We expect noninterest expense to increase 3% to 4% in 2024, from the adjusted 2023 level of $810.7 million.
Income Taxes
We recorded income tax expense at an effective rate of 19.9% in 2023, compared to 20.5% in 2022. The comparability of the effective
tax rate between 2023 and 2022 is affected by lower pre-tax book income in 2023 that increased the relative impact of net tax benefits
related to tax credit investments, tax-exempt interest income and bank-owned life insurance. Based on the current forecast,
management expects the effective tax rate to be approximately 20% to 21% in 2024.
Our effective tax rate has historically varied from the federal statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and tax credits.
Interest income on bonds issued by or loans to state and municipal governments and authorities, and earnings from the bank-owned
life insurance contract program are the major components of tax-exempt income.
Table 8 reconciles reported income tax expense to that computed at the statutory tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31,
2023, 2022 and 2021.
TABLE 8. Income Taxes
($ in thousands)
Taxes computed at statutory rate
Tax credits:
QZAB/QSCB
NMTC - Federal and State
LIHTC and other tax credits
LIHTC amortization
Total tax credits
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
Tax-exempt interest
Life insurance contracts
Employee share-based compensation
FDIC assessment disallowance
Net operating loss carryback under CARES Act
Other, net
Income tax expense
2023
102,927 $
2022
138,431 $
2021
119,292
$
(1,114 )
(7,177 )
(4,884 )
3,732
(9,443 )
10,323
(8,755 )
(4,020 )
(505 )
2,893
—
4,106
97,526 $
(1,391 )
(5,745 )
(4,232 )
3,329
(8,039 )
13,272
(8,612 )
(1,812 )
(2,084 )
1,836
238
1,877
135,107 $
(1,633 )
(5,487 )
(1,936 )
1,167
(7,889 )
9,048
(9,100 )
(2,653 )
(1,671 )
1,609
(4,948 )
1,153
104,841
$
The main source of tax credits has been investments in tax-advantage securities and tax credit projects. These investments are made
primarily in the markets we serve and directed at tax credits issued under the Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (“NMTC”),
Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (“LIHTC”) and pre-2018 Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (“QZAB”) and Qualified School
Construction Bonds (“QSCB”) programs. The investments generate tax credits which reduce current and future taxes and are
recognized when earned as a benefit in the provision for income taxes. Additionally, the amortization of the LIHTC investment cost
54
Table of Contents
will be recognized as a component of income tax expense in proportion to the tax credits recognized over the 10-year credit period of
each project.
We have invested in NMTC projects through investments in our own CDEs, as well as other unrelated CDEs. Federal tax credits from
NMTC investments are recognized over a seven-year period, while recognition of the benefits from state tax credits varies from three
to five years.
Based only on tax credit investments that have been made through 2023, we expect to realize benefits from federal and state tax
credits over the next three years totaling $12.4 million, $9.8 million and $8.2 million for 2024, 2025 and 2026, respectively. We intend
to continue making investments in tax credit projects. However, our ability to access new credits will depend upon, among other
factors, federal and state tax policies and the level of competition for such credits.
At December 31, 2023, we had a net deferred tax asset of $153.4 million, which is comprised of $293.7 million in deferred tax assets
(net of valuation allowance), offset by $140.3 million of deferred tax liabilities. Several factors are considered in determining the
recoverability of the deferred tax asset components, such as the history of taxable earnings, reversal of taxable temporary differences,
future taxable income and tax planning strategies. Based on our review of these factors, we have established a $3.3 million valuation
allowance for state net operating losses and $1.8 million valuation allowance for deferred executive compensation.
In August 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (the IRA of 2022) was signed into law to address inflation, healthcare costs,
climate change and renewal energy incentives, among other things. Included in the IRA of 2022 are provisions for the creation of a
15% corporate alternative minimum tax (CAMT) that is effective for tax years beginning January 1, 2023 for corporations with an
average annual adjusted financial statement income in excess of $1 billion. Based on information available to date, our consolidated
corporate group does not meet the criteria of an applicable corporation and, as such, are not subject to the 15% CAMT, absent any
further changes in law.
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
Short-Term Investments
At December 31, 2023, short-term liquidity investments, including interest-bearing bank deposits and federal funds sold, totaled
$627.1 million, an increase of $303.0 million from December 31, 2022. Average short-term investments for 2023 totaled $638.6
million, an $888.1 million decrease from $1.5 billion in 2022. Typically, these balances will change on a daily basis depending upon
movement in customer loan and deposit accounts. The year-over-year decline in average balance is the result of the completion of the
redeployment of excess liquidity that had been present on our balance sheet attributable to pandemic-related factors. Short-term
liquidity assets are held to ensure funds are available to meet the cash flow needs of both borrowers and depositors. See further
discussion in the “Liquidity” section that follows.
Investment Securities
Our investment in securities was $7.6 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $8.4 billion at December 31, 2022. The investment
securities portfolio is managed by ALCO to assist in the management of interest rate risk and liquidity while providing an acceptable
rate of return. At December 31, 2023, the amortized cost of securities available for sale totaled $5.5 billion and securities held to
maturity totaled $2.7 billion, compared to $6.3 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2022. The decrease in the
available for sale securities portfolio reflects in part a restructuring of the portfolio to enhance net interest margin whereby $1.04
billion of securities were sold and approximately half of the proceeds were redeployed back into the securities portfolio.
Our securities portfolio consists mainly of residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by
U.S. government agencies. We invest only in high quality investment grade securities and manage the investment portfolio duration
generally between two and five and a half years. At December 31, 2023, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 6.22 years
with an effective duration of 4.60 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 2.48%. Under an immediate, parallel rate shock of
100 bps and 200 bps, the effective duration would be 4.58 years and 4.55 years, respectively. At December 31, 2022, the average
expected maturity of the portfolio was 6.02 years with an effective duration of 4.87 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of
2.27%. The change in expected maturity, effective duration, and nominal weighted-average yield is attributable to the fourth quarter
2023 strategic portfolio restructure, reinvestment activity of securities portfolio and the impact of cash flows from the termination of
four fair value hedge instruments during the year.
We have in place fair value hedges on certain fixed-rate commercial mortgage backed securities. As of December 31, 2023, we had
approximately $478 million in notional amount of forward-starting fixed payer swaps that convert the latter portion of the term of
these available for sale securities to a floating rate. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges of interest rate
55
Table of Contents
risk. This strategy provides a fixed-rate coupon during the front-end unhedged tenor of the bonds and results in a floating-rate security
during the back-end hedged tenor.
At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the securities portfolio for credit loss. Based on our assessments, expected credit loss
was negligible for all reporting periods in 2023 and 2022, and therefore no allowance for credit loss was recorded.
There were no investments in securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities and
mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. We do not
invest in subprime or “Alt A” home mortgage-backed securities. Investments classified as available for sale are carried at fair value,
while held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities are
excluded from net income and are recognized, net of tax, in other comprehensive income and in accumulated other comprehensive
income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity.
The following table presents debt securities at amortized cost by type at December 31, 2023 and 2022:
TABLE 9. Debt Securities by Type
($ in thousands)
Available for sale securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities
Municipal obligations
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Corporate debt securities
Total Available for sale Securities
Held to maturity securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities
Municipal obligations
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Total Held to maturity securities
2023
2022
97,741 $
203,533
2,440,411
2,683,872
47,661
23,500
5,496,718 $
413,490 $
664,488
654,262
920,048
32,491
2,684,779 $
113,211
207,014
2,655,381
3,234,278
76,830
23,500
6,310,214
426,454
698,908
734,478
948,691
43,964
2,852,495
$
$
$
$
The amortized cost, fair value and yield of debt securities at December 31, 2023, by final contractual maturity, are presented in the
table below. Securities are classified according to their final contractual maturities without consideration of scheduled and
unscheduled principal amortization, potential prepayments or call options. Accordingly, actual maturities will differ from their
reported contractual maturities. The expected average maturity years presented in the table includes scheduled principal payments and
assumptions for prepayments. The yield calculation does not include adjustments to amortized cost of available for sale securities for
active fair value hedges.
56
Table of Contents
TABLE 10. Debt Securities Maturities by Type
Over One
Year
Through
Five Years
Over Five
Years
Through
Ten Years
One Year
or Less
Over
Ten
Years
Total
Fair
Value
Weighted
Average
Yield (te)
Expected
Average
Maturity
Years
$ 29,787 $
—
29,650 $
9,631
— $
191,548
38,304 $
2,354
97,741 $
203,533
97,808
201,412
4.94 %
3.31 %
1,111
61,803
131,397
2,246,100
2,440,411
2,113,866
2.24 %
82,280
336,718
2,264,874
—
2,683,872
2,437,472
2.65 %
—
2,000
$ 115,178 $
$ 113,610 $
3.16 %
—
1,500
439,302 $
429,623 $
3.48 %
30,220
20,000
2,638,039 $
2,385,895 $
2.56 %
17,441
—
2,304,199 $
1,986,067 $
2.28 %
47,661
23,500
5,496,718 $
4,915,195
2.53 %
44,285
20,352
4,915,195
1.94 %
3.51 %
2.53 %
$
— $
6,635
133,520 $
186,797
— $
396,527
279,970 $
74,529
413,490 $
664,488
369,698
646,147
2.38 %
3.20 %
—
—
31,563
622,699
654,262
595,039
2.33 %
85,064
344,596
354,498
135,890
920,048
844,245
2.57 %
—
$ 91,699 $
$ 90,110 $
2.35 %
—
664,913 $
634,463 $
2.64 %
8,570
791,158 $
742,927 $
2.86 %
23,921
1,137,009 $
1,018,418 $
2.51 %
32,491
2,684,779 $
2,485,918
2.64 %
30,789
2,485,918
2.57 %
2.64 %
4.1
2.2
7.6
6.7
2.8
2.0
6.8
6.2
3.1
5.8
5.4
2.6
5.0
($ in thousands)
Available for sale
U.S. Treasury and government
agency securities
Municipal obligations
Residential mortgage-backed
securities
Commercial mortgage-backed
securities
Collateralized mortgage
obligations
Other debt securities
Total debt securities
Fair Value
Weighted Average Yield (te)
Held to maturity
U.S. Treasury and government
agency securities
Municipal obligations
Residential mortgage-backed
securities
Commercial mortgage-backed
securities
Collateralized mortgage
obligations
Total debt securities
Fair Value
Weighted Average Yield (te)
Loan Portfolio
Total loans at December 31, 2023 were $23.9 billion, compared to $23.1 billion at December 31, 2022. The $0.8 billion, or 3%,
increase is primarily attributable to growth in the residential mortgage and commercial real estate - income producing portfolios.
The composition of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2023 and 2022 was as follows:
TABLE 11. Loans Outstanding by Type
($ in thousands)
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial & industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total loans
$
$
2023
2022
9,957,284 $
3,093,763
13,051,047
3,986,943
1,551,091
3,886,072
1,446,764
23,921,917 $
10,146,453
3,033,058
13,179,511
3,560,991
1,703,592
3,092,605
1,577,347
23,114,046
The commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loan portfolio includes both commercial non-real estate and commercial real estate – owner
occupied loans. C&I loans totaled $13.1 billion, or 55% of the total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $128.5 million
from December 31, 2022. Loan growth in this portfolio segment has tempered, as demand has been affected by the interest rate
environment, and as a result of a selective credit appetite with a focus on resilient industries and borrowers and on full service client
relationships.
Our commercial and industrial customer base is diversified over a range of industries, including wholesale and retail trade in various
durable and nondurable products and the manufacture of such products, financial and professional services, healthcare services,
energy, marine transportation and maritime construction, and agricultural production. We lend mainly to middle-market and smaller
57
Table of Contents
commercial entities, although we do participate in larger shared-credit loan facilities generally with businesses/sponsors operating in
our market areas that are well known to the relationship officers. Shared national credits funded at December 31, 2023 totaled
approximately $2.6 billion, or 11% of total loans, compared to $2.7 million, or 12% of total loans at December 31, 2022. Our shared
national credit industry concentration at December 31, 2023 includes approximately $431 million of health care-related facilities, $419
million in finance and insurance and $394 million in real estate, rental and leasing, with the remaining to various other industries.
The following table provides detail of the end of period balances of the more significant industry concentrations for our commercial
and industrial loan portfolio, which is based on NAICS codes for all industries, with the exceptions of energy, which is based on the
borrower’s source of revenue (i.e. manufacturer whose income is derived from energy-related business is reported as energy).
TABLE 12. Commercial & Industrial Loans by Industry Concentration
($ in thousands)
Health care and social assistance
Real estate and rental and leasing
Retail trade
Manufacturing
Wholesale trade
Construction
Finance and insurance
Transportation and warehousing
Professional, scientific, and technical services
Accommodation, food services and entertainment
Public administration
Information
Other services (except public administration)
Admin, support, waste mgmt, remediation services
Educational services
Energy
Other
Total commercial & industrial loans
2023
Balance
Pct of
Total
2022
Balance
Pct of
Total
$ 1,481,669
1,270,568
1,236,830
1,120,232
1,111,643
998,802
878,824
872,379
735,381
706,141
461,390
424,532
396,674
357,390
247,003
204,633
546,956
$ 13,051,047
11
10
9
9
8
8
7
7
6
5
3
3
3
3
2
2
4
% $ 1,407,960
1,520,955
1,218,784
1,145,947
997,930
1,034,860
966,683
872,234
706,430
637,942
542,698
386,568
396,629
314,921
242,076
298,126
488,768
100 % $ 13,179,511
%
11
12
9
9
7
8
7
7
5
5
4
3
3
2
2
2
4
100 %
Commercial real estate – income producing loans totaled $4.0 billion at December 31, 2023, an increase of $426 million, or 12%,
from December 31, 2022. The net increase is mostly reflective of construction loans converting to permanent financing, as well as
organic growth.
Construction and land development loans totaled approximately $1.6 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $152.5 million, or
9%, from December 31, 2022. The decrease reflects loans converting to permanent financing outpacing the funding of new and
existing loans.
The following table details the end of period aggregated commercial real estate – income producing and construction loan balances by
property type. Loans reflected in 1-4 Family Residential Construction include both loans to construction builders as well as single-
family borrowers.
58
Table of Contents
TABLE 13. Commercial Real Estate– Income Producing and Construction by Property Type Concentration
($ in thousands)
Multifamily
Retail
Healthcare related properties
Industrial
Office
Hotel, motel and restaurants
1-4 family residential construction
Other land loans
Other
2023
2022
Balance
$ 1,268,342
812,556
777,473
753,074
514,763
477,761
429,107
187,514
317,444
Pct of
Total
Balance
23 % $ 870,869
811,990
15
854,563
14
613,149
13
569,452
9
485,865
9
602,867
8
213,159
3
242,669
6
Pct of
Total
17 %
15
16
12
11
9
11
4
5
Total commercial real estate - income producing and construction
loans
$ 5,538,034
100 % $ 5,264,583
100 %
Residential mortgages totaled $3.9 billion at December 31, 2023, up $793.5 million, or 26%, from December 31, 2022. The growth in
mortgage loans includes a combination of completed construction loans converting to permanent financing, as well as new loan
growth. Consumer loans totaled $1.4 billion at December 31, 2023, down $130.6 million, or 8%, compared to December 31, 2022.
The decline in the consumer loan portfolio is due in part to a decrease of $64 million attributable to the wind down of our indirect auto
lending portfolio, a business line that we have exited, with the remainder reflecting slowing demand.
The following table shows average loans by category, the effective taxable equivalent yield and the percentage of total loans for each
of the preceding three years:
TABLE 14. Average Loans
($ in thousands)
Commercial & real estate loans
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total loans
2023
2022
2021
Pct of
Total
Pct
of
Total
79 % $ 17,682,332 4.30 % 81 % $ 17,070,252 3.55 %
2,445,602 3.70 %
15 %
1,692,088 4.82 %
6 %
Pct of
Yield
Total
(te)
80 %
6.10 %
12 %
3.62 %
8.28 %
8 %
5.87 % 100 % $ 21,915,393 4.32 % 100 % $ 21,207,942 3.92 % 100 %
2,666,134 3.39 % 12 %
7 %
1,566,927 5.64 %
Yield
(te)
Yield
(te)
Balance
Balance
Balance
$ 18,556,175
3,541,245
1,497,159
$ 23,594,579
The following table sets forth the contractual maturity by portfolio segment at December 31, 2023.
TABLE 15. Loan Maturities by Type
December 31, 2023
($ in thousands)
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial & industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total loans
Within
One Year
After Fifteen
Years
After One
Through
Five Years
Maturity Range
After Five
Through
Fifteen Years
$ 2,381,871 $ 5,979,539 $ 1,470,467 $ 125,407 $ 9,957,284
3,093,763
174,875 13,051,047
3,986,943
1,551,091
3,886,072
1,446,764
$ 3,598,107 $ 10,935,244 $ 4,647,986 $ 4,740,580 $ 23,921,917
131,668 1,134,997 1,777,630
2,513,539 7,114,536 3,248,097
4,433
816,435
149,401
231,112
374,885 3,432,604
897,556
640,730 2,525,345
829,015
341,563
40,085
38,498
426,263
63,777
59,168
49,468
Total
59
Table of Contents
The sensitivity to interest rate changes for the portion of our loan portfolio that matures after one year is shown below.
TABLE 16. Loan Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates for Loans that Mature After One Year
($ in thousands)
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial & industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total loans
December 31, 2023
Floating Rate
Fixed Rate
$ 3,132,833 $
Total
7,575,413
2,962,095
10,537,508
3,346,213
1,209,528
3,847,574
1,382,987
$ 8,824,832 $ 11,498,978 $ 20,323,810
4,442,580 $
988,686
5,431,266
2,292,393
957,569
1,658,819
1,158,931
1,973,409
5,106,242
1,053,820
251,959
2,188,755
224,056
Management expects end of period loan growth in 2024 to be in the low single digits from the December 31, 2023 balance of $23.9
billion, with most of the growth occurring during the second half of the year.
60
Table of Contents
Asset Quality
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, nonaccrual loans and reportable loans modified or restructured loans, by type,
and foreclosed and surplus ORE and other foreclosed assets. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are also disclosed.
TABLE 17. Nonaccrual loans, loans modified or restructured, and ORE and foreclosed assets
($ in thousands)
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis:
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial non-real estate - modified/restructured (a)
Total commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Commercial real estate - owner-occupied - modified/restructured (a)
Total commercial real estate - owner-occupied
Commercial real estate - income producing
Commercial real estate - income producing - modified/restructured (a)
Total commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Construction and land development - modified/restructured (a)
Total construction and land development
Residential mortgage
Residential mortgage - modified/restructured (a)
Total residential mortgage
Consumer
Consumer - modified/restructured (a)
Total consumer
Total nonaccrual loans
ORE and foreclosed assets
Total nonaccrual loans and ORE and foreclosed assets
Modified/Restructured loans - still accruing (a):
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Residential mortgage
Consumer
Total Modified/restructured loans - still accruing (a)
Total reportable modified loans (a)
Total troubled debt restructured loans (a)
Loans 90 days past due still accruing
Ratios:
December 31,
2023
2022
20,840 $
—
20,840
2,228
—
2,228
461
—
461
815
—
815
26,039
98
26,137
8,555
—
8,555
59,036 $
3,628
62,664 $
21,956 $
1,774
—
85
359
274
24,448 $
24,546 $
— $
9,609 $
3,078
942
4,020
1,233
228
1,461
1,174
66
1,240
306
3
309
23,946
1,323
25,269
6,646
46
6,692
38,991
2,017
41,008
307
—
—
113
1,018
469
1,907
—
4,515
4,585
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Nonaccrual loans to total loans
Nonaccrual loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets to loans plus ORE
and foreclosed assets
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans and accruing loans 90 days past due
Loans 90 days past due still accruing to loans
0.25 %
0.17 %
0.26 %
521.56 %
448.55 %
0.04 %
0.18 %
789.38 %
706.33 %
0.02 %
(a) Loans presented in the December 31, 2023 column represent reportable modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties, and those
presented in the December 31, 2022 column represent loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring. The definition of reportable
modifications/restructured loans changed for modifications made on or after January 1, 2023 with the adoption of ASU 2022-02. Refer to Note 1
included in Part II, Item 8 of this document for a discussion of the standard.
Nonaccrual loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $62.7 million at December 31, 2023, up $21.7 million compared to
December 31, 2022. Nonaccrual loans totaled $59.0 million, an increase of $20.0 million compared to December 31, 2022. Despite the
increase, the level remains relatively low at 0.25% of the total portfolio and compares favorably to those in our peer group. ORE and
foreclosed assets were $3.6 million at December 31, 2023, up $1.6 million from December 31, 2022.
61
Table of Contents
Modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties totaled $24.5 million in 2023 and includes $0.1 million of nonaccrual
loans. Loans modified in TDRs totaled $4.5 million at December 31, 2022, and included $2.6 million of nonaccrual loans.
Criticized commercial loans totaled $273.7 million at December 31, 2023, down $28.2 million, or 9%, compared to December 31,
2022. Criticized loans are defined as those having potential or well-defined weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention
(risk-rated special mention, substandard and doubtful), including both accruing and nonaccruing loans. Criticized commercial loans
comprised 1.47% of that portfolio at December 31, 2023, down from 1.64% at December 31, 2022, with both comparative periods
reflecting a relatively low level of criticized loans. Our criticized commercial loans at December 31, 2023 are spread across many
industries, with the largest concentrations being construction, totaling $60.9 million; real estate, rental and leasing, totaling $46.9
million; transportation and warehousing, totaling $41.4 million; manufacturing, totaling $30.1 million; hospitality, totaling $26.5
million; finance and insurance, totaling $20.8 million and energy support services, totaling $16.0 million. Commercial loans risk rated
pass-watch totaled $433.6 million at December 31, 2023, compared to $457.6 million at December 31, 2022. The pass-watch risk
rating includes credits with negative performance trends that reflect sufficient risk to cause concern, but have not risen to the level of
criticized.
Allowance for Credit Losses
At December 31, 2023, the allowance for credit losses was $336.8 million, comprised of $307.9 million in allowance for loan losses
and $28.9 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance for credit losses decreased $4.3 million from
$341.1 million at December 31, 2022, which was comprised of $307.8 million in allowance for loan losses and $33.3 million in the
reserve for unfunded lending commitments. Our allowance for credit losses coverage to total loans was 1.41% at December 31, 2023
compared to 1.48% at December 31, 2022. While coverage is down year-over-year, it remains elevated compared to pre-pandemic
levels as uncertainty remains in our economic outlook.
The $4.3 million decrease in the allowance for credit losses from December 31, 2022 includes a reduction of $5.5 million in
collectively evaluated reserves, partially offset by an increase of $1.2 million in individually evaluated reserves (generally used for
nonperforming loans). The modest release reflects our relatively stable economic outlook and credit metrics. The Company
probability-weighted two Moody’s macroeconomic scenarios in the calculation of our collectively evaluated allowance for credit
losses. The downside mild recessionary S-2 scenario (anchored on the baseline) was weighted more heavily at 60% and the baseline
scenario was weighted 40%, as management deemed certain of the forecasted economic circumstances and outcomes included the S-2
scenario to be somewhat more likely to occur in the near term. Each of the scenarios utilized have varying degrees of severity and
duration of inflationary pressure, the impacts to economic growth and the labor market, the consequences of the Federal Reserve's
actions with regard to monetary policy, the risk of a U.S. government shutdown, the effects of disruption in the financial services
industry, and impacts from geopolitical unrest. Refer to the Economic Outlook section of this discussion and analysis for further
information on the Moody’s scenarios and our weighting assumptions.
We currently expect only modest charge-offs and provision expense in 2024; however, loan growth, portfolio composition, asset
quality metrics and future assumptions in economic forecasts will drive the level of credit loss reserves in future periods.
62
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.
TABLE 18. Summary of Activity in the Allowance for Credit Losses
($ in thousands)
Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses
Allowance for Loan Losses:
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period
Loans charged-off:
Commercial non real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial & industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Total Commercial
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total charge-offs
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial non real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial & industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total recoveries
Total net charge-offs
Provision for loan losses
Allowance for loan losses at end of period
Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments:
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at beginning of period
Provision for losses on unfunded lending commitments
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at end of period
Total Allowance for Credit Losses
Total Provision for Credit Losses
Coverage ratios:
Allowance for loan losses to period end loans
Allowance for credit loss to period end loans
Charge-offs ratios
Gross charge-offs to average loans
Recoveries to average loans
Net charge-offs to average loans
Net Charge-offs to average loans by portfolio:
Commercial non real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial & industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Total Commercial
Residential mortgages
Consumer
63
2023
December 31,
2022
2021
$ 307,789 $ 342,065 $ 450,177
59,830
—
59,830
73
72
59,975
55
15,393
75,423
7,637
948
8,585
1,073
3
9,661
137
12,792
22,590
33,523
3,179
36,702
425
274
37,401
713
12,722
50,836
6,152
957
7,109
14
11
7,134
1,278
3,611
12,023
63,400
63,518
8,985
642
9,627
105
2,172
11,904
1,459
6,282
19,645
31,191
(76,921 )
$ 307,907 $ 307,789 $ 342,065
11,812
733
12,545
878
134
13,557
1,749
5,382
20,688
1,902
(32,374 )
33,309
(4,415 )
28,894 $
29,907
(573 )
$
29,334
$ 336,801 $ 341,098 $ 371,399
(77,494 )
$
29,334
3,975
33,309 $
(28,399 ) $
59,103 $
1.29 %
1.41 %
0.32 %
0.05 %
0.27 %
0.54 %
(0.03 )%
0.40 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.28 %
(0.03 )%
0.79 %
1.33 %
1.48 %
0.10 %
0.09 %
0.01 %
(0.04 )%
0.01 %
(0.03 )%
0.01 %
(0.01 )%
(0.02 )%
(0.06 )%
0.47 %
1.62 %
1.76 %
0.24 %
0.09 %
0.15 %
0.25 %
0.09 %
0.22 %
0.01 %
(0.16 )%
0.15 %
(0.03 )%
0.38 %
Table of Contents
An allocation of the loan loss allowance by major loan category is set forth in the following table for the periods indicated.
TABLE 19. Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses by Category
($ in thousands)
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial & industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total
Deposits
December 31,
2023
2022
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
% of Total
Allowance
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
% of Total
Allowance
$
$
101,737
40,197
141,934
74,539
27,039
38,983
25,412
307,907
33 % $
13
46
24
9
13
8
100 % $
96,461
48,284
144,745
71,961
30,498
32,464
28,121
307,789
31 %
16
47
23
10
11
9
100 %
Deposits provide the most significant source of funding for our interest earning assets. Generally, our ability to compete for market
share depends on our deposit pricing and our wide range of products and services that are focused on customer needs, among other
things. We offer high-quality banking services with convenient delivery channels, including online and mobile banking. We provide
specialized services to our commercial customers to promote commercial deposit growth. These services include treasury
management, industry expertise and lockbox services. Since early 2020, deposit levels have also been influenced by pandemic-driven
factors, such as inflows from government stimulus payments and programs, and a slowdown in customer spending during the height
of the pandemic, leading to higher levels of deposits in recent years.
The failures of three large U.S. banks in the first half of 2023 disrupted the financial services industry. While many factors played a
role in the ultimate failures, these institutions had significant industry/demographic concentrations within their deposit bases and a
high ratio of uninsured deposits to total deposits. Lack of diversity in concentration within a deposit base may increase the risk of
events or trends that could prompt a larger-scale demand for deposits outflow. Concerns over a financial institution's ability to protect
deposit balances in excess of the federally insured limit may increase the risk of a deposit run. We consider our deposit base to be
seasoned, stable and well-diversified. We also offer an insured cash sweep product (ICS) that allows customers to secure deposits
above FDIC insured limits. We have seen increased demand for the ICS product following the bank failures, with the balance totaling
$303.8 million at December 31, 2023, compared to $12.2 million at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023, we have calculated
our average deposit account size by dividing period-end deposits by the population of accounts with balances to be approximately
$37,800, which includes $191,600 in our commercial and small business lines (excluding public funds), $135,900 in our wealth
management business line, and $18,700 in our consumer business line.
Further, at December 31, 2023, our sources of liquidity exceed uninsured deposits. We have estimated the Bank’s amount of
uninsured deposits using the methodologies and assumptions required for FDIC regulatory reporting to be approximately $13.8 billion
at December 31, 2023, compared to $14.7 billion at December 31, 2022. Our uninsured deposit total at December 31, 2023 includes
approximately $3.6 billion of public funds that have pledged securities as collateral, leaving $10.2 billion of noncollateralized,
uninsured deposits compared to total liquidity of $18.0 billion. Our ratio of noncollateralized, uninsured deposits to total deposits was
approximately 34.4% at December 31, 2023, compared to 37.9% at December 31, 2022.
Total deposits were $29.7 billion at December 31, 2023, up $619.7 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2022. Deposit levels and
composition in 2023 were influenced by increased spending, interest rate movement, and our offering of promotional rates in response
to increased competition for deposits, all of which contributed to a significant shift between noninterest-bearing to higher cost interest-
bearing products. The change in deposit mix also reflects an increase in brokered time deposits, a funding source utilized to hold
excess liquidity on our balance sheet as a cautionary measure in the period following the 2023 bank failures. Average deposits of
$29.5 billion for 2023 were virtually unchanged from 2022.
The composition of deposits at December 31, 2023 and 2022 is as follows:
64
Table of Contents
TABLE 20. Deposits
($ in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing retail transaction and savings deposits
Interest-bearing public fund deposits
Public fund transaction and savings deposits
Public fund time deposits
Total interest-bearing public fund deposits
Retail time deposits
Brokered time deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits
Total deposits
December 31,
2023
11,030,515 $
10,680,741
2022
13,645,113
10,757,495
3,069,341
73,674
3,143,015
4,246,027
589,761
18,659,544
29,690,059 $
3,132,828
111,397
3,244,225
1,418,596
4,920
15,425,236
29,070,349
$
$
At December 31, 2023, noninterest-bearing demand deposits were $11.0 billion, down $2.6 billion, or 19%, from December 31, 2022.
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits comprised 37% of total deposits at December 31, 2023 and 47% at December 31, 2022. The
current mix of 37% is more in-line with pre-pandemic levels.
Interest-bearing transaction and savings accounts of $10.7 billion at December 31, 2023 decreased $76.8 million, or 1%, from
December 31, 2022. Interest-bearing public fund deposits totaled $3.1 billion at December 31, 2023, down $101.2 million, or 3%,
from December 31, 2022. Year-end public fund account balances are subject to annual fluctuations dependent upon a number of
factors, including the timing of tax collections. Seasonal cash inflows from public entities in the fourth quarter of each year typically
results in higher balances than at other times during the year with subsequent reductions in the first quarter of the following year.
Retail time deposits totaled $4.2 billion at December 31, 2023, up $2.8 billion, or 199%, from December 31, 2022, with approximately
40% of the increase in time deposits greater than $250,000. The increase in retail time deposits reflects our competitive pricing in the
heightened interest rate environment. Brokered deposits totaled $589.8 million at December 31, 2023, up $584.8 million from
December 31, 2022. Brokered deposits as of December 31, 2023 consist of two short-term deposits bearing interest at 5.35%, with
approximately $195 million maturing in February 2024 and approximately $395 million maturing in May 2024.
Table 21 sets forth average balances and weighted-average rates paid on deposits for each year in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2023, as well as the percentage of total deposits for each category. Table 22 sets forth the maturities of time certificates
of deposit greater than $250,000 at December 31, 2023.
TABLE 21. Average Deposits
($ in millions)
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing transaction deposits
Money market deposits
Savings deposits
Time deposits
Public Funds
Total interest-bearing deposits
Noninterest bearing demand deposits
Total deposits
Balance
2023
Rate
Mix
Balance
2022
Rate
Mix
Balance
2021
Rate
Mix
$
2,429.5
5,762.9
2,424.9
3,970.4
2,971.6
17,559.3
11,919.2
$ 29,478.5
0.93 %
2.67 %
0.02 %
4.17 %
3.38 %
2.53 %
8.2 % $ 2,630.3
19.6 % 5,679.8
8.2 % 2,917.4
13.5 % 1,030.1
10.1 % 2,941.9
59.6 % 15,199.5
40.4 % 14,298.0
100.0 % $ 29,497.5
0.15 %
0.30 %
0.01 %
0.45 %
1.10 %
0.38 %
8.9 % $
19.3 %
9.9 %
3.5 %
10.0 %
51.6 %
48.4 %
2,425.2
6,212.0
2,598.2
1,394.1
3,140.2
15,769.7
13,324.0
100.0 % $ 29,093.7
0.09 %
0.11 %
0.01 %
0.47 %
0.34 %
0.17 %
8.3 %
21.4 %
8.9 %
4.8 %
10.8 %
54.2 %
45.8 %
100.0 %
TABLE 22. Maturity of Time Certificates of Deposit greater than or equal to $250,000*
($ in thousands)
Three months
Over three months through six months
Over six months through one year
Over one year
Total
* Includes public fund time deposits
65
December 31,
2023
716,756
297,868
604,078
16,475
1,635,177
$
$
Table of Contents
As noted above, we have estimated the Bank’s amount of uninsured deposits at December 31, 2023 to be approximately $13.8 billion,
using the methodologies and assumptions required for FDIC regulatory reporting.
Management expects full year 2024 end of period growth in deposits to be in the low single digit range from $29.7 billion at
December 31, 2023.
Short-Term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings totaled $1.2 billion at December 31, 2023, down $716.4 million, or 38% from December 31, 2022. Average
short-term borrowings for 2023 totaled $1.7 billion, up $334.7 million, or 25%, compared to 2022. The variance compared to
December 31, 2022 reflects the net repayment of $725 million of FHLB borrowings. Short-term borrowings are a core portion of the
Company’s funding strategy, the balance of which can fluctuate depending on our funding needs and the sources utilized.
Table 23 sets forth balances of short-term borrowings for each of the past three years. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds
purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings from the FHLB. Customer repurchase agreements are a
source of customer funding. These agreements are offered mainly to commercial customers to assist them with their ongoing cash
management strategies or to provide a temporary investment vehicle for their excess liquidity pending redeployment for corporate or
investment purposes. While customer repurchase agreements provide a recurring source of funds to the Bank, the amounts available
over time will vary.
TABLE 23. Short-Term Borrowings
($ in thousands)
Federal funds purchased:
Amount outstanding at period end
Average amount outstanding during period
Maximum amount at any month end during period
Weighted-average interest at period end
Weighted-average interest rate during period
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
Amount outstanding at period end
Average amount outstanding during period
Maximum amount at any month end during period
Weighted-average interest at period end
Weighted-average interest rate during period
FHLB borrowings:
Amount outstanding at period end
Average amount outstanding during period
Maximum amount at any month end during period
Weighted-average interest at period end
Weighted-average interest rate during period
2023
2022
2021
$
$
$
350
7,525
100,350
4.90 %
5.70 %
$
1,850
13,176
2,350
3.90 %
2.82 %
1,850
3,762
4,400
0.15 %
0.43 %
$
454,479
513,306
625,773
444,421
536,727
640,592
$ 563,211
559,410
643,403
1.16 %
1.36 %
0.53 %
0.21 %
0.05 %
0.10 %
700,000
$
1,172,603
3,100,000
$ 1,425,000
808,784
1,425,000
$ 1,100,000
1,100,000
1,100,000
5.58 %
5.05 %
4.70 %
1.82 %
0.49 %
0.49 %
The $700 million of FHLB short-term borrowings at December 31, 2023 consists of one short-term fixed rate advance purchased on
December 29, 2023 that matured on January 2, 2024.
Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt totaled $236.3 million at December 31, 2023, down $5.8 million from December 31, 2022, largely due to activity
associated with tax credit fund activity.
Long-term debt at December 31, 2023 includes subordinated notes payable with an aggregate principal amount of $172.5 million, a
fixed rate of 6.25% per annum and a stated maturity of June 15, 2060. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve, the Company
may redeem the notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2025. This debt qualifies as tier 2 capital in
the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios.
LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit,
to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
66
Table of Contents
until they are funded, although they expose the Bank to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as
funded loans.
Commitments to extend credit totaled $9.9 billion at December 31, 2023 and include revolving commercial credit lines, non-revolving
loan commitments issued mainly to finance the acquisition and development of construction of real property or equipment, and credit
card and personal credit lines. The availability of funds under commercial credit lines and loan commitments generally depends on
whether the borrower continues to meet credit standards established in the underlying contract, which may include the maintenance of
sufficient collateral coverage levels, payment and financial performance, and compliance with other contractual conditions. Loan
commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower.
Credit card and personal credit lines are generally subject to adjustment or cancellation if the borrower’s credit quality deteriorates. A
number of commercial and personal credit lines are used only partially or, in some cases, not at all before they expire, and the total
commitment amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements.
Letters of credit totaled $482 million at December 31, 2023. A substantial majority of the letters of credit are standby agreements that
obligate the Bank to fulfill a customer’s financial commitments to a third party if the customer is unable to perform. The Bank issues
standby letters of credit primarily to provide credit enhancement to customers’ other commercial or public financing arrangements and
to help them demonstrate financial capacity to vendors of essential goods and services.
The contract amounts of these instruments reflect our exposure to credit risk. The Bank undertakes the same credit evaluation in
making loan commitments and assuming conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may require collateral
or other credit support. At December 31, 2023, the Company had a reserve for unfunded lending commitments of $28.9 million.
The following table shows the commitments to extend credit and letters of credit at December 31, 2023 and 2022 according to
expiration date.
TABLE 24. Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit
($ in thousands)
December 31, 2023
Commitments to extend credit
Letters of credit
Total
($ in thousands)
December 31, 2022
Commitments to extend credit
Letters of credit
Total
Total
Less Than
1 Year
1-3
Years
3-5
Years
More Than
5 Years
Expiration Date
$
9,852,367 $ 3,822,335 $ 2,750,327 $ 2,484,180 $
481,910
379,813
30,552
71,417
$ 10,334,277 $ 4,202,148 $ 2,780,879 $ 2,555,597 $
795,525
128
795,653
Expiration Date
Less Than
1 Year
1-3
Years
3-5
Years
More Than
5 Years
$ 10,202,464 $ 3,997,036 $ 2,557,813 $ 2,819,663 $
400,505
343,375
56,995
135
$ 10,602,969 $ 4,340,411 $ 2,614,808 $ 2,819,798 $
827,952
—
827,952
ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT
We proactively manage risks to capture opportunities and maximize shareholder value. We balance revenue generation and
profitability with the inherent risks of our business activities. Enterprise risk management helps protect shareholder value by
assessing, monitoring, and managing the risks associated with our businesses. Strong risk management practices enhance decision-
making, facilitate successful implementation of new initiatives, and where appropriate, support undertaking greater levels of well-
managed risk to drive growth and achieve strategic objectives. Our risk management culture integrates a board-approved risk appetite
with senior management direction and governance to facilitate the execution of the Company’s strategic plan. This integration ensures
the daily management of risks by product types and continuous corporate monitoring of the levels of risk across the Company. We
make changes to our enterprise risk management program and risk governance framework as described here at the direction of senior
management and the Board of Directors to capture opportunities and to respond to changes in strategic, business, and operational
environments.
67
Table of Contents
Risk Categories and Definitions
Consistent with other participants in the financial services industry, the primary risk exposures of the Company are credit, market,
liquidity, operational, legal, reputational, and strategic. We have adopted these seven risk categories as outlined by the Federal
Reserve Board and other bank regulators to govern the risk management of banks and bank holding companies. Oversight
responsibility for these categories is assigned within our risk committee governance structure:
Credit risk arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.
Market risk is a financial institution’s condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as
interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or equity prices.
Liquidity risk is the potential that an institution will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an
inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as “funding liquidity risk”) or that it cannot easily
unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or
market disruptions (“market liquidity risk”).
Operational risk is the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls,
breaches in customer data, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. Consistently and
interchangeably for the Company, Basel II defines this risk as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal
processes, people and systems, or from external events. The Company assesses compliance risk, the risk to current or
anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations, or from non-conformance with
prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures or ethical standards, as a subcategory of operational risk.
Legal risk is the potential that unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, or adverse judgments can disrupt or otherwise negatively
affect the operations or condition of a banking organization.
Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding an institution’s business practices, whether true or not,
will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions. The Company also recognizes its
reputation with shareholders and associates is an important factor of reputational risk.
Strategic risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or franchise or enterprise value arising from adverse
business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the competitive
landscape of banking and financial services industries and operating environment.
Risk Committee Governance Structure
Effective risk management governance requires active oversight, participation, and interaction by senior management and the Board of
Directors. Our enterprise risk management framework uses a tiered risk/reward committee structure to facilitate the timely discussion
of significant risks, issues and risk mitigation strategies to inform management and the Board’s decision making. Additionally, the
committee structure provides ongoing oversight and facilitates escalation within assigned risk committees. Following is a summary of
our risk governance structure and related responsibilities:
Board risk committees. The Company’s Board of Directors has established a Board Risk Committee and Credit Risk
Management Subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee to oversee the effective establishment of a risk governance
framework, provide for an independent Credit Review assurance function, ensure the overall corporate risk profile is
within its risk appetite, and direct changes or make recommendations to the Board of Directors when determined
necessary. Additionally, the Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee to provide independent oversight on
the effectiveness of these matters and the Company’s internal control and regulatory environment. The Board Risk
Committee is chaired by an independent director. The Board has designated Ms. Joan Teofilo and Ms. Suzette Kent,
independent directors who serve on the Board Risk Committee, as risk management experts. Other committees of the
Board of Directors oversee certain risks that overlap with the Board Risk Committee's enterprise risk management
oversight, including the Compensation Committee, which evaluates and manages any risk posed by compensation and
benefits programs and oversees diversity, equity and inclusion efforts, and the Corporate Governance and Nominating
Committee, which oversees all ESG related activities.
Governance committees. The Capital Committee (CAPCO) of the Company serves as the senior level management
risk/reward committee and oversees the business strategy, organizational structure, capital planning, and liquidity
strategies for the Company. CAPCO directly oversees the strategic and reputation risk categories, which include litigation
strategy and the development of capital stress testing within the Company’s risk governance framework. CAPCO drives
business strategy development and execution, provides corporate financial oversight, and is responsible for portfolio risk
committee oversight. CAPCO provides oversight of the portfolio risk/reward committees to ensure tactics to address
business strategy changes are properly vetted and adopted, and protect the Company’s reputation.
68
Table of Contents
Portfolio committees. The Company has three portfolio risk/reward committees focusing on credit (CREDCO), market
and liquidity through asset/liability management (ALCO), and operational, legal and compliance (OPCO) risk categories.
These committees review and monitor the risk categories in a portfolio context ensuring risk assessment and management
processes are being effectively executed to identify and manage risk and direct changes and escalate issues to CAPCO
and Board Risk Committees when needed. The committees also monitor the risk portfolios for changes to the Company’s
risk profile as well as ensure the risk portfolio is performing within the board-approved risk appetite. Portfolio
committees report to CAPCO. In addition, the Company has established a Sustainability Committee, which is a
management committee that develops, monitors and assesses the strategies related to the environment, social
responsibility and sustainable growth.
Risk Leadership and Organization
The risk management function of the Company is led by our Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer, who reports directly to the
CEO, provides overall vision, direction and leadership regarding our enterprise risk management program. The Chief Risk Officer
exercises independent judgment and reporting of risk through a direct working relationship with the Board Risk Committee, and the
Chief Credit Officer has the same role with the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee. The functional areas reporting to the Chief
Risk Officer are the enterprise risk management program office, operational risk management, model validation, data governance,
regulatory relations, corporate insurance, credit review (administrative only), Bank Secrecy Act compliance, and the enterprise-wide
compliance program. The Chief Risk Officer also works closely with the Chief Internal Auditor to provide assurance to the Board and
senior management regarding risk management controls and their effectiveness. The Chief Internal Auditor reports to the Board’s
Audit Committee to assure independence of the internal audit function. Another risk management function reporting to the CEO is the
Chief Credit Officer.
Credit Risk
The Bank’s primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer, and real estate loans to consumers, to small and middle market
businesses, to larger corporate clients in their respective market areas, and to state, county, parish and municipal government entities.
Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means to reduce the risks associated with economic fluctuations. The Bank has no significant
concentrations of loans to individual borrowers or foreign entities.
Our commercial and industrial portfolio, which includes commercial non-real estate and owner occupied commercial real estate
lending is diverse across various industries. We continuously manage our exposure to improve our cross industry diversification, and
proactively manage potential impacts to earnings.
Real estate loan levels are monitored throughout the year and the bank currently does not have a commercial real estate concentration
as defined by interagency guidelines.
Managing collateral is also an essential component of managing the Bank’s real estate-and non-real estate related credit risk exposure.
For real estate-secured loans, third party valuations are obtained at the time of origination, and updated if it is determined that the
collateral value has deteriorated or if the loan is deemed to be a problem loan. Property valuations are ordered through, and reviewed
by, the Bank’s appraisal department. When deemed necessary, third party valuations may also be obtained for non-real estate
collateral based on the same criteria as real estate secured loans. Such valuations, along with anticipated selling costs, are used to
determine if there is loan impairment, leading to a recommendation for partial charge off or appropriate allowance allocation.
The Bank maintains an active Credit Review function, whose Credit Review Manager reports to the Credit Risk Management
Subcommittee, a subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee, to help ensure that developing credit concerns are identified and
addressed in a timely manner. Further, an active watch list review process is in place as part of the Bank’s problem loan management
strategy, and a list of loans 90 days past due and still accruing is reviewed with management (including the Chief Credit Officer) at
least monthly. Recommendations flow from all of the above activities with the goal of recognizing nonperforming loans and
determining the appropriate accrual status.
Asset/Liability Management
Asset/Liability Management consists of quantifying, analyzing, and controlling interest rate risk (IRR) to maintain stability in net
interest income under varying interest rate environments. The principal objective of asset/liability management is to maximize net
interest income while operating within acceptable interest rate risk limits and maintaining adequate levels of liquidity. Our net
earnings are materially dependent on our net interest income.
IRR inherent in the Company’s balance sheet consists of reprice, option, yield curve, and basis risks. Reprice risk results from
differences in the maturity or repricing of asset and liability portfolios. Option risk arises from “embedded options” present in many
69
Table of Contents
financial instruments such as loan prepayment options, deposit early withdrawal options, and interest rate options. These options allow
customers opportunities to benefit when market interest rates change, which typically results in higher costs or lower revenue for the
Company. Yield curve risk refers to the risk resulting from unequal changes in the spread between two or more rates for different
maturities for the same instrument. Basis risk refers to the potential for changes in the underlying relationship between market rates
and indices, which subsequently results in changes to the profit spread on an earning asset or liability. Basis risk is also present in
administered rate liabilities, such as savings accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, and money market accounts where
historical pricing relationships to market rates may change due to the level or directional change in market interest rates.
ALCO manages our IRR exposures through proactive measurement, monitoring, and management actions. ALCO is responsible for
maintaining levels of IRR within limits approved by the Board of Directors by adhering to a risk management policy that is designed
to promote a stable net interest margin in periods of interest rate fluctuation. Accordingly, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity and
liquidity are monitored on an ongoing basis by ALCO, which oversees market risk management and establishes risk measures, limits
and policy guidelines for managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. A variety of
measures are used to provide for a comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk, the distribution of risk, the level of risk
over time and the exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.
The Company utilizes an asset/liability model as the primary quantitative tool in measuring the amount of IRR associated with
changing market rates. The model is used to perform net interest income, economic value of equity (EVE), stochastic, and gap
analyses. When performing net interest income at risk analysis, the model is used to quantify the effects of various interest rate
scenarios on projected net interest income and projected net income over the next 12-month and 24-month periods. The model
measures the impact on net interest income relative to a base case scenario given hypothetical fluctuations in interest rates over the
next 24 months. Regarding EVE analysis, the model is used to assess the change in theoretical equity market value that would occur in
response to instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in market interest rates. EVE analysis is primarily used to identify long-term
structural mismatches in the balance sheet as market rates move, while net interest income analysis assesses the impact of market rate
movements over a short time horizon. Net interest income simulations incorporate assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and
mix as well as the pricing, repricing, and maturity characteristics of the existing and projected balance sheet. The impact of interest
rate derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, caps and floors, is also included in the model. Other interest rate-related risks such as
prepayment, basis, and option risk are also considered.
Net Interest Income at Risk
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk that stems from uncertainty with respect to the absolute and relative levels of future
market interest rates that affect our financial products and services. In an attempt to manage our exposure to interest rate risk,
management measures the sensitivity of our net interest income and cash flows under various market interest rate scenarios,
establishes interest rate risk management policies and implements asset/liability management strategies designed to promote a
relatively stable net interest margin under varying rate environments.
The following table presents an analysis of our interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in net interest income resulting
from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in rates at December 31, 2023. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments in
a range from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with -300 through +300 basis points presented in Table 25. Our interest rate
sensitivity modeling incorporates a number of assumptions including loan and deposit repricing characteristics, the rate of loan
prepayments and other factors. The base scenario assumes that balance sheet composition and the current interest rate environment is
held constant over a 24-month forecast period and is the scenario to which all others are compared in order to measure the change in
net interest income. Policy limits on the change in net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios are approved by the
Board of Directors. All policy scenarios assume a static volume forecast where the balance sheet is held constant, although other
scenarios are modeled.
TABLE 25. Net Interest Income (te) at Risk
Change in Interest Rates
(basis points)
- 300
- 200
- 100
+ 100
+ 200
+ 300
Estimated Increase
in NII
Year 1
Year 2
(6.70)%
(4.09)%
(1.76)%
2.07%
3.82%
5.58%
(11.96)%
(7.53)%
(3.37)%
3.26%
6.32%
9.39%
70
Table of Contents
The results indicate a general asset sensitivity across most scenarios driven primarily by repricing in variable rate loans and a funding
mix which includes a large percentage of noninterest-bearing and lower rate sensitive deposits. As rates rose in the first half of 2023
and remain elevated, the funding mix has experienced a shift to more rate sensitive deposit and wholesale funding which has resulted
in a lower net interest income at risk measurements compared to recent years. When deemed prudent, management has taken actions
to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk with on-or off-balance sheet financial instruments and intends to do so in the future. Possible
actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and adding to, modifying or terminating existing interest rate swap agreements or other financial
instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.
Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that our assets and liabilities would perform as
anticipated. Additionally, a change in the U.S. Treasury rates in the designated amounts accompanied by a change in the shape of the
U.S. Treasury yield curve would cause significantly different changes to net interest income than indicated above. Strategic
management of our balance sheet and earnings is fluid and would be adjusted to accommodate these movements. As with any method
of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methods of analysis presented above. For example, although
certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in
market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market
interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Certain assets such as adjustable-rate loans
have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Also, the ability of many
borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. All of these factors are considered in monitoring
exposure to interest rate risk.
Economic Value of Equity (EVE)
EVE simulation involves calculating the present value of all future cash flows from assets and subtracting the present value of all
future cash outflows from liabilities including the impact of off-balance sheet items such as interest rate hedges. This analysis results
in a theoretical market value of the bank's equity or EVE. Management’s focus on EVE analysis is not on the resulting calculation of
EVE itself, but instead on the sensitivity of EVE to changes in market rates. Policy limits on the change in EVE under a variety of
interest rate scenarios are approved by the Board of Directors. The following table presents an analysis of the change in the Bank’s
EVE resulting from instantaneous and parallel shifts in rates as of December 31, 2023. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point
increments ranging from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with -300 through +300 basis points presented in Table 26.
TABLE 26. Economic Value of Equity
Change in Interest Rates
(basis points)
- 300
- 200
- 100
+ 100
+ 200
+ 300
Estimated Change
in EVE at
December 31, 2023
2.04%
2.31%
1.67%
(2.12%)
(4.55%)
(7.07%)
The net changes in EVE presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by the Boards of Directors. Because EVE
measures the present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the
degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (i.e., the current year). Further, EVE does not consider factors
such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships, possible hedging activities, or
changing product spreads, each of which could mitigate the adverse impact of changes in interest rates.
LIBOR Transition
In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks to submit the
rates required to calculate the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). Publication of the one week and two month LIBOR offered
rates ceased on December 31, 2021 and the publication of the remaining LIBOR offered rates ceased to be representative on June 30,
2023. The Company discontinued the use of LIBOR for new contracts after December 31, 2021, with limited exceptions as permitted
by regulatory guidance and internal policy.
Regulators, industry groups and certain committees (e.g., the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (ARRC)) have, among other
things, published recommended fallback language for LIBOR-linked financial instruments, identified recommended alternatives for
71
Table of Contents
certain LIBOR rates (e.g., AMERIBOR or the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)), and proposed implementations of the
recommended alternatives in floating rate instruments. Further, the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act, enacted in March 2022,
provides a statutory framework to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR with a benchmark rate based on the SOFR for contracts governed by
U.S. law that have no or ineffective fallbacks, and in December 2022, the Federal Reserve Board adopted related implementing rules.
In addition, where fallback language allows the Bank to select a benchmark rate, the statutory framework grants the authority to select
the Board-selected benchmark replacement as the benchmark replacement, including the safe harbor provisions that, among other
things, generally provide that such selection or use will not discharge or excuse performance under, give any person the right to
unilaterally terminate or suspend performance under, or constitute a breach, of the contract.
The Bank has adopted several replacement benchmarks to use in place of LIBOR benchmark rates, including Chicago Mercantile
Exchange Inc. (CME) Term SOFR, FRB-NY SOFR and AMERIBOR as the primary rates. The replacement benchmark rates adopted
by the Bank have been affirmed to comply with the 19 principles set forth by the International Organization of Securities
Commissions (IOSCO) for Financial Benchmarks, and it further provides the Bank confidence these replacement benchmarks are
based on transparent, market-based transactions. The Bank began using these replacement benchmarks towards the end of the third
quarter of 2021. In the first half of 2023, the Company converted all of its LIBOR based cash flow hedges to SOFR and replaced the
variable rate loan pools with SOFR based instruments, with limited financial impact or cost.
Effective July 3, 2023, approximately $3.1 billion of variable rate loans tied to LIBOR were transitioned in accordance with the
statutory framework established by the Federal Reserve, with the transition rate to be utilized upon the next reset period, in a manner
that is consistent with industry practice. In addition, all of our remaining derivative instruments with LIBOR based indexes were
transitioned to the Fallback Rate SOFR benchmark as recommended by the International Swap and Derivatives Association, including
interest rate swaps and risk participation agreements with notional amounts totaling $3.5 billion and $163.5 million. There was no
material financial impact from this transition in our operating results and we do not expect there will be any significant future impact.
Operational Risk Management
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal controls and processes, people and systems, or from
external events, including fraud, litigation and breaches in data security. We depend on the ability of our employees and systems to
process, record and monitor a large number of transactions on an on-going basis. As operational risk remains elevated and as customer
and regulatory expectations regarding information security have increased, the Company continues to enhance its controls, processes
and systems in order to protect the Company’s networks, computers, software and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access.
The Board Risk Committee has primary responsibility for the oversight of operational risk. In this capacity, the Board Risk Committee
oversees the Company’s processes for identifying, assessing, monitoring and managing cybersecurity risk. In addition, individual
business lines have direct and primary responsibility and accountability for identifying, controlling, and monitoring operational risks
embedded in their business activities.
See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further discussion of the risks associated with an interruption or breach in our information systems or
infrastructure and Item 1C. “Cybersecurity” for additional disclosures on cybersecurity and related risk management strategy and
governance.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Liquidity
Liquidity management ensures that funds are available to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, while also
meeting the operating, capital and strategic cash flow needs of the Company, the Bank and other subsidiaries. As part of the overall
asset and liability management process, liquidity management strategies and measurements have been developed to manage and
monitor liquidity risk. The following table summarizes available liquidity at December 31, 2023.
72
Table of Contents
TABLE 27. Net Available Sources of Funds
($ in thousands)
Available Sources of Funding:
Internal Sources
Free securities
External Sources
Federal Home Loan Bank (a)
Federal Reserve Bank
Brokered deposits
Other
Total Available Sources of Funding
Cash and other interest-bearing bank deposits
Total Liquidity
(a) Amount used includes funded advances and letters of credit.
TABLE 28. Liquidity Metrics
Free securities / total securities
Core deposits / total deposits
Wholesale funds / core deposits
Liquid assets / total liabilities
Average loans / average deposits
Total
Available
December 31, 2023
Amount
Used
Net
Availability
$
2,845,233 $
— $
2,845,233
6,613,696
3,301,659
4,453,509
1,329,000
18,543,097 $
$
1,183,088
—
589,761
—
1,772,849 $
$
5,430,608
3,301,659
3,863,748
1,329,000
16,770,248
1,188,286
17,958,534
2023
2022
2021
38.80 %
92.51 %
7.21 %
12.69 %
80.04 %
41.59 %
98.12 %
7.43 %
13.61 %
74.30 %
53.95 %
98.66 %
6.45 %
26.96 %
72.90 %
The failures of three major regional U.S. banks in 2023 that experienced large-scale deposit runs has brought the subject of bank
liquidity into focus. Dampened depositor confidence over a financial institution's ability to protect deposit balances in excess of the
federally insured limit is thought to pose a higher likelihood of a deposit run, and, in turn, the risk that the institution may have
insufficient liquidity to meet the demand. At December 31, 2023, our available on and off-balance sheet liquidity of $18.0 billion is
well in excess of our estimated uninsured, noncollateralized deposits of approximately $10.2 billion.
The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through loan principal repayments, maturities and repayments of
investment securities and occasional sales of various assets. Short-term investments such as federal funds sold, securities purchased
under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank or with other commercial banks are additional
sources of liquidity to meet cash flow requirements. Free securities represent unpledged securities that can be sold or used as collateral
for borrowings, and include unpledged securities assigned to short-term dealer repurchase agreements or to the Federal Reserve Bank
discount window. Management has established an internal target for the ratio of free securities to total securities of 20% or greater. As
shown in Table 28 above, our ratios of free securities to total securities were 38.80% and 41.59% at December 31, 2023 and 2022,
respectively. Securities and FHLB letters of credit are pledged as collateral related to public funds and repurchase agreements. The
carry value of total pledged securities was $4.7 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $213.5 million from December 31, 2022.
Both securities and FHLB letters of credit can be pledged as collateral related to public funds and repurchase agreements. While the
value of pledged securities decreased year-over-year, the ratio of free securities to total securities also declined as a result of the
decrease in the securities portfolio.
The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity mainly through the ability to use cash sourced from various customers’
interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit accounts. At December 31, 2023, deposits totaled $29.7 billion, an increase of $619.7
million, or 2%, from December 31, 2022. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in retail time deposits, a result of the
favorable interest rate environment, and brokered time deposits, partially offset by a decline in noninterest-bearing deposits. Some of
the decline in noninterest-bearing deposits represents a shift to interest-bearing products amid the favorable interest rate environment.
Core deposits represent total deposits excluding certificates of deposits (“CDs”) of $250,000 or more and brokered deposits. Core
deposits totaled $27.5 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $1.1 billion from December 31, 2022. The ratio of core deposits to
total deposits was 92.51% at December 31, 2023 down from 98.12% at December 31, 2022. The decrease in the ratio is a result of
increases in CDs of $250,000 or more and the addition of brokered deposits. Brokered deposits totaled $589.8 million as of December
31, 2023, up from $4.9 million at December 31, 2022 as the result of the addition of $589.8 million of brokered certificates of deposit
that bear interest plus fees of 5.35% per annum, of which, $195.0 million will mature in February 2024 and $394.8 million will mature
73
Table of Contents
in May 2024. The use of brokered deposits as a funding source is subject to certain policies regarding the amount, term and interest
rate.
Purchases of federal funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings from customers provide
additional sources of liquidity to meet short-term funding requirements. In addition to funding from customer sources, the Bank has a
line of credit with the FHLB that is secured by blanket pledges of certain mortgage loans. At December 31, 2023, the Bank had
borrowed $700 million from the FHLB and had approximately $5.4 billion remaining available under this line. The Bank also has
unused borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve’s discount window of approximately $3.3 billion. There were no outstanding
borrowings with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, or at any point during the years then ended. In
response to the March 2023 bank failures and resulting liquidity concerns, the Federal Reserve established a Bank Term Funding
Program, available to eligible depository institutions to provide an additional source of liquidity secured by U.S. Treasury and
government agency and mortgage-backed securities, and other qualifying assets at par. As a cautionary measure, the Bank registered
for the program at its inception, but has not, and does not intend to borrow under this program.
Wholesale funds, comprised of short-term borrowings, long-term debt and brokered deposits were 7.21% of core deposits at
December 31, 2023 and 7.43% at December 31, 2022. Wholesale funds totaled $2.0 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of
$137.4 million from December 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in FHLB borrowings, partially offset by the
increase in brokered deposits. The Company has established an internal target for wholesale funds to be less than 25% of core
deposits.
Other key measures used to monitor liquidity include the liquid asset ratio and the loan to deposit ratio. The liquid asset ratio (liquid
assets, consisting of cash, short-term investments and free securities, divided by total liabilities) measures our ability to meet short-
term obligations. Our liquid asset ratio was 12.69% at December 31, 2023 compared to 13.61% at December 31, 2022. Management
has established a minimum liquid asset ratio of 7.5% and an internal target of 12% or greater. The loan to deposit ratio (average loans
outstanding during the reporting period divided by average deposits outstanding) measures the amount of funds the Company lends for
each dollar of deposits on hand. Our average loan-to-deposit ratio was 80.04% for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to
74.3% for the year ended December 31, 2022. Management has established a target range for the loan to deposit ratio of 87% to 89%,
but will operate outside that range under certain circumstances, such as those caused by the continuing impact of the pandemic where
deposits became and have remained elevated.
Cash generated from operations is another important source of funds to meet liquidity needs. The Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows included in Part II, Item 8 of this document present operating cash flows and summarize all significant sources and uses of
funds during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Dividends received from the Bank have been the primary source of funds available to the Parent Company for the payment of
dividends to our stockholders and for servicing its debt. The liquidity management process takes into account the various regulatory
provisions that can limit the amount of dividends that the Bank can distribute to the Parent Company, as described in Note 12 –
Stockholder's Equity to the consolidated financial statements. The Parent targets cash and other liquid assets to provide liquidity in an
amount sufficient to fund approximately six quarters of ongoing cash or liquid asset needs, consisting primarily of common
stockholder dividends, debt service requirements, and any expected share repurchase or early extinguishment of debt. The Parent may
temporarily operate below that level if a return to the target can be achieved in the near-term, generally not to exceed four quarters.
The Parent had cash totaling $218.7 million at December 31, 2023.
Material Cash Requirements
The Company has sufficient access to liquidity for operations. The following table summarizes select significant contractual
obligations as of December 31, 2023, according to payments due by period. The table excludes obligations under deposit contracts and
short-term borrowings discussed previously in this analysis. The maturities of time deposits in amounts greater than $250,000 are
presented in Table 22. Purchase obligations represent material legal and binding contracts to purchase services and goods that cannot
be settled or terminated without paying substantially all of the contractual amounts.
74
Table of Contents
TABLE 29. Contractual Cash Obligations
($ in thousands)
Long-term debt obligations
Operating lease obligations
Purchase obligations
Commitments to fund low income housing and small business
investment company
Total
Capital Resources
Total
Less Than
1 Year
Payment due by period
1-3
Years
$ 638,505 $ 12,105 $ 64,697 $ 44,357 $ 517,346
72,568
154,862
901
173,131
29,409
22,197
34,645
60,052
18,240
89,981
More Than
5 Years
3-5
Years
15,321
—
$ 981,819 $ 135,647 $ 159,394 $ 95,963 $ 590,815
15,321
—
—
The Company currently has a strong capital position which is vital to continued profitability, promotes depositor and investor
confidence, and provides a solid foundation for economic downturns, future growth and flexibility in addressing strategic
opportunities. Stockholders’ equity totaled $3.8 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The
$461.0 million increase from December 31, 2022 is attributable to net income of $392.6 million, $151.1 million of other
comprehensive income and $22.9 million of long-term incentive and dividend reinvestment activity, partially offset by dividends of
$105.6 million.
At December 31, 2023, our tangible common equity ratio was 8.37%, compared to 7.09% at December 31, 2022. The 128 bp increase
from December 31, 2022 is comprised of net income (+118 bps), other comprehensive income (+44 bps), and stock-based
compensation and other activity (+6 bps), partially offset by dividends (-31 bps) and tangible asset growth (-9 bps). Other
comprehensive income was favorably impacted by the improvement in long-term rates and the impact of the late 2023 restructuring of
the available for sale securities portfolio whereby we sold $1.04 billion of securities and reclassified $52.7 million of accumulated
comprehensive loss, net of tax, to earnings. The restructuring was a strategic decision made to provide net interest margin
enhancement. The Company has adequate liquidity and, therefore, does not plan to sell additional available for sale securities in the
near term and, more likely than not, will not be required to do so before the recovery of the losses reflected in accumulated other
comprehensive loss.
The primary quantitative measures that regulators use to gauge capital adequacy are the ratios of Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity
Tier 1 regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (risk-based capital ratios) and the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets
(Leverage ratio). The Federal Reserve Board’s final rule implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related changes
per the Dodd-Frank Act established the Basel III minimum regulatory capital requirements for all organizations for Total, Tier 1 and
Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios equal to 8.00%, 6.00%, and 4.5%, respectively, as well as set a conservation buffer of
2.5% and a Leverage ratio of 4.0%. Based on capital ratios as of December 31, 2023 using Basel III definitions, the Company and the
Bank exceeded all capital requirements of the rule. The Company and the Bank have established internal target ranges for Total, Tier
1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and the leverage ratio. At December 31, 2023, each of these capital ratios fell
within, or above, their respective target range.
At December 31, 2023, our regulatory capital ratios were well in excess of current regulatory minimum requirements, including the
conservatism buffers, by at least $737 million. Additionally, both the Company and the Bank were considered “well capitalized” by
regulatory agencies. Note 12 – Stockholders’ Equity to the consolidated financial statements provides additional information about the
Bank’s regulatory capital ratios.
The following table shows certain of the Company's capital ratios and our regulatory capital ratios as calculated under current rules at
December 31, 2023 and 2022.
75
Table of Contents
TABLE 30. Risk-Based Capital and Capital Ratios
($ in thousands)
Common equity tier 1 capital
Additional tier 1 capital
Tier 1 capital
Tier 2 capital
Total capital
Risk-weighted assets
Ratios
Leverage (Tier 1 capital to average assets)
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
Total capital to risk-weighted assets
Common stockholders' equity to total assets
Tangible common equity to total assets
2023
3,584,474 $
$
—
3,584,474
464,771
$
4,049,245 $
$ 29,067,426 $
2022
3,279,419
—
3,279,419
447,415
3,726,834
28,734,106
10.10 %
12.33 %
12.33 %
13.93 %
10.69 %
8.37 %
9.53 %
11.41 %
11.41 %
12.97 %
9.50 %
7.09 %
We regularly perform stress analysis on our capital levels. One such scenario includes the hypothetical impact of including
accumulated other comprehensive losses on market valuations of available for sale securities and cash flow hedges in regulatory
capital and a further stress scenario that includes both those losses plus losses on the held to maturity investment portfolio in
regulatory capital. We estimate that our regulatory capital ratios would remain in excess of the well-capitalized minimums under both
of these stress scenarios at December 31, 2023.
In January 2023, the Company's board of directors declared an 11% increase in the regular quarterly cash dividend to $0.30 per share.
The increase was reflective of our strong regulatory ratios, allowing for improved shareholder returns. Throughout 2023, the Company
paid quarterly dividends of $0.30 per share, for an annual cash dividend rate of $1.20 per share. During 2022, the Company paid
quarterly dividends of $0.27 per share, for an annual cash dividend rate of $1.08 per share. The Company has paid uninterrupted
quarterly dividends to shareholders since 1967.
STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
In January 2023, the Company's board of directors authorized a stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Company may, from
time to time, purchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its outstanding common stock (approximately 5% of the shares of
common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2022). The shares may be repurchased in the open market, by block purchase, through
accelerated share repurchase plans, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, in one or more transactions, from time to time,
depending upon market conditions and other factors, and in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission. The program has an expiration date of December 31, 2024 and does not obligate the Company to purchase any shares.
The program may be terminated or amended by the Board at any time prior to the expiration date. This program allows us to continue
to opportunistically repurchase shares of our common stock when the market is advantageous. To date, no shares have been
repurchased under this program.
Prior to its expiration on December 31, 2022, the Company had in place a stock repurchase program that was authorized by the
Company's board of directors in April 2021 whereby the Company was authorized to repurchase up to approximately 4.3 million
shares of its common stock through the program’s expiration date. The program allowed the Company to repurchase its common
shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or
otherwise, in one or more transactions. The Company was not obligated to purchase any shares under this program, and the board of
directors had the ability to terminate or amend the program at any time prior to the expiration date. During the year ended December
31, 2022, the Company repurchased 1.2 million shares of its common stock at an average cost of $48.90 per share, inclusive of
commissions. In total, the Company repurchased 1.7 million of the 4.3 million authorized shares under the buyback program at an
average cost of $48.77 per share.
The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, signed into law in August 2022, includes a provision for an excise tax equal to 1% of the fair
market value of any stock repurchased by covered corporations after December 31, 2022. Subject to certain limits and provisions, the
excise tax is computed on the value of stock repurchased, net of stock issuances during the year, including shares issues under
compensatory arrangements. Additionally, stock repurchases excludes repurchases where the value of the stock repurchased is
contributed to an employer-sponsored retirement plan, employee stock ownership plan or a similar plan, among other exclusions. To
date, the Company has not executed any transactions subject to this excise tax. While we may complete transactions subject to the
excise tax in the future, we do not expect a material impact to our statement of condition or results of operations.
76
Table of Contents
FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS
Net income for the fourth quarter of 2023 was $50.6 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share, compared to $97.7 million, or $1.12
per diluted common share, in the third quarter of 2023 and $143.8 million, or $1.65 per diluted common share, in the fourth quarter of
2022. The fourth quarter of 2023 included a net charge of $75.4 million, or $0.68 per diluted share after-tax, of supplemental
disclosure items that included an FDIC Special Assessment, a loss restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio, and a gain
on the sale of a parking facility.
Highlights of our fourth quarter of 2023 results (compared to third quarter of 2023):
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Net income of $50.6 million, down $47.1 million, reflecting supplemental disclosure items noted above
Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (a non-GAAP measure) of $157.5 million was up $4.1 million, or 3%
Loans declined $61.8 million, or 1%, linked-quarter annualized
Criticized commercial loans and nonaccrual loans remain at low levels
Allowance for credit losses coverage remained strong at 1.41%
Deposits decreased $630.3 million, or 8% linked-quarter annualized, largely due to the maturity of $567.5 million in
brokered deposits
Net interest margin unchanged at 3.27%
Common equity tier 1 ratio was 12.33%, up 27 bps; tangible common equity ratio of 8.37%, up 103 bps
Efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) improved 80 bps to 55.58%
Total loans at December 31, 2023 were $23.9 billion, a decrease of $61.8 million, or less than 1%, from September 30, 2023. The
linked-quarter decline reflects decreases in most of the portfolio segments, as demand has softened as a result of the interest rate
environment and as we focus on full service client relationships. These declines were partially offset by growth in the residential
mortgage portfolio that was driven in part by the completion of one-time close residential mortgage construction products converting
to permanent financing.
Total deposits at December 31, 2023 were $29.7 billion, down $630.3 million, or 2%, from September 30, 2023. The decline is largely
the result of the maturity of $567.5 million of brokered time deposits.
Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $11.0 billion at December 31, 2023, down $595.9 million, or 5%, from September 30, 2023 and
comprised 37% of total deposits at December 31, 2023. Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits totaled $10.7 billion at
December 31, 2023, down $8.3 million, or less than 1%, compared to September 30, 2023. Interest-bearing public fund deposits
increased $289.8 million, or 10%, to $3.1 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in public funds is seasonal and primarily
attributable to year-end tax collections by local municipalities. Typically, these balances begin to runoff in the first quarter of each
year. Time deposits of $4.9 billion decreased $315.9 million, or 6%, from September 30, 2023, largely attributable to maturing
brokered deposits noted above, and partially offset by an increase in retail time deposits in response to promotional rate offerings.
Net interest income (te) for the fourth quarter of 2023 was $272.3 million, up $0.2 million, or less than 1%, from the third quarter of
2023. The net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2023 was flat at 3.27%, as higher loan yields and a more favorable earning asset
mix (+8 bps), decreased short-term borrowing costs (+6 bps), and the securities portfolio restructure (+3 bps) offset the impact of the
growth in average interest-bearing deposits and higher rate offerings (-17 bps).
The provision for credit losses recorded in the fourth quarter of 2023 was $17.0 million, compared to $28.5 million in the third quarter
of 2023. Net charge-offs were $16.1 million, or 0.27% of average total loans on an annualized basis in the fourth quarter of 2023,
down from $38.3 million, or 0.64% of average total loans, in the third quarter of 2023, which included a charge-off of $29.7 million
attributable to single borrower. Our allowance for credit losses was $336.8 million at December 31, 2023, up $0.9 million from
September 30, 2023. Our asset quality metrics remained stable, with criticized commercial loans at $273.7 million, or 1.47% of total
commercial loans, compared to $275.1 million, or 1.46% of total commercial loans at September 30, 2023. Nonaccrual loans totaled
$59.0 million, or 0.25% of total loans at December 31, 2023, compared to $60.3 million, or 0.25% of total loans at September 30,
2023. ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $3.6 million at December 31, 2023, down $0.9 million from $4.5 million at September 30,
2023.
Noninterest income totaled $39.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2023, down $47.0 million, or 55%, from the third quarter of 2023.
Noninterest income for the fourth quarter included two supplemental disclosure items, a $16.1 million gain on the sale of a parking
facility and a $65.4 million loss on the restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio. Excluding the supplemental
77
Table of Contents
disclosure items, noninterest income was $88.2 million, up $2.2 million, or 3%, from the prior quarter. Investment and annuity fees
and insurance commissions were up $2.6 million, or 30%, from the third quarter of 2023 as a result of strong sales amid the favorable
interest rate environment. Trust fees were up $0.3 million, or 2%, and bank card and ATM fees were up $0.2 million, or 1%, from the
prior quarter. Service charges were down $0.6 million, or 3%, from the prior quarter. Income from secondary mortgage operations
totaled $2.1 million, down $0.5 million, or 20%, as a result of declining demand for mortgage loans and refinancing.
Noninterest expense totaled $229.2 million, up $24.5 million, or 12%, from the third quarter of 2023. Noninterest expense included a
supplemental disclosure item in the amount of $26.1 million related to the FDIC special assessment. Excluding this supplemental
disclosure item, noninterest expense totaled $203.0 million, down $1.6 million or 1%, from the prior quarter. The primary driver of the
decrease is attributable to personnel expense, which was down $1.9 million, or 2%, from the third quarter of 2023, due to lower
incentive expense.
The effective income tax rate for fourth quarter 2023 was 18.8%. The effective income tax rate continues to be less than the statutory
rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and income tax credits.
The following table provides selected comparative financial information for the five quarters ending with December 31, 2023.
TABLE 31. Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results
(in thousands, except per share data)
Income Statement Data:
Interest income
Interest income (te) (a)
Interest expense
Net interest income (te)
Provision for credit losses
Noninterest income
Noninterest expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Supplemental disclosure items-included above, pre-tax:
Included in noninterest income:
Gain on sale of parking facility
Loss on securities portfolio restructure
Included in noninterest expense:
FDIC special assessment
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data:
Loans
Earning assets
Total assets
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Total deposits
Stockholders' equity
Average balance sheet data:
Loans
Earning assets
Total assets
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Total deposits
Stockholders' equity
Common Shares Data:
Earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
Cash dividends per common share
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets
Return on average common equity
Efficiency ratio (b)
Net interest margin (te)
Annualized net charge offs to average loans
December 31, 2023
September 30, 2023
June 30, 2023
March 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
415,827
418,679
146,593
272,086
28,498
85,974
204,675
122,035
24,297
97,738
—
—
—
405,273
408,110
131,362
276,748
7,633
83,225
202,138
147,365
29,571
117,794
—
—
—
23,983,679
32,733,591
36,298,301
11,626,371
30,320,337
3,501,003
23,830,724
33,137,565
35,626,927
11,453,236
29,757,180
3,572,487
$ 23,789,886
32,715,630
36,210,148
12,171,817
30,043,501
3,554,476
23,654,994
33,619,829
36,205,396
12,153,453
29,372,899
3,567,260
$
$
$
$
372,603
375,187
87,609
287,578
6,020
80,330
200,884
158,420
31,953
126,467
—
—
—
23,404,523
34,106,792
37,547,083
12,860,027
29,613,070
3,531,232
23,086,529
32,753,781
35,159,050
12,963,133
28,792,851
3,412,813
345,676
348,291
50,175
298,116
2,487
77,064
190,154
179,924
36,137
143,787
—
—
—
23,114,046
31,873,027
35,183,825
13,645,113
29,070,349
3,342,628
22,723,248
32,244,681
34,498,915
13,854,625
28,816,338
3,228,667
$
1.12
1.12
0.30
1.09 %
10.85 %
56.38 %
3.27 %
0.64 %
$
1.35
1.35
0.30
1.30 %
13.24 %
55.33 %
3.30 %
0.06 %
$
1.45
1.45
0.30
1.46 %
15.03 %
53.76 %
3.55 %
0.10 %
1.65
1.65
0.27
1.65 %
17.67 %
49.81 %
3.68 %
0.02 %
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
426,794
429,628
157,334
272,294
16,952
38,951
229,151
62,308
11,705
50,603
16,126
(65,380 )
26,123
23,921,917
32,175,097
35,578,573
11,030,515
29,690,059
3,803,661
23,795,681
33,128,130
35,538,300
11,132,354
29,974,941
3,560,978
$
0.58
0.58
0.30
0.56 %
5.64 %
55.58 %
3.27 %
0.27 %
78
Table of Contents
(in thousands, except per share data)
Reconciliation of pre-provision net revenue (te) and
adjusted pre-provision net revenue(te) (non-GAAP
measures) (c)
Net income (GAAP)
Provision for credit losses
Income tax expense
Pre-provision net revenue
Taxable equivalent adjustment
Pre-provision net revenue (te)
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure
Gain on sale of parking facility
FDIC special assessment
Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te)
Reconciliation of revenue (te), adjusted revenue (te) and
efficiency ratio (non-GAAP measures) (c)
Net interest income
Noninterest income
Total GAAP revenue
Taxable equivalent adjustment
Total revenue (te)
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure
Gain on sale of parking facility
Adjusted revenue
GAAP noninterest expense
Amortization of intangibles
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
FDIC special assessment
Adjusted noninterest expense
Efficiency ratio (b)
..
December 31, 2023
September 30, 2023
June 30, 2023
March 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
50,603
16,952
11,705
79,260
2,834
82,094
65,380
(16,126 )
26,123
157,471
269,460
38,951
308,411
2,834
311,245
65,380
(16,126 )
360,499
229,151
(2,672 )
$
$
$
97,738
28,498
24,297
150,533
2,852
153,385
—
—
—
153,385
269,234
85,974
355,208
2,852
358,060
—
—
358,060
204,675
(2,813 )
$
$
$
117,794
7,633
29,571
154,998
2,837
157,835
—
—
—
157,835
273,911
83,225
357,136
2,837
359,973
—
—
359,973
202,138
(2,957 )
$
$
$
126,467
6,020
31,953
164,440
2,584
167,024
—
—
—
167,024
284,994
80,330
365,324
2,584
367,908
—
—
367,908
200,884
(3,114 )
(26,123 )
200,356
$
55.58 %
—
201,862
$
56.38 %
—
199,181
$
55.33 %
—
197,770
$
53.76 %
143,787
2,487
36,137
182,411
2,615
185,026
—
—
—
185,026
295,501
77,064
372,565
2,615
375,180
—
—
375,180
190,154
(3,271 )
—
186,883
49.81 %
(a) Taxable equivalent basis (te). For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis
using a federal income tax rate of 21%.
(b) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental
disclosure items.
(c) Refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES
The accounting principles we follow and the methods for applying these principles conform to accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America and general practices followed by the banking industry. The significant accounting principles
and practices we follow are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this document. These
principles and practices require management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported
in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management evaluates the estimates and assumptions made on an
ongoing basis to help ensure the resulting reported amounts reflect management’s best estimates and judgments given current facts
and circumstances. The following discusses certain critical accounting policies that involve a higher degree of management judgment
and complexity in producing estimates that may significantly affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The allowance for credit losses (ACL) is comprised of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), a valuation account available
to absorb losses on loans and leases held for investment, and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, a liability established to
absorb credit losses for the expected life of the contractual term of on and off-balance sheet exposures as of the date of the
determination. Accounting standards require that management incorporate an economic forecast for a reasonable and supportable
period, which is two years based on our current policy. We utilize third party forecasts that consist of multiple economic scenarios,
including a baseline, with a probability distribution of 50% better or worse economic performance and various upside and downside
scenarios utilized at an aggregated state (or regional) levels across our footprint or national level, depending on the portfolio. The
economic forecasts are generally lagging and may not incorporate all events and circumstances through the financial statement date.
The Company’s management considers available forecasts, current events not captured and our specific portfolio characteristics and
applies weights to the scenario output based on a best estimate of likely outcomes. Changing economic conditions introduce enhanced
estimation uncertainty in the forecasts used to estimate expected credit loss. Our credit loss models were built using historical data that
may not correlate to existing economic conditions. The estimate of the life of a loan considers both contractual cash flows as well as
estimated prepayments and forecasted draws on unfunded loan commitments that were also built on historical data that may react
79
Table of Contents
differently given the current environment. Such forecasted information is inherently uncertain, therefore, actual results may differ
significantly from management’s estimates.
Management applies significant judgment when weighting the macroeconomic scenarios for the reasonable and supportable period.
Our assessment considers the scenario description compared to our portfolio performance and benchmarking select variables to other
third party forecasts. At December 31, 2023, the Company weighted the Moody’s baseline scenario at 40% and the mild recessionary
S-2 scenario at 60%. Results by scenario can vary significantly from period to period as both the scenario assumptions and the
portfolio composition are changing, therefore comparison of scenario weighting from period to period may not be meaningful. For
example, holding all other assumptions constant, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced expected credit losses 34% higher than
utilization of the baseline scenario at December 31, 2023. In contrast, for the year ended December 31, 2022, the slower growth S-2
scenario produced results 44% greater than the baseline scenario. In addition, these quantitative results are adjusted, sometimes
materially, by the qualitative assessment described below.
The quantitative loss rate analysis is supplemented by a review of qualitative factors that considers whether conditions differ from
those existing during the historical periods used in the development of the credit loss models. Such factors include, but are not limited
to, problem loan trends, changes in loan profiles and volumes, changes in lending policies and procedures, current or expected
economic trends, business conditions, credit concentrations, model limitations and other relevant factors not captured by our models.
While quantitative data for these factors is used where available, there is significant judgment applied in these processes.
For credits that are individually evaluated, a specific allowance is calculated as the shortfall between the credit’s value and the bank’s
exposure. The loan’s value is measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less
liquidation costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective
interest rate. Collateral supporting loans individually evaluated for credit loss may include, but is not limited to, commercial and
residential real estate, accounts receivable and other corporate assets. Valuations are highly subjective and based on information
available at the time of valuation and the current resolution strategy. These values are difficult to assess and have heightened
uncertainty resulting from current market conditions. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Management considers the appropriateness of these critical assumptions as part of its allowance review and believes the ACL level is
appropriate based on information available through the financial statement date. Refer to Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Credit
Losses, included in Part II, Item 8 of this document, for further discussion of significant assumptions used in the current allowance
calculation.
Accounting for Retirement Benefits
Management makes a variety of assumptions in applying principles that govern the accounting for benefits under the Company’s
defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. These assumptions are essential to the actuarial valuation that
determines the amounts recognized and certain disclosures it makes in the consolidated financial statements related to the operation of
these plans. Two of the more significant assumptions concern the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the rate needed
to discount projected benefits to their present value. Changes in these assumptions impact the cost of retirement benefits recognized in
net income and comprehensive income. Certain assumptions are closely tied to current conditions and are generally revised at each
measurement date. For example, the discount rate is reset annually with reference to market yields on high quality fixed-income
investments. Other assumptions, such as the rate of return on assets, are determined, in part, with reference to historical and expected
conditions over time and are not as susceptible to frequent revision. Holding other factors constant, the cost of retirement benefits will
move opposite to changes in either the discount rate or the rate of return on assets. Note 17 – Retirement Plans, included in Part II,
Item 8 of this document, provides further discussion on the accounting for retirement and employee benefit plans and the estimates
used in determining the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit expense.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements that appears in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information required for this item is included in the sections entitled “Asset/Liability Management” and “Net Interest Income at
Risk” that appear in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and is
incorporated here by reference.
80
Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of Hancock Whitney Corporation has prepared the consolidated financial statements and other information in our
Annual Report in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and is responsible for its
accuracy. The financial statements necessarily include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments.
In meeting its responsibility, management relies on internal accounting and related control systems. The internal control systems are
designed to ensure that transactions are properly authorized and recorded in the Company’s financial records and to safeguard the
Company’s assets from material loss or misuse. Such assurance cannot be absolute because of inherent limitations in any internal
control system.
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such
term is defined in the Rule 13(a)–15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of
management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an
evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management also conducted
an assessment of requirements pertaining to Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. This section
relates to management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, including controls over the preparation of financial
statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-
9C) and in compliance with laws and regulations. Our evaluation included a review of the documentation of controls, evaluations of
the design of the internal control system and tests of the effectiveness of internal controls.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, an
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their accompanying report which expresses an unqualified opinion on the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023.
Based on the Company’s evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013), management concluded
that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.
/s/ John M. Hairston
John M. Hairston
President & Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
February 28, 2024
/s/ Michael M. Achary
Michael M. Achary
Senior Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
February 28, 2024
81
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hancock Whitney Corporation
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hancock Whitney Corporation and its subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of
changes in stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including
the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the
COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control
over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the
accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on
the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our
audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws
and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement,
whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.
Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control
over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. Management's assessment and our audit of Hancock Whitney Corporation's internal control
over financial reporting also included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions to
the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) to comply with the reporting requirements
of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA). A company’s internal control over
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable
detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
82
Table of Contents
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or
complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Allowance for Credit Losses for the Collectively Evaluated Portfolios
As described in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) is comprised of the
allowance for loan and lease losses, a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans and leases held for investment, and
the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, a liability established to absorb credit losses for the expected life of the
contractual term of on and off-balance sheet exposures. As of December 31, 2023, the total allowance for credit losses was $337
million on total loans of $23.9 billion. The analysis and methodology for estimating the ACL includes two primary elements: a
collective approach for pools of loans that have similar risk characteristics using a loss rate analysis, and a specific reserve
analysis for credits individually evaluated for credit loss. Management utilizes internally developed credit models and third party
economic forecasts for the calculation of expected credit loss for the collectively evaluated portfolios. Management calculates a
collective allowance for a two-year reasonable and supportable forecast period utilizing probability weighted multiple
macroeconomic scenarios, and then reverts on a linear basis over four quarters to an average historical loss rate for the
remaining term. Qualitative adjustments to the output of quantitative calculations are made when management deems it
necessary to reflect differences in current and forecasted conditions as compared to those during the historical loss period used
in model development.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the allowance for credit losses for the
collectively evaluated portfolios is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in estimating the
allowance for credit losses, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing
procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to the application of probability weighted multiple macroeconomic scenarios
and the qualitative adjustments used in estimating the allowance for credit losses and (ii) the audit effort involved the use of
professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall
opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to
management’s process for estimating the allowance for credit losses for the collectively evaluated portfolios, including controls
over the application of probability weighted multiple macroeconomic scenarios and qualitative adjustments. These procedures
also included, among others, testing management’s process for estimating the allowance for credit losses by (i) evaluating the
appropriateness of management’s methodology, (ii) testing certain data used in the estimate, and (iii) evaluating the
reasonableness of the application of probability weighted multiple macroeconomic scenarios and the qualitative adjustments;
professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in performing these procedures to test management’s
process.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
February 28, 2024
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009.
83
Table of Contents
Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except per share data)
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
Interest-bearing bank deposits
Federal funds sold
Securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $5,496,718 and $6,310,214)
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $2,485,918 and $2,615,398)
Loans held for sale (includes $13,269 and $10,843 measured at fair value)
Loans
Less: allowance for loan losses
Loans, net
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $318,746 and $303,451
Right of use assets, net of accumulated amortization of $55,815 and $44,901
Prepaid expense
Other real estate and foreclosed assets, net
Accrued interest receivable
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Life insurance contracts
Funded pension assets, net
Deferred tax asset, net
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing
Interest-bearing
Total deposits
Short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Accrued interest payable
Lease liabilities
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock
Capital surplus
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
Preferred shares authorized (par value of $20.00 per share)
Preferred shares issued and outstanding
Common shares authorized (par value of $3.33 per share)
Common shares issued
Common shares outstanding
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
84
$
$
$
$
$
December 31,
2023
2022
561,202 $
626,646
436
4,915,195
2,684,779
26,124
23,921,917
(307,907 )
23,614,010 $
301,639
105,799
45,234
3,628
157,179
855,453
44,637
749,495
216,849
153,384
516,884
35,578,573 $
11,030,515 $
18,659,544
29,690,059
1,154,829
236,317
45,000
125,618
523,089
31,774,912
309,513
1,739,671
2,375,604
(621,127 )
3,803,661
35,578,573 $
50,000
—
350,000
92,947
86,345
564,459
323,332
728
5,556,041
2,852,495
26,385
23,114,046
(307,789 )
22,806,257
328,605
96,884
44,632
2,017
131,849
855,453
56,193
729,774
216,818
211,418
380,485
35,183,825
13,645,113
15,425,236
29,070,349
1,871,271
242,077
9,935
116,422
531,143
31,841,197
309,513
1,716,884
2,088,413
(772,182 )
3,342,628
35,183,825
50,000
—
350,000
92,947
85,941
Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
Table of Contents
(in thousands, except per share data)
Interest income:
Loans, including fees
Loans held for sale
Securities-taxable
Securities-tax exempt
Short-term investments
Total interest income
Interest expense:
Deposits
Short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for credit losses
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
Noninterest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts
Trust fees
Bank card and ATM fees
Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions
Secondary mortgage market operations
Securities transactions, net
Other income
Total noninterest income
Noninterest expense:
Compensation expense
Employee benefits
Personnel expense
Net occupancy expense
Equipment expense
Data processing expense
Professional services expense
Amortization of intangibles
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees
Other real estate and foreclosed assets income
Other expense
Total noninterest expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Earnings per common share - basic
Earnings per common share - diluted
Dividends paid per share
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
85
Years Ended December 31,
2022
2021
2023
$
1,379,263 $
1,723
189,386
18,627
31,498
1,620,497
443,924
66,657
12,317
522,898
1,097,599
59,103
1,038,496
86,020
67,565
82,966
36,714
9,159
(65,380 )
71,436
288,480
376,055
84,740
460,795
51,573
18,852
117,694
38,331
11,556
49,979
(624 )
88,692
836,848
490,128
97,526
392,602 $
4.51 $
4.50 $
1.20 $
86,130
86,423
$
$
$
$
940,629 $
1,814
166,731
18,847
9,042
1,137,063
58,439
16,191
12,430
87,060
1,050,003
(28,399 )
1,078,402
825,862
2,543
131,382
18,969
3,502
982,258
26,246
6,015
16,762
49,023
933,235
(77,494 )
1,010,729
87,663
65,132
84,591
28,752
11,524
(87 )
53,911
331,486
378,482
82,153
460,635
48,767
18,573
103,942
36,065
14,033
14,889
(4,407 )
58,195
750,692
659,196
135,107
524,089 $
6.00 $
5.98 $
1.08 $
86,068
86,394
81,032
62,898
79,074
29,502
36,694
333
74,801
364,334
378,589
103,786
482,375
49,786
18,167
96,755
48,678
16,665
13,582
(210 )
81,209
807,007
568,056
104,841
463,215
5.23
5.22
1.08
86,823
87,027
Table of Contents
Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
($ in thousands)
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss) before income taxes:
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale and cash flow
hedges
Reclassification of net (gain) loss realized and included in earnings
Valuation adjustments to pension plan attributable to the Voluntary Early
Retirement Program and curtailment
Other valuation adjustments to employee benefit plans
Amortization of unrealized net (gain) loss on securities transferred to held to
maturity
$
Other comprehensive income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax (benefit) expense
Other comprehensive income (loss) net of income taxes
Comprehensive income (loss)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
$
2023
Years Ended December 31,
2022
2021
392,602 $
524,089 $
463,215
91,061
115,619
—
(13,325 )
1,747
195,102
44,047
151,055
543,657 $
(898,241 )
(5,947 )
(211,580 )
(15,485 )
—
(24,139 )
1,355
(926,972 )
(208,725 )
(718,247 )
(194,158 ) $
59,606
(6,735 )
(158 )
(174,352 )
(40,348 )
(134,004 )
329,211
86
Table of Contents
Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except parenthetical share data)
Balance, December 31, 2020
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Comprehensive income
Cash dividends declared ($1.08 per common share)
Common stock activity, long-term incentive plans
Issuance of stock from dividend reinvestment
and stock purchase plans
Repurchase of common stock (449,876 shares)
Balance, December 31, 2021
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Comprehensive income (loss)
Cash dividends declared ($1.08 per common share)
Common stock activity, long-term incentive plans
Issuance of stock from dividend reinvestment and stock
purchase plans
Repurchase of common stock (1,204,368 shares)
Balance, December 31, 2022
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive income
Cash dividends declared ($1.20 per common share)
Common stock activity, long-term incentive plans
Issuance of stock from dividend reinvestment and stock
purchase plans
Balance, December 31, 2023
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
Common Stock
Capital
Amount Surplus
Shares
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Retained Income (Loss),
Earnings
Net
Total
80,069 $ 3,439,025
463,215
(134,004 )
329,211
(95,927 )
15,967
—
(134,004 )
(134,004 )
—
—
—
—
3,872
(21,796 )
(53,935 ) $ 3,670,352
524,089
(718,247 )
(194,158 )
(94,891 )
16,640
—
(718,247 )
(718,247 )
—
—
—
—
3,577
(58,892 )
(772,182 ) $ 3,342,628
392,602
151,055
543,657
(105,557 )
19,118
—
151,055
151,055
—
—
—
3,815
(621,127 ) $ 3,803,661
92,947 $ 309,513 $ 1,757,937 $ 1,291,506 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15,688
463,215
—
463,215
(95,927 )
279
3,872
(21,796 )
—
—
92,947 $ 309,513 $ 1,755,701 $ 1,659,073 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16,498
524,089
—
524,089
(94,891 )
142
3,577
(58,892 )
—
—
92,947 $ 309,513 $ 1,716,884 $ 2,088,413 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
392,602
—
—
392,602
—
— (105,557 )
146
18,972
—
3,815
—
92,947 $ 309,513 $ 1,739,671 $ 2,375,604 $
87
Table of Contents
Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
($ in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Provision for credit losses
Gain on other real estate and foreclosed assets
Deferred tax expense (benefit)
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance contracts
(Gain) loss on disposal or impairment of assets
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Loss (gain) on sale of securities available for sale
Net (increase) decrease in loans held for sale
Net amortization of securities premium/discount
Amortization of intangible assets
Stock-based compensation expense
Net change in derivative collateral liability
Increase in interest payable and other liabilities
(Increase) decrease in other assets
Other, net
Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
392,602 $
524,089 $
463,215
34,720
59,103
(967 )
13,986
(17,671 )
(15,753 )
—
65,380
(24,589 )
16,383
11,556
24,652
58,326
48,714
(160,890 )
(10,303 )
495,249 $
31,582
(28,399 )
(4,382 )
(22,166 )
(7,010 )
259
—
87
61,031
35,490
14,033
23,489
64,867
6,838
176,354
(34,141 )
842,021 $
29,113
(77,494 )
(2,280 )
10,376
(23,505 )
14,354
4,165
(333 )
41,157
50,311
16,665
22,442
62,670
20,869
(21,050 )
(24,985 )
585,690
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
88
Table of Contents
Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—(Continued)
($ in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale
Purchases of securities available for sale
Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity
Purchases of securities held to maturity
Proceeds received upon termination of fair value hedge instruments
Net redemptions (purchases) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Net (increase) decrease in short-term investments
Proceeds from sales of loans and leases
Net (increase) decrease in loans
Purchases of life insurance contracts
Proceeds from surrender of life insurance contracts
Purchases of property and equipment
Proceeds from sales of property
Proceeds from sales of other real estate and foreclosed assets
Other, net
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
Repayments of long-term debt
Issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs
Dividends paid
Payroll tax remitted on net share settlement of equity awards
Other repurchases of common stock
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Proceeds from dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, BEGINNING
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, ENDING
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Income taxes paid
Interest paid
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION FOR NON-CASH
INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Assets acquired in settlement of loans
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
2023
Years Ended December 31,
2022
2021
977,114 $
813,214
(1,044,988 )
163,266
(6,023 )
19,275
(68,057 )
(303,022 )
115,119
(968,237 )
—
—
(25,025 )
33,130
3,575
(4,552 )
(295,211 )
619,710
(716,442 )
—
—
(104,697 )
(5,681 )
—
—
3,815
(203,295 )
(3,257 )
564,459
561,202 $
73,219 $
502,628
(635,593 )
147,879
(884,427 )
90,601
(12,095 )
3,506,845
30,652
(2,088,836 )
(65,000 )
—
(29,145 )
62
14,081
11,487
662,358
(1,395,548 )
206,210
(480 )
5,629
(94,458 )
(7,386 )
(58,892 )
227
3,577
(1,341,121 )
163,258
401,201
564,459 $
198,681
1,073,133
(2,527,272 )
116,536
(338,089 )
—
52,535
(2,496,849 )
22,485
670,958
(75,000 )
44,045
(23,541 )
1,906
15,527
40,361
(3,224,584 )
2,768,020
(2,452 )
(153,444 )
22,388
(95,927 )
(7,364 )
(21,796 )
492
3,872
2,513,789
(125,105 )
526,306
401,201
103,190 $
487,681
135,193 $
80,076
122,594
49,995
$
$
$
4,302
596
2,806
89
Table of Contents
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Hancock Whitney Corporation (the “Company”) is a financial services company headquartered in Gulfport, Mississippi that is both a
financial holding company and a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The
Company provides a comprehensive network of full-service financial choices to customers primarily in the Gulf South region through
its bank subsidiary, Hancock Whitney Bank (the “Bank”), a Mississippi state bank. The Bank offers a broad range of traditional and
online banking services to commercial, small business and retail customers, providing a variety of transaction and savings deposit
products, treasury management services, secured and unsecured loan products (including revolving credit facilities), and letters of
credit and similar financial guarantees. The Bank also provides access to trust and investment management services to retirement
plans, corporations and individuals, as well as investment advisory and brokerage products. In addition, the Company offers its
customers access to fixed annuity and life insurance products and investment management and other services through its limited
purpose broker-dealer subsidiary, Hancock Whitney Investment Services, Inc., a nonbank subsidiary of the holding company. The
Company primarily operates across the Gulf South region, including southern and central Mississippi; southern and central Alabama;
southern, central and northwest Louisiana; the northern, central, and panhandle regions of Florida; and the certain areas of east and
northeast Texas including Houston, Beaumont, Dallas, Austin, and San Antonio, among others. In addition, the Company operates
loan and deposit production offices in the metropolitan areas of Nashville, Tennessee and Atlanta, Georgia.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.
(U.S. GAAP) and those generally practiced within the banking industry. Following is a summary of the more significant accounting
policies.
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all other entities in which the Company has a
controlling interest. Variable interest entities for which the Company has been deemed the primary beneficiary are also consolidated.
Significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period amounts have been
reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
Use of Estimates
The accounting principles the Company follows and the methods for applying these principles conform to U.S. GAAP and general
practices followed by the banking industry. These accounting principles and practices require management to make estimates and
assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Fair Value Accounting
Fair value is generally defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. U.S. GAAP requires the use
of fair values in determining the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities in the financial statements, as well as for specific
disclosures about certain assets and liabilities.
Accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to these valuation techniques used to measure fair
value giving preference to quoted prices in active markets (level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs such as a reporting
entity’s own data or information or assumptions developed from this data (level 3). Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar
assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, observable inputs
other than quoted prices, such as interest rates and yield curves, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by
observable market data by correlation or other means.
90
Table of Contents
Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Purchased assets, including identifiable
intangibles, and assumed liabilities are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. If the fair value of net assets purchased
exceeds the consideration given, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. If the consideration given exceeds the fair value of the net
assets received or if the fair value of the net liabilities assumed exceeds the consideration received, goodwill is recognized. Fair values
are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of an acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values
becomes available. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.
All identifiable intangible assets that are acquired in a business combination are recognized at the acquisition date fair value.
Identifiable intangible assets are recognized separately if they arise from contractual or other legal rights or if they are separable (i.e.,
capable of being sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged separately from the entity).
Cash and Due from Banks
The Company considers only cash on hand, cash items in process of collection and balances due from financial institutions as cash and
cash equivalents.
Securities
Securities are classified as trading, held to maturity or available for sale. Management determines the appropriate classification of debt
and equity securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates this classification periodically as conditions change that could require
reclassification.
Available for sale securities are stated at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and unrealized holding losses are reported net of tax in
other comprehensive income or loss and in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) until realized.
Securities that the Company both positively intends and has the ability to hold to maturity are classified as securities held to maturity
and are carried at amortized cost. The intent and ability to hold are not considered satisfied when a security is available to be sold in
response to changes in interest rates, prepayment rates, liquidity needs or other reasons as part of an overall asset/liability management
strategy.
Premiums and discounts on securities, both those held to maturity and those available for sale, are amortized and accreted to income
as an adjustment to the securities’ yields using the effective interest method. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are
reported net as a component of noninterest income. The cost of securities sold is specifically identified for use in calculating realized
gains and losses.
Credit Losses on Securities
At least quarterly, or more often when warranted, the Company performs an assessment of held to maturity debt securities for
expected credit losses and available for sale debt securities for credit-related impairment, resulting in an allowance for credit losses, if
applicable. The Company applies the practical expedient to exclude the accrued interest receivable balance from amortized cost basis
of financing receivables. The allowance for credit losses on held to maturity debt securities is estimated at the individual security level
when there is a more than inconsequential risk of default. The assessment uses probability of default and loss given default models
based on public ratings, where available, or mapped internally developed risk grades to public ratings and forecasted cash flows using
the same economic forecasts and probability weighting as used for the Company’s evaluation of the loan portfolio. Qualitative
adjustments to the output of the quantitative calculation are made when management deems it necessary to reflect differences in
current and forecasted conditions as compared to those during the historical loss period used in model development. The Company
evaluates credit impairment on available for sale debt securities at an individual security level. This evaluation is done for securities
whose fair value is below amortized cost with a more than inconsequential risk of default and where the Company has assessed the
decline in fair value is significant enough to suggest a credit event occurred. Credit events are generally assessed based on adverse
conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or geographic area, changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the
security, or in the case of an asset-backed debt security, changes in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors. The
allowance for credit losses for such securities is measured using a discounted cash flow methodology, through which management
compares the present value of expected cash flows with the amortized cost basis of the security. The allowance for credit loss is
limited to the amount by which the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis.
The Company records changes in the allowance for credit losses on securities with a corresponding adjustment recorded in the
provision for credit loss expense. If the Company intends to sell the debt security, or more likely than not will be required to sell the
security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the security is charged down to fair value against the allowance for credit losses,
with any incremental impairment reported in earnings.
91
Table of Contents
Loans
Loans Held for Sale
Residential mortgage loans originated for sale are classified as loans held for sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Beginning in
the second quarter of 2021, the Company generally elects the fair value option on funded residential mortgage loans originated for sale
that are associated with forward sales contracts. For mortgage loans for which the Company has elected the fair value option, gains
and losses are included in noninterest income within secondary mortgage market operations.
Held for sale loans also includes residential construction loans that are anticipated to be sold upon completion of the construction
term. At times, management may originate other types of loans with the intent to sell or decide to sell loans that were not originated
for that purpose. Such loans are reclassified as held for sale at the lower of cost or market when that decision is made.
Loans Held for Investment
Loans that the Company has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are considered loans
held for investment and reported as loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and in the related footnote disclosures. Loans held for
investment include loans originated for investment and loans acquired in purchase transactions.
Loans are reported at the principal balance outstanding net of unearned income. Interest on loans and accretion of unearned income,
including net deferred loan fees and costs, are computed in a manner that approximates a level yield on recorded principal. Interest on
loans is recognized in income as earned.
The accrual of interest is discontinued (“nonaccrual status”) when, in management’s opinion, it is probable that the borrower will be
unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. When accrual of interest
is discontinued on a loan, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed and payments subsequently received are applied first to recover
principal. Interest income is recognized for payments received after contractual principal has been satisfied. Loans are returned to
accrual status when all the principal and interest contractually due are brought current and future payment performance is reasonably
assured.
Acquired Loans
Subsequent to the adoption on January 1, 2020 of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 326, “Financial Instruments –
Credit Losses,” commonly referred to as Current Expected Credit Losses or CECL, acquired loans are segregated between those
purchased with credit deterioration (“PCD”) and those that are not (“non-PCD”). Loans considered PCD include those individual
loans (or groups of loans with similar risk characteristics) that as of the date of acquisition are assessed as having experienced a more-
than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. The assessment of what is more-than-insignificant credit
deterioration since origination considers information including, but not limited to, financial assets that are delinquent, on nonaccrual
and/or otherwise adversely risk rated as of the acquisition date, those that have been downgraded since origination, and those for
which, after origination, credit spreads have widened beyond the threshold specified in policy. The Company bifurcates the fair value
discount between the credit and noncredit components and records an allowance for credit losses for PCD loans by adding the credit
portion of the fair value discount to the initial amortized cost basis and increasing the allowance for credit losses at the date of
acquisition. Any noncredit discount or premium resulting from acquiring loans with credit deterioration is allocated to each individual
asset. All non-PCD loans acquired are recorded at the estimated fair value of the loan at acquisition, with the estimated allowance for
credit loss recorded as a provision for credit losses through earnings in the period in which the acquisition has occurred. The noncredit
discount or premium for PCD loans and full discount for non-PCD loans will be accreted to interest income using the interest method
based on the effective interest rate at the acquisition date.
Under the transition provisions for application of CECL, the Company classified all purchased credit impaired loans (“PCI”)
previously accounted for under Financial Accounting Standard Subtopic 310-30 to be classified as PCD, without reassessing whether
the financial assets meet the criteria of PCD as of the date of adoption. The application of these provisions resulted in an adjustment to
the amortized cost basis of the financial asset to reflect the addition of the allowance for credit losses at the date of adoption. The
Company elected not to maintain pools of loans accounted for under Subtopic 310-30 at adoption. The Company was also not required
to reassess whether modifications to individual acquired financial assets accounted for in pools were troubled debt restructurings as of
the date of adoption. The noncredit discount, after the adjustment for the allowance for credit losses, is accreted to interest income
using the interest method based on the effective interest rate determined at the adoption date.
Troubled Debt Restructurings and Modifications of Loans to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulties
Prior to January 1, 2023, troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) occurred when a borrower was experiencing, or was expected to
experience, financial difficulties in the near-term and a modification of loan terms was granted that would otherwise not have been
considered.
92
Table of Contents
Troubled debt restructurings resulted in loans remaining on nonaccrual, moving to nonaccrual, or continuing to accrue, depending on
the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. When establishing credit reserves on a loan modified in a TDR, the loan’s
value was determined by either the present value of expected cash flows calculated using the loan’s effective interest rate before the
restructuring, or the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan was collateral dependent. If the value
as determined was less than the recorded investment in the loan, the difference was charged off through the allowance for loan and
lease losses.
Certain qualifying modifications made on or before December 31, 2021 were excluded from TDR accounting and disclosure
requirements under relief provided by Section 4013 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act. Qualifying
loan modifications were those that were made by financial institutions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, where the borrower
was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019, and the modifications were related to arrangements that defer or delay
the payment of principal or interest, or change the interest rate on the loan.
On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2022-02 "Financial Instruments: Credit Losses
(Topic 326) - Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures." The amendments in this update eliminated the recognition and
measurement guidance as prescribed by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-40 for troubled debt restructurings
(“TDRs”) and introduced new requirements for certain modifications of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty
(“MEFDs”). Qualifying modifications are interest rate reductions, other-than-insignificant payment delays, term extensions, or any
combination of these terms. Our MEFD policy generally considers six months or less to be the time frame that is considered
insignificant for payment delays and/or term extensions. Multiple payment delays and/or term extensions to borrowers experiencing
financial difficulty within a twelve month period are evaluated collectively. Qualifying modified loans are subject to reporting
requirements for the twelve month period following the modification. This standard was adopted on a prospective basis and therefore,
only modifications on or after January 1, 2023 are evaluated and reported under the new requirements.
Like TDRs, MEFDs can remain on nonaccrual, move to nonaccrual, return to accrual, or continue to accrue interest, depending on the
individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. As allowed by ASC 326, the Company has elected to evaluate these modified
loans for credit loss consistent with policies for the non-modified portfolio, which includes individually evaluating for specific
reserves all nonaccrual MEFDs over our existing materiality threshold and collectively evaluating credit loss for all other MEFDs,
including those that continue to accrue interest. The credit loss methodology for MEFDs is the same as described in the Allowance for
Credit Losses section that follows.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The allowance for credit losses (ACL) is comprised of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), a valuation account available
to absorb losses on loans and leases held for investment, and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, a liability established to
absorb credit losses for the expected life of the contractual term of on and off-balance sheet exposures as of the date of the
determination. Quarterly, management estimates losses in the portfolio and unfunded exposures based on a number of factors,
including the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and potential risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the
borrowers’ ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and current and forecasted economic conditions.
The analysis and methodology for estimating the ACL includes two primary elements: a collective approach for pools of loans that
have similar risk characteristics using a loss rate analysis, and a specific reserve analysis for credits individually evaluated for credit
loss. For the collective approach, the Company segments loans into commercial non-real estate, commercial real estate – owner
occupied, commercial real estate – income producing, construction and land development, residential mortgage and consumer, with
further segmentation by region and sub-portfolio, as deemed appropriate. Both quantitative and qualitative factors are applied at the
portfolio segment levels. The Company applies the practical expedient that permits the exclusion of the accrued interest receivable
balance from amortized cost basis of financing receivables for all classes of loans as our nonaccrual policy results in the timely write-
off of interest accrued but uncollected.
For the collectively evaluated portfolios, the Company utilizes internally developed credit models and third party economic forecasts
for the calculation of expected credit loss over the reasonable and supportable forecast period for the majority of the portfolio and
other methods, generally historical loss based, for select portfolios. The Company calculates a collective allowance for a two-year
reasonable and supportable forecast period utilizing probability weighted multiple macroeconomic scenarios, and then reverts on a
linear basis over four quarters to an average historical loss rate for the remaining term. The credit models consist primarily of
multivariate regression and autoregressive models that correlate our historical net charge-off rates to select macroeconomic variables
at a collective level. Forward-looking macroeconomic forecasts are applied as inputs to the regression equations to estimate quarterly
collective net charge-off rates over the reasonable and supportable period. The net charge-off rates from the credit models for the
reasonable and supportable period, the linear reversion rates, and the average loss rates for the post reasonable and supportable periods
are applied to forecasted balance runoff for the estimated remaining term. The balance runoff incorporates prepayment assumptions
developed from historical experience that are applied to the multiple macroeconomic forecasts. Forecasted net charge-off rates are also
applied to forecasted draws and subsequent runoff of unfunded commitments in the calculation of the reserve for unfunded lending
93
Table of Contents
commitments. Qualitative adjustments to the output of quantitative calculations are made when management deems it necessary to
reflect differences in current and forecasted conditions as compared to those during the historical loss period used in model
development. Conditions to be considered include, but are not limited to, problem loan trends, current business and economic
conditions, credit concentrations, lending policies and procedures, lending staff, collateral values, loan profiles and volumes, loan
review quality, changes in competition and regulations, and other adjustments for model limitations or other variables not specifically
captured.
The Company establishes specific reserves using an individually evaluated approach for nonaccrual loans and, prior to January 1,
2023, loans modified in troubled debt restructures and loans for which a troubled debt restructure was reasonably expected, as well as
any other financial instruments that are deemed to not share risk characteristics with other collectively evaluated financial assets. For
loans individually evaluated, a specific allowance is recognized for any shortfall between the loan’s value and its recorded investment.
The loan’s value is measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less liquidation
costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate.
The Company applies the practical expedient and defines collateral dependent loans as those where the borrower is experiencing
financial difficulty and on which repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral.
Loans individually analyzed are not incorporated into the pool analysis to avoid double counting. The Company limits the individually
evaluated specific reserve analysis to include commercial and residential mortgage loans with relationship balances of $1 million or
greater and, prior to January 1, 2023, all loans classified as troubled debt restructurings.
It is the policy of the Company to promptly charge off all commercial and residential mortgage loans, or portions of loans, when
available information reasonably confirms that they are wholly or partially uncollectible. Prior to recording a charge, the loan’s value
is established based on an assessment of the value of the collateral securing the loan, the borrower’s and the guarantor’s ability and
willingness to pay and the status of the account in bankruptcy court, if applicable. Consumer loans are generally charged down when
the loan is 120 days past due for most secured and unsecured loans and 150 days past due for consumer credit card loans, unless the
loan is clearly both well secured and in the process of collection. Loans are charged down to the fair value of the collateral, if any, less
estimated selling costs. Loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses, with subsequent recoveries added back to the
allowance.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is charged to expense
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are up to 30 years for buildings and three to ten
years for most furniture and equipment. Amortization expense for software is generally charged over three years, or seven years for
core systems. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the
improvements, whichever is shorter. The Company evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that such
long-lived assets have been impaired. Measurement of any impairment of such long-lived assets is based on their fair values.
Property and equipment used in operations is considered held for sale when certain criteria are met, including when management has
committed to a plan to sell the asset, the asset is available for sale in its immediate condition, and the sale is probable within one year
of the reporting date. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. Gains and losses related to
retirement or disposition of property and equipment are recorded in the consolidated statements of income as realized, reflected in
either other income under noninterest income or other expense under noninterest expense, depending on the nature of the item.
Operating Leases
The Company recognizes a liability representing the present value of future lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset
representing its right to use the underlying asset over the lease term in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract and assesses the appropriate classification as finance
or operating. Operating leases with terms greater than one year are included in right-of-use lease assets and lease obligations on the
Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The lease term includes payments to be made in optional or renewal periods only if the
lessee is reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend the lease or not to exercise an option to terminate the lease. Operating lease
right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the
lease term using the interest rate implicit in the contract, when available, or the Company’s incremental collateralized borrowing rate
with similar terms. Agreements with both lease and non-lease components are accounted for separately, with only the lease component
capitalized. The right-of-use asset is the amount of the lease liability adjusted for prepaid or accrued lease payments, remaining
balance of any lease incentives received, unamortized initial direct costs, and impairment. Lease expense is recorded on a straight-line
basis over the lease term through amortization of the right-of-use asset plus implicit interest accreted on the operating lease liability
obligation, and is reflected in net occupancy expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
94
Table of Contents
The Company evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate right-of-use assets have been impaired.
Measurement of any impairment of such assets is based on their fair values. Once a right-of-use asset for an operating lease is
impaired, the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset is reduced through expense and the remaining balance is subsequently
amortized on a straight-line basis.
Certain of the Company’s leases contain variable components, such as annual changes to rent based on the consumer price index.
Operating lease liabilities are not re-measured as a result of changes to variable components unless the lease must be re-measured for
some other reason such as a renewal that was not reasonably certain of being exercised. Changes to the variable components are
treated as variable lease payments and recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments was incurred.
As allowed in the transition guidance in Topic 842, "Leases," the Company elected to use the standard’s “package of practical
expedients,” which allows the use of previous conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and the accounting treatment
for initial direct costs. The Company also elected the short-term lease recognition exemption for all leases with lease terms of one year
or less; as such, the Company does not recognize right-of-use assets or lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet for such
leases.
Other Real Estate and Foreclosed Assets
Other real estate and foreclosed assets includes real property and other assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of loans and
leases, and real property no longer used in the Bank’s business. These assets are recorded at the estimated fair value less the estimated
cost of disposition and carried at the lower of either cost or market. Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant
factors. Any initial reduction in the carrying amount of a loan to the fair value of the collateral received less selling costs is charged to
the allowance for loan losses. Each asset is revalued on an annual basis, or more often if market conditions necessitate. Subsequent
losses on the periodic revaluation of these assets and gains or losses recognized on disposition are charged to current earnings, as are
revenues from and costs of operating and maintaining real property; with the resulting net (income) expense reflected in noninterest
expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Improvements made to real property are capitalized if the expenditures are
expected to be recovered upon the sale of the property.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired or the excess of the fair value liabilities
assumed over consideration received in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but assessed for impairment on an annual
basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. Accounting guidance permits the Company to first
assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If
the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value exceeds book value, then a quantitative impairment test is not
necessary. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment, or concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value is
less than the carrying value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed. In addition, absent any triggering events,
quantitative impairment test will be performed every three years to ensure goodwill is periodically reviewed within a reasonable
timeframe. The quantitative impairment test compares the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its net book value. The
Company has assigned all goodwill to one reporting unit that represents overall banking operations. The fair value of the reporting
unit is based on valuation techniques that market participants would use in an acquisition of the whole unit, and may include analysis
such as estimated discounted cash flows, the quoted market price of the Company’s stock adjusted for a control premium, and
observable average price-to-earnings and price-to-book multiples of competitors. If the unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value,
an estimate of the implied fair value of the goodwill is compared to the goodwill’s carrying value, and any impairment is recognized.
Other identifiable intangible assets with finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, customer lists and trade names, are initially
recorded at fair value and are generally amortized over the periods benefited. These assets are evaluated for impairment in a similar
manner to long-lived assets.
Life Insurance Contracts
Bank-owned life insurance contracts (BOLI) are comprised of long-term life insurance contracts on the lives of certain current and
past employees where the insurance policy benefits and ownership are retained by the employer. Its cash surrender value is an asset
that the Company uses to partially offset the future cost of employee benefits. The cash value accumulation on BOLI is permanently
tax deferred if the policy is held to the insured person’s death and certain other conditions are met.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), the Company is required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the
FHLB in an amount equal to a membership investment plus an activity-based investment determined according to the level of
95
Table of Contents
outstanding FHLB advances. The shares are recorded at amortized cost, which approximates fair value, and is reflected in Other
Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company records all derivatives on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value as components of other assets and other
liabilities. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the
Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging
relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the
exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate
risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected
future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for
the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value
of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged
forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.
For derivatives designated as hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or liability (fair value hedge), the gain or
loss is recognized in earnings in the period of the fair value change together with the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item
attributable to the risk being hedged. Derivatives designated as hedging exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction
(cash flow hedge), are reported as a component of other comprehensive income or loss and subsequently reclassified into earnings
when the forecasted transaction affects earnings or, in certain circumstances, when the hedge is terminated, with the full impact of
hedge gains and losses recognized in the period in which the hedged transaction impacts the entity’s earnings. For derivatives that are
not designated as hedging instruments, changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognized in earnings immediately. Note 11 -
Derivatives describes the derivative instruments currently used by the Company and discloses how these derivatives impact the
Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Stockholders’ Equity
Common stock reflects shares issued at par value. Repurchase of the Company’s common stock (treasury stock) is recorded at cost as
a reduction of stockholders’ equity within capital surplus in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and the Statements of
Changes in Stockholders’ Equity. When treasury shares are subsequently reissued, treasury stock is reduced by the cost of such stock
using the first-in-first-out method, with the difference recorded in capital surplus or retained earnings, as applicable.
Revenue Recognition
Interest Income
Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis driven by written contracts, such as loan agreements or securities contracts. Loan
origination fees and costs are recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment to yield. Unamortized premiums, discounts and
other basis adjustments on loans and investment securities are recognized in interest income as a yield adjustment over the contractual
lives. However, premiums for certain callable investment securities are amortized to the earliest call date.
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts
Service charges on deposit accounts include transaction based fees for nonsufficient funds, account analysis fees, and other service
charges on deposits, including monthly account service fees. Nonsufficient funds fees are recognized at the time when the account
overdraft occurs in accordance with regulatory guidelines. Account analysis fees consist of fees charged on certain business deposit
accounts based upon account activity as well as other monthly account fees, and are recorded under the accrual method of accounting
as services are performed.
Other service charges are earned by providing depositors safeguard and remittance of funds as well as by providing other elective
services for depositors that are performed upon the depositor’s request. Charges for deposit services for the safeguard and remittance
of funds are recognized at the end of the statement cycle, after services are provided, as the customer retains funds in the account.
Revenue for other elective services is earned at the point in time the customer uses the service.
Trust Fees
Trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses, and institutions.
The Company has a fiduciary responsibility to the beneficiary of the trust to perform agreed upon services which can include investing
assets, periodic reporting, and providing tax information regarding the trust. In exchange for these trust and custodial services, the
Company collects fee income from beneficiaries as contractually determined via fee schedules. The Company’s performance
96
Table of Contents
obligation is primarily satisfied over time as the services are performed and provided to the customer. These fees are recorded under
the accrual method of accounting as the services are performed. The Company generally acts as the principal in these transactions and
records revenue and expenses on a gross basis.
Bank Card and Automated Teller Machine (“ATM”) Fees
Bank card and ATM fees include credit card, debit card and ATM transaction revenue. The majority of this revenue is card
interchange fees earned through a third party network. Performance obligations are satisfied for each transaction when the card is used
and the funds are remitted. The network establishes interchange fees that the merchant remits for each transaction, and costs are
incurred from the network for facilitating the interchange with the merchant. Card fees also include merchant services fees earned for
providing merchants with card processing capabilities.
ATM income is generated from allowing customers to withdraw funds from other banks’ machines and from allowing a non-customer
cardholder to withdraw funds from the Company’s machines. The Company satisfies its performance obligations for each transaction
at the point in time that the withdrawal is processed.
Bank card and ATM fee income is recorded on accrual basis as services are provided with the related expense reflected in data
processing expense.
Investment and Annuity Fees and Insurance Commissions
Investment and annuity services fee income represents income earned from investment and advisory services. The Company provides
its customers with access to investment products through the use of third party carriers to meet their financial needs and investment
objectives. Upon selection of an investment product, the customer enters into a policy with the carrier. The performance obligation is
satisfied by fulfilling its responsibility to process the order to acquire the investment for which a commission fee is earned from either
the carrier or our third party service provider based on agreed-upon fee percentages on a trade date basis, net of any associated costs.
The Company has a contractual relationship with a third party broker dealer to provide full service brokerage and investment advisory
activities. As the agent in the arrangement, the Company recognizes the investment services commissions on a net basis. Investment
revenue also includes portfolio management fees, which represent monthly fees charged on a contractual basis to customers for the
management of their investment portfolios and are recorded under the accrual method of accounting. Prior to August 12, 2022,
investment and annuity services fee income was recorded on a gross basis, with expenses recorded in the appropriate expense line
item; subsequent to that date, such fee income is recorded net of expenses, as the Company is now agent in these transactions
following a change in service providers.
This revenue line item includes investment banking income, which includes fees for services arising from securities offerings or
placements in which the Company acts as a principal. Revenue is recognized at the time the underwriting is completed and the
revenue is reasonably determinable. Any costs associated with these transactions are reflected in the appropriate expense line item.
Insurance commission revenue is recognized as of the effective date of the insurance policy, as the Company’s performance obligation
is connecting the customer to the insurance products. Until August 12, 2022, the Company also received contingent commissions from
insurance companies as additional incentive for achieving specified premium volume goals and/or the loss experience of the insurance
placed. Those fees are no longer earned following the change in service providers. Those contingent commissions from insurance
companies as well as fees for policy renewals are recognized when determinable, which is generally when such commissions are
received or when we receive data from the insurance companies and/or our third party service provider that allows the reasonable
estimation of these amounts. Prior to August 12, 2022, costs associated with these transactions were reflected in the appropriate
expense line item; subsequent to that date, with the change in service providers, the Company is now agent in these transactions and
expenses are recorded net in this revenue line item.
Secondary Mortgage Market Operations
Secondary mortgage market operations revenue is primarily comprised of service release premiums earned on the sale of closed-end
mortgage loans to other financial institutions or government agencies that are recognized in revenue as each sales transaction occurs.
This revenue line item also includes derivative income associated with our mortgage banking operations. Refer to Note 11 –
Derivatives for a discussion of these derivative instruments.
Securities Transactions
Securities transactions include net realized gain (losses) on securities sold reflecting the excess (deficiency) of proceeds received over
the specifically identified carrying amount of the assets being sold plus cost to sell. Securities sales are recorded as each transaction
occurs on a trade-date basis.
97
Table of Contents
Income from Bank-Owned Life Insurance
Bank-owned life insurance income primarily represents income earned from the appreciation of the cash surrender value of insurance
contracts held and the proceeds of insurance benefits. Revenue from the proceeds of insurance benefits is recognized at the time a
claim is confirmed.
Credit Related Fees
Credit-related fee income is primarily composed of letter of credit fees and unused commercial commitment fees. Revenue for letters
of credit fees is recognized over time. Revenue for unused commercial commitment fees are recognized based on contractual terms,
generally when collected.
Income from Derivatives
Income from derivatives consists primarily of income from interest rate swaps, net of fair value adjustments for customer derivatives
and the related offsetting agreements with unrelated financial institutions for which the derivative instruments are not designated as
hedges.
Net Gains on Sales of Premises, Equipment and Other Assets
Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets consists primarily of net revenue earned from sales of excess-bank owned
facilities and equipment no longer in use, gains on sales of non-residential mortgage loans and leases and other assets associated with
the equipment finance line of business. Gains or losses are generally recognized when the asset has been legally transferred to the
buyer, net of costs to sell.
Other Miscellaneous Income
Other miscellaneous income represents a variety of revenue streams, including safe deposit box income, wire transfer fees, syndication
fees, and any other income not reflected above. Income is recorded once the performance obligation is satisfied, generally on the
accrual basis or on a cash basis if not material and/or considered constrained.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and recorded as a component of noninterest expense.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Current tax liabilities or assets are recognized for the estimated
income taxes payable or refundable on tax returns to be filed with respect to the current year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
based on temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of the Company’s assets and
liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years
in which those temporary differences are expected to be realized or settled. Valuation allowances are established against deferred tax
assets if, based on all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the assets will not be realized. The benefit of a
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return is recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on
its technical merits. The effects of changes in tax rates and laws upon deferred tax balances are recognized in the period in which the
legislation is enacted.
The Company makes investments that generate investment tax credits (ITC). The Company uses the deferral method of accounting
whereby the tax benefit from the investment tax credits is recognized as a reduction of the book basis of the related asset and is
amortized into income over the tax life of the underlying investment.
The Company also made investments in projects that yield tax credits issued under the Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (QZAB) and
Qualified School Construction Bonds (QSCB) prior to December 31, 2017, as well as Federal and State New Market Tax Credit
(NMTC) programs. Returns on these investments are generated through the receipt of federal and state tax credits. The tax credits are
recorded as a reduction to the income tax provision in the year that they are earned. Tax credits from QZAB and QSCB bonds are
generally earned over the life of the bonds in lieu of interest income. Credits on Federal NMTC investments are earned over the seven-
year compliance period beginning with the year of investment. Credits on State NMTC investments are generally earned over a three
to five-year period depending upon the specific state program.
98
Table of Contents
The Company also invests in affordable housing projects that generate low-income tax credits (LIHTC) that are earned over a 10-year
period, beginning with the year the rental activity begins. The Company has elected to use the practical expedient method of
amortization, which approximates the proportional amortization method, over the 10 year tax credit period.
With the exception of QZAB and QSCB tax credits, all of the tax credits described above can be carried back one-year and carried
forward 20 years if the credit cannot be fully used in the year the credits first become available for use. QZAB and QSCB tax credits
generally can be carried forward indefinitely if they cannot be fully used in the year the credits are generated.
Retirement Benefits
The Company sponsors defined benefit pension plans and certain other defined benefit postretirement plans for eligible employees.
The amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements with respect to these plans are based on actuarial valuations that
incorporate various assumptions regarding future experience under the plans. Note 17 – Retirement Benefit Plans discusses the
actuarial assumptions and provides information about the liabilities or assets recognized for the funded status of the Company’s
obligations under these plans, the net benefit expense charged to current operations, and the amounts recognized as a component of
other comprehensive income or loss and AOCI.
Share-Based Payment Arrangements
The grant date fair value of equity instruments awarded to employees and directors establishes the cost of the services received in
exchange, and the cost associated with awards that are expected to vest is recognized over the requisite service period. Share-based
compensation for service-based awards that contain a graded vesting schedule is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite
service period for the entire award. Forfeitures of unvested awards are recognized in earnings in the period in which they occur. Refer
to Note 18 – Share-Based Payment Arrangements for additional information.
Earnings (Loss) per Common Share
The Company computes earnings (loss) per share using the two-class method. The two-class method allocates net income to each class
of common stock and participating security according to the common dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed
earnings. For reporting periods in which a net loss is recorded, net loss is not allocated to participating securities because the holders
of such securities bear no contractual obligation to fund or otherwise share in the loss. Participating securities currently consist of
unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents.
Basic earnings (loss) per common share is computed by dividing income or loss available to common shareholders by the weighted-
average number of common shares outstanding for the applicable period. Shares outstanding exclude treasury shares and unvested
share-based payment awards under long-term incentive compensation plans and directors’ compensation plans. Diluted earnings per
common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding increased by (1) the number of shares
in which employees would vest under performance-based stock awards and stock unit awards based on expected performance factors
and (2) the number of additional shares that would have been issued if potentially dilutive stock options were exercised; each as
determined using the treasury stock method. For reporting periods in which a net loss is recorded, no effect is given to potentially
dilutive shares as the impact of such shares would be anti-dilutive.
Reportable Segment Disclosures
U.S. GAAP require that information be reported about a company’s operating segments using a “management approach.” Reportable
segments are identified in these standards as those revenue-producing components for which discrete financial information is
produced internally and which are subject to evaluation by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources to
segments. The Company’s stated strategy is to provide a consistent package of banking products and services throughout a coherent
market area; as such, the Company has identified its overall banking operations as its only reportable segment. Because the overall
banking operations comprise substantially all of the Company’s consolidated operations, no separate segment disclosures are
presented.
Other
Assets held by the Bank in a fiduciary capacity are not assets of the Bank and are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Accounting Standards Adopted in 2023
In March 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2022-01,
"Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Fair Value Hedging - Portfolio Layer Method," to provide clarification of and expand upon
99
Table of Contents
certain provisions of Topic 815 that became effective with the issuance of ASU 2017-12. The amendments in this update include the
following provisions: (1) expand the current last-of-layer method to allow multiple hedged layers of a single closed portfolio and,
accordingly, renaming the last-of-layer method to the portfolio layer method; (2) expand the scope of the portfolio layer method to
include nonprepayable financial assets; (3) specify that eligible hedging instruments in a single-layer hedge may include spot-starting
or forward-starting constant-notional swaps, or spot or forward-starting amortizing-notional swaps and that the number of hedged
layers corresponds with the number of hedges designated; (4) provide additional guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of
hedge basis adjustments that are applicable to the portfolio layer method whether a single hedged layer or multiple hedged layers are
designated, and; (5) specify how hedge basis adjustments should be considered when determining credit losses for the assets included
in the closed portfolio. The amendments in this update apply to all entities that elect to apply the portfolio layer method of hedge
accounting in accordance with Topic 815.
The amendments in this update were effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those
fiscal years. Upon adoption, any entity may designate multiple hedged layers of a single closed portfolio solely on a prospective basis.
All entities are required to apply the amendments related to hedge basis adjustments under the portfolio layer method, except for those
related to disclosures, on a modified retrospective basis by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained
earnings on the initial application date. Entities have the option to apply the amendments related to disclosures on a prospective basis
from the initial application date or on a retrospective basis to each prior period presented after the date of adoption of the amendments
in Update 2017-12. Within 30 days after the adoption, an entity may reclassify debt securities classified in the held-to-maturity
category at the date of adoption to the available-for-sale category only if the entity applies portfolio layer method hedging to one or
more closed portfolios that include those debt securities. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2023, and elected to
apply amendments to disclose on a prospective basis with no reclassification of debt securities from held to maturity to available for
sale. The impact of adoption was not material to the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-02, "Financial Instruments: Credit Losses (Topic 326) - Troubled Debt Restructurings
and Vintage Disclosures." The amendments in this update cover two matters: (1) the elimination of TDR recognition and measurement
guidance as prescribed by ASC 310-40 and, instead, require that an entity evaluate (consistent with the accounting for other loan
modifications) whether the modification represents a new loan or a continuation of an existing loan. The amendments enhance
existing disclosure requirements and introduce new requirements related to certain modifications of receivables made to borrowers
experiencing financial difficulty; and, (2) for public business entities, the requirement that an entity disclose current-period gross
write-offs by year of origination for financing receivables and net investment in leases within the scope of Subtopic 326-20. Gross
write-off information must be included in the vintage disclosures required for public business entities in accordance with paragraph
326-20-50-6, which requires that an entity disclose the amortized cost basis of financing receivables by credit quality indicator and
class of financing receivable by year of origination.
The amendments in this update were effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within
those fiscal years. For the elimination of recognition and measurement guidance on troubled debt restructurings by creditors in
Subtopic 310-40, an entity may elect to apply a modified retrospective transition by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the
opening retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption, or a prospective approach applied to modifications
occurring after the date of adoption. The remainder of amendments should be applied prospectively. The Company adopted this
standard effective January 1, 2023, on a prospective basis for all amendments. The adoption of this standard was not material to the
Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations. See further discussion of the resulting changes to our policies in
the “Troubled Debt Restructurings (superseded) and Modifications of loans to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulties” section
of this Note.
Accounting Standards Adopted in 2022 and 2021
The following additional standards were applicable to the Company and adopted in 2022 and 2021, but did not have a material impact
on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operation:
ASU 2022-06, "Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Deferral of the Sunset Date of Topic 848"
ASU 2021-06, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), Financial Services – Depository and Lending (Topic
942) and Financial Services – Investment Companies (Topic 946)”
ASU 2021-01, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848)”
ASU 2020-08, “Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310-20, Receivables- Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs”
ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740)”
100
Table of Contents
Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Adopted
The following accounting standards were issued and applicable to the Company but have not yet been adopted, and are either not
expected to have a material impact to its consolidated financial position or results of operations or only impacts disclosure
requirements:
In March 2023, FASB issued ASU 2023-02, “Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for
Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method,” to allow reporting entities to have the option to
elect and expand the use of the proportional amortization method of accounting for qualifying tax credit equity investments structures
that meet certain criteria. Existing guidance under Subtopic 323-740 provides the option to apply the proportional amortization
method only to investments in low-income-housing tax credit structures; equity investments in other tax credit structures are typically
accounted for under Topic 321, Investments – Equity Securities. Under the provisions of this update, the accounting policy election to
apply the proportional amortization method can be made on a tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program basis for programs that
meeting certain conditions and is not made at the reporting entity or individual investment level. Application of the proportional
amortization method to any eligible tax credit investments will result in the cost of the investment being amortized in proportion to the
income tax credits and other income tax benefits received, with the amortization being presented as a component of income tax
expense (benefit), as opposed to current guidance under Topic 321, where any investment income, gains and losses and tax credits are
all presented gross in the statement of income. For public business entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years and must be applied on either a modified retrospective or
a retrospective basis. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2024, and has elected not to apply the proportional
amortization method to the new market tax program, which includes our existing qualifying new market tax credit investments. The
election for any eligible future investments in other tax credit programs will be made at the time of investment. The adoption of this
standard had no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06, “Disclosure Improvements,” to modify the disclosure or presentation requirements
related to various subtopics in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The ASU was issued in response to the Securities and
Exchange Commission (“SEC”) August 2018 final rule that updated and simplified disclosure requirements that the SEC believed
were redundant, duplicative, overlapping, outdated, or superseded. The amendments in this update are intended to align U.S. GAAP
requirements with those of the SEC and to facilitate the application of U.S. GAAP for all entities. The amendments in this update add
14 of the 27 disclosure or presentation requirements identified in the SEC’s final rule to the Codification. However, each amendment
in the ASU will only become effective if the SEC removes the related disclosure or presentation requirement from its existing
regulations by June 30, 2027. For entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosure requirements, such as the Company, the effective
date for each amendment will be the date on which the SEC’s removal of that related disclosure from Regulation S-X or Regulation S-
K becomes effective, with early adoption prohibited. The amendments in this Update should be applied prospectively. The Company
is currently evaluating the provision of this guidance, but expects any applicable provisions to affect only presentation or disclosure
and, therefore, have no effect on the results of operations or financial condition.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment
Disclosures,” to improve the disclosures about a public entity’s reportable segments and to enable investors to develop more decision-
useful financial analyses. The amendments in this update require that a public entity disclose, on an annual and interim basis (1)
significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM) and included within each
reported measure of segment profit or loss (collectively referred to as the “significant expense principle”); (2) require that a public
entity disclose, on an annual and interim basis, an amount for other segment items by reportable segment and a description of its
composition; (3) require that a public entity provide all annual disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets
currently required by Topic 280 in interim periods; (4) clarify that if the CODM uses more than one measure of a segment’s profit or
loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources, a public entity may report one or more of those
additional measures of segment profit; (5) require that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation
of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to
allocate resources; and (6) require that a public entity that has a single reportable segment provide all the disclosures required by the
amendments in this update and all existing segment disclosures in Topic 280. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption
is permitted. A public entity should apply the amendments in this update retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial
statements. The Company is currently assessing the provisions of this guidance. As the update contains only amendments to disclosure
requirements, adoption will have no impact to the Company’s operating results or financial condition.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09 "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures," to
enhance the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures by requiring additional categories of information about
federal, state, and foreign income taxes to be included in the rate reconciliation and by requiring more detail to be disclosed on certain
reconciling item categories that meet a quantitative threshold. Additionally, the amendment requires all entities to disclose on an
101
Table of Contents
annual basis (1) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received) disaggregated by federal (national), state, and foreign taxes,
and (2) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received) disaggregated by individual jurisdictions in which income taxes paid
is equal to or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid (net of refunds received). The amendments to this update related to
other disclosures require that all entities disclose (1) income (or loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (or
benefit) disaggregated between domestic and foreign, and (2) income tax expense (or benefit) from continuing operations
disaggregated by federal (national), state, and foreign. The amendments in this update are effective for annual periods beginning after
December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. Entities should apply the amendments on a prospective basis and retrospective
application is permitted. As the update contains only amendments to disclosure requirements, adoption will have no impact to the
Company’s operating results or financial condition.
Note 2. Securities
The following tables set forth the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of debt securities
classified as available for sale and held to maturity at December 31, 2023 and 2022. Amortized cost of securities does not include
accrued interest which is reflected in the accrued interest line item on the consolidated balance sheets totaling $27.4 million and $29.1
million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, the
Company transferred securities with an aggregate fair value of $561.8 million, inclusive of an unrealized loss of $15.4 million, from
the available for sale portfolio to the held to maturity portfolio; as such, the securities were recorded with an amortized cost of $561.8
million within the held to maturity portfolio. The unrealized loss is reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income and is being
amortized to interest income over the remaining lives of the securities.
Securities Available for Sale
($ in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government agency
securities
Municipal obligations
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Corporate debt securities
$
December 31, 2023
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
December 31, 2022
Gross
Gross
Unrealized Unrealized
Gains
Losses
Fair
Value
97,741 $
203,533
2,440,411
2,683,872
47,661
23,500
97,808 $
201,412
1,581 $
79
1,514 $
2,200
113,211 $
207,014
2,734 329,279 2,113,866 2,655,381
7,176 253,576 2,437,472 3,234,278
76,830
23,500
44,285
20,352
3,376
3,148
—
—
— $
59
2,346 $ 110,865
203,092
3,981
224 398,619 2,256,986
2,032 342,880 2,893,430
70,588
6,242
21,080
2,420
2,315 $ 756,488 $ 5,556,041
—
—
Total
$ 5,496,718 $
11,570 $ 593,093 $ 4,915,195 $ 6,310,214 $
Securities Held to Maturity
($ in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government agency
securities
Municipal obligations
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Total
December 31, 2023
Gross
Gross
Unrealized Unrealized
Gains
Losses
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
December 31, 2022
Gross
Gross
Unrealized Unrealized
Gains
Losses
Fair
Value
21 $
753
—
—
—
49,044 $ 377,431
673,103
26,558
661,946
72,532
861,480
87,211
41,438
2,526
774 $ 237,871 $ 2,615,398
$
413,490 $
664,488
654,262
920,048
32,491
179 $
1,252
—
—
—
43,971 $ 369,698 $
19,593
59,223
75,803
1,702
646,147
595,039
844,245
30,789
426,454 $
698,908
734,478
948,691
43,964
$ 2,684,779 $
1,431 $ 200,292 $ 2,485,918 $ 2,852,495 $
102
Table of Contents
The Company held no securities classified as trading at December 31, 2023 or 2022.
The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2023 by contractual maturity. Actual
maturities will differ from contractual maturities because of rights to call or repay obligations with or without penalties and scheduled
and unscheduled principal payments on mortgage-backed securities and collateral mortgage obligations.
($ in thousands)
Debt Securities Available for Sale
Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years
Total available for sale debt securities
($ in thousands)
Debt Securities Held to Maturity
Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years
Total held to maturity debt securities
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
115,178 $
439,302
2,638,039
2,304,199
5,496,718 $
113,610
429,623
2,385,895
1,986,067
4,915,195
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
91,699 $
664,913
791,158
1,137,009
2,684,779 $
90,110
634,463
742,927
1,018,418
2,485,918
$
$
$
$
The following table presents the proceeds from, gross gains on, and gross losses on sales of securities during the years ended
December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. Net gains or losses are reflected in the "Securities transactions, net" line item on the Consolidated
Statements of Income.
($ in thousands)
Proceeds
Gross gains
Gross losses
$
2023
977,114 $
—
65,380
73,219 $
—
87
2021
198,681
1,649
1,316
Years Ended December 31,
2022
Securities with carrying values totaling approximately $4.7 billion at December 31, 2023 and $4.9 billion at December 31, 2022 were
pledged as collateral, primarily to secure public deposits or securities sold under agreements to repurchase.
Credit Quality
The Company’s policy is to invest only in securities of investment grade quality. These investments are largely limited to U.S. agency
securities and municipal securities. Management has concluded, based on the long history of no credit losses, that the expectation of
nonpayment of the held to maturity securities carried at amortized cost is zero for securities that are backed by the full faith and credit
of and/or guaranteed by the U.S. government. As such, no allowance for credit losses has been recorded for these securities. The
municipal portfolio is analyzed separately for allowance for credit loss in accordance with the applicable guidance for each portfolio
as noted below.
The Company evaluates credit impairment for individual securities available for sale whose fair value was below amortized cost with
a more than inconsequential risk of default and where the Company had assessed whether the decline in fair value was significant
enough to suggest a credit event occurred. There were no securities with a material credit loss event and therefore, no allowance for
credit loss was recorded in any period presented.
103
Table of Contents
The fair value and gross unrealized losses for securities classified as available for sale with unrealized losses at December 31, 2023 are
presented in the table below.
Available for sale
($ in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities
Municipal obligations
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Corporate debt securities
Losses < 12 Months
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2023
Losses 12 Months or >
Gross
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Total
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
$
— $
— $
7,790 $
49,832
3,062
—
—
—
374
25
—
—
—
128,965
1,795,154
2,227,703
44,285
19,852
1,514 $
1,826
329,254
253,576
3,376
3,148
7,790 $
178,797
1,798,216
2,227,703
44,285
19,852
1,514
2,200
329,279
253,576
3,376
3,148
593,093
Total
$
52,894 $
399 $ 4,223,749 $
592,694 $ 4,276,643 $
The fair value and gross unrealized losses for securities classified as available for sale with unrealized losses at December 31, 2022 are
presented in the table below.
Available for sale
($ in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities
Municipal obligations
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Corporate debt securities
Total
Losses < 12 Months
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2022
Losses 12 Months or >
Gross
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Total
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
$
$
102,607 $
192,334
636,060
1,489,974
41,703
13,194
2,475,872 $
754 $
3,981
49,790
114,195
3,275
1,306
8,258 $
—
1,611,832
1,351,530
28,884
7,386
1,592 $
—
348,829
228,685
2,967
1,114
110,865 $
192,334
2,247,892
2,841,504
70,587
20,580
173,301 $ 3,007,890 $
583,187 $ 5,483,762 $
2,346
3,981
398,619
342,880
6,242
2,420
756,488
At the end of each reporting period, the Company evaluated its held to maturity municipal obligation portfolio for credit loss using
probability of default and loss given default models. The models were run using a long-term average probability of default migration
and with a probability weighting of Moody’s economic forecasts. The resulting credit loss, if any, were negligible and no allowance
for credit losses was recorded.
The fair value and gross unrealized losses for securities classified as held to maturity with unrealized losses at December 31, 2023 are
presented in the table below.
Held to maturity
($ in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities
Municipal obligations
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Total
Losses < 12 Months
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2023
Losses 12 Months or >
Gross
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Total
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
$
9,530 $
63 $
343,401
—
—
—
1,801
—
—
—
339,533 $
226,165
595,039
844,245
30,789
43,908 $
17,792
59,223
75,803
1,702
349,063 $
569,566
595,039
844,245
30,789
$
352,931 $
1,864 $ 2,035,771 $
198,428 $ 2,388,702 $
43,971
19,593
59,223
75,803
1,702
200,292
104
Table of Contents
The fair value and gross unrealized losses for securities classified as held to maturity with unrealized losses at December 31, 2022 are
presented in the table below.
Held to maturity
($ in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities
Municipal obligations
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Total
Losses < 12 Months
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2022
Losses 12 Months or >
Gross
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Total
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
$
$
145,893 $
560,288
391,146
697,827
41,438
1,836,592 $
13,245 $
8,878
30,515
56,899
2,526
112,063 $
226,499 $
64,346
270,800
163,653
—
725,298 $
35,799 $
17,680
42,017
30,312
—
372,392 $
624,634
661,946
861,480
41,438
125,808 $ 2,561,890 $
49,044
26,558
72,532
87,211
2,526
237,871
At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had 698 and 757 securities, respectively, with market values below their cost basis.
There were no material unrealized losses related to the marketability of the securities or the issuers’ abilities to meet contractual
obligations. In all cases, the indicated impairment on these debt securities would be recovered no later than the security’s maturity date
or possibly earlier if the market price for the security increases with a reduction in the yield required by the market. The unrealized
losses were deemed to be materially non-credit related at December 31, 2023 and 2022. As noted above, no allowance for credit loss
was recorded as of December 31, 2023 or 2022. The Company had adequate liquidity and, therefore, neither planned to nor expected
to be required to liquidate these securities before recovery of the amortized cost basis.
Note 3. Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses
The Company generally makes loans in its market areas of southern and central Mississippi; southern and central Alabama; southern,
central and northwest Louisiana; the northern, central and panhandle regions of Florida; certain areas of east and northeast Texas,
including Houston, Beaumont, Dallas, Austin and San Antonio, among others; and the metropolitan areas of Nashville, Tennessee
and Atlanta, Georgia.
Loans, net of unearned income by portfolio are presented at amortized cost basis in the table below. Amortized cost does not include
accrued interest, which is reflected in the accrued interest line item in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, totaling $124.7 million and
$100.2 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The following table presents loans, net of unearned income, by portfolio
class at December 31, 2023 and 2022:
($ in thousands)
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total loans
December 31,
2023
9,957,284 $
3,093,763
13,051,047
3,986,943
1,551,091
3,886,072
1,446,764
23,921,917 $
2022
10,146,453
3,033,058
13,179,511
3,560,991
1,703,592
3,092,605
1,577,347
23,114,046
$
$
The following briefly describes the composition of each loan category and portfolio class.
Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial loans are made available to businesses for working capital (including financing of inventory and
receivables), business expansion, to facilitate the acquisition of a business, and the purchase of equipment and machinery, including
equipment leasing. These loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and, when secured, have the
added strength of the underlying collateral.
Commercial non-real estate loans may be secured by the assets being financed or other tangible or intangible business assets such as
accounts receivable, inventory, ownership, enterprise value or commodity interests, and may incorporate a personal or corporate
guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis, including a small portfolio of corporate credit cards,
generally issued as a part of overall customer relationships.
105
Table of Contents
Commercial real estate – owner occupied loans consist of commercial mortgages on properties where repayment is generally
dependent on the cash flow from the ongoing operations and activities of the borrower. Like commercial non-real estate, these loans
are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower, but also have the added strength of the value of underlying real
estate collateral.
Commercial real estate – income producing
Commercial real estate – income producing loans consist of loans secured by commercial mortgages on properties where the loan is
made to real estate developers or investors and repayment is dependent on the sale, refinance, or income generated from the operation
of the property. Properties financed include retail, office, multifamily, senior housing, hotel/motel, skilled nursing facilities and other
commercial properties.
Construction and land development
Construction and land development loans are made to facilitate the acquisition, development, improvement and construction of both
commercial and residential-purpose properties. Such loans are made to builders and investors where repayment is expected to be made
from the sale, refinance or operation of the property or to businesses to be used in their business operations. This portfolio also
includes residential construction loans and loans secured by raw land not yet under development.
Residential mortgages
Residential mortgages consist of closed-end loans secured by first liens on 1- 4 family residential properties. The portfolio includes
both fixed and adjustable rate loans, although most longer term, fixed rate loans originated are generally sold in the secondary
mortgage market.
Consumer
Consumer loans include second lien mortgage home loans, home equity lines of credit and nonresidential consumer purpose loans.
Nonresidential consumer loans include both direct and indirect loans. Direct nonresidential consumer loans are made to finance the
purchase of personal property, including automobiles, recreational vehicles and boats, and for other personal purposes (secured and
unsecured), and deposit account secured loans. Indirect nonresidential consumer loans include automobile financing provided to the
consumer through an agreement with automobile dealerships, though the Company is no longer engaged in this type of lending and
the remaining portfolio is in runoff. Consumer loans also include a small portfolio of credit card receivables issued on the basis of
applications received through referrals from the Bank’s branches, online and other marketing efforts.
The Bank makes loans in the normal course of business to directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank and to their
associates. Loans to such related parties are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral requirements,
as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties and do not involve more than normal risk of
collectability when originated. Balances of loans to the Company’s directors, executive officers and their associates at December 31,
2023 and 2022 were approximately $23.5 million and $30.4 million, respectively. Related party loan activity in 2023 reflect new loans
of $4.5 million, and repayments of $11.4 million.
The Bank has a line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas that is secured by blanket pledges of certain qualifying loan
types. The Bank had borrowings on this line of $0.7 billion and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
LIBOR Transition
Effective July 1, 2023, the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) is no longer a representative rate for the overnight, one-month,
three-month, six-month, and twelve-month settings. The Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act (the “LIBOR Act”), signed into law in
March of 2022, offers a federal solution for transitioning legacy instruments that lack sufficient provisions addressing LIBOR’s
cessation by outlining a uniform process to govern the transition from LIBOR to a replacement rate. The Federal Reserve Bank Board,
authorized under the LIBOR Act to issue appropriate and necessary regulations to administer and carry out the purposes of the Act,
issued final regulations which became effective on February 27, 2023. Under the LIBOR Act and the related regulations, the Chicago
Mercantile Exchange Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“CME Term SOFR”) plus a tenor spread adjustment was designated
as the replacement reference rate for instruments that previously referenced LIBOR.
Effective July 3, 2023, approximately $3.1 billion of variable rate loans tied to LIBOR were transitioned in accordance with the
statutory framework established by the Federal Reserve, with the transition rate to be utilized upon the next reset period, in a manner
that is consistent with industry practice. There was no material financial impact from this transition on the Company’s operating
results for the year ended December 31, 2023.
106
Table of Contents
The following schedules show activity in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio class for the years ended December 31, 2023 and
2022, as well as the corresponding recorded investment in loans at December 31, 2023 and 2022.
($ in thousands)
Allowance for credit losses
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Net provision for loan losses
Ending balance - allowance for loan losses
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments:
Beginning balance
Provision for losses on unfunded
commitments
Ending balance - reserve for unfunded
lending commitments
Total allowance for credit losses
Allowance for loan losses:
Individually evaluated
Collectively evaluated
Allowance for loan losses
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments:
Individually evaluated
Collectively evaluated
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments
Total allowance for credit losses
Loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment
Total loans
($ in thousands)
Allowance for credit losses
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Net provision for loan losses
Ending balance - allowance for loan losses
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments:
Beginning balance
Provision for losses on unfunded
commitments
Ending balance - reserve for unfunded
lending commitments
Total allowance for credit losses
Allowance for loan losses:
Individually evaluated
Collectively evaluated
Allowance for loan losses
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments:
Individually evaluated
Collectively evaluated
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments:
Total allowance for credit losses
Loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment
Total loans
Commercial
Non-Real
Estate
Commercial
Real Estate-
Owner
Occupied
Total
Commercial
and Industrial
Commercial
Real Estate-
Income
Producing
Construction
and Land
Development
Residential
Mortgages
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Consumer
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
96,461
(59,830 )
6,152
58,954
101,737
$
$
48,284
—
957
(9,044 )
40,197
$
$
$
144,745
(59,830 )
7,109
49,910
141,934
$
71,961
$
30,498
$
32,464
$
(73 )
14
2,637
74,539
$
(72 )
11
(3,398 )
27,039
$
(55 )
1,278
5,296
38,983
$
28,121
(15,393 )
3,611
9,073
25,412
$
$
307,789
(75,423 )
12,023
63,518
307,907
4,984
$
302
$
5,286
$
1,395
$
25,110
$
31
$
1,487
$
33,309
523
25
548
(51 )
(5,091 )
(1 )
180
(4,415 )
5,507
107,244
$
$
327
40,524
$
$
5,834
147,768
$
$
1,666
100,071
101,737
$
$
—
5,507
5,507
107,244
$
$
$
—
40,197
40,197
$
$
—
327
327
40,524
$
$
$
1,666
140,268
141,934
$
$
—
5,834
5,834
147,768
$
$
$
1,344
75,883
—
74,539
74,539
—
1,344
1,344
75,883
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
20,019
47,058
—
27,039
27,039
—
20,019
20,019
47,058
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
30
39,013
—
38,983
38,983
—
30
30
39,013
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,667
27,079
$
$
28,894
336,801
—
25,412
25,412
$
$
—
1,667
1,667
27,079
$
$
$
1,666
306,241
307,907
—
28,894
28,894
336,801
15,882
9,941,402
9,957,284
$
$
—
3,093,763
3,093,763
$
$
15,882
13,035,165
13,051,047
$
$
—
3,986,943
3,986,943
$
$
—
1,551,091
1,551,091
$
$
—
3,886,072
3,886,072
$
$
—
1,446,764
1,446,764
$
15,882
23,906,035
$ 23,921,917
Commercial
Non-Real
Estate
Commercial
Real Estate-
Owner
Occupied
Total
Commercial
and Industrial
Commercial
Real Estate-
Income
Producing
Construction
and Land
Development
Residential
Mortgages
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Consumer
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
95,888
(7,637 )
11,812
(3,602 )
96,461
$
53,433
$
149,321
$
108,058
$
22,102
$
30,623
$
(948 )
733
(4,934 )
48,284
$
(8,585 )
12,545
(8,536 )
$
144,745
$
(1,073 )
878
(35,902 )
71,961
$
(3 )
134
8,265
30,498
$
(137 )
1,749
229
32,464
$
31,961
(12,792 )
5,382
3,570
28,121
$
$
342,065
(22,590 )
20,688
(32,374 )
307,789
4,522
$
323
$
4,845
$
1,694
$
21,907
$
22
$
866
$
29,334
462
(21 )
441
(299 )
3,203
9
621
3,975
4,984
101,445
$
$
302
48,586
$
$
5,286
150,031
$
$
1,395
73,356
$
$
25,110
55,608
$
$
31
32,495
$
$
1,487
29,608
$
$
33,309
341,098
71
96,390
96,461
—
4,984
4,984
101,445
$
$
$
$
$
31
48,253
48,284
—
302
302
48,586
$
$
$
$
$
102
144,643
144,745
—
5,286
5,286
150,031
$
$
$
$
$
16
71,945
71,961
—
1,395
1,395
73,356
$
$
$
$
$
18
30,480
30,498
—
25,110
25,110
55,608
$
$
$
$
$
239
32,225
32,464
—
31
31
32,495
$
$
$
$
$
101
28,020
28,121
—
1,487
1,487
29,608
$
$
$
$
$
476
307,313
307,789
—
33,309
33,309
341,098
1,248
10,145,205
10,146,453
$
$
920
3,032,138
3,033,058
$
$
2,168
13,177,343
13,179,511
$
$
1,240
3,559,751
3,560,991
$
$
116
1,703,476
1,703,592
$
$
3,476
3,089,129
3,092,605
$
$
515
1,576,832
1,577,347
$
7,515
23,106,531
$ 23,114,046
The calculation of the allowance for credit losses is performed using two primary approaches: a collective approach for pools of loans
that have similar risk characteristics using a loss rate analysis, and a specific reserve analysis for credits individually evaluated. The
allowance for credit losses for collectively evaluated portfolios is developed using multiple Moody’s Analytics (“Moody’s”)
macroeconomic forecasts applied to internally developed credit models for a two year reasonable and supportable period. These
forecasts are anchored on a baseline economic forecast, which Moody’s defines as the “most likely outcome” based on current
conditions and its view of where the economy is headed. The baseline scenario is positioned at the 50th percentile of possible
outcomes. Several upside and downside alternative scenarios are also derived from that baseline scenario and considered when
107
Table of Contents
assessing reasonably possible outcomes. The mix of macroeconomic variables underlying the December 2023 scenarios differ in some
respects from the comparable forecasts available at December 2022, given the shift in economic circumstances and risks.
The modest decrease in the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 reflects relatively stable
economic conditions, outlook and credit quality metrics for the year. In arriving at the allowance for credit losses at December 31,
2023, the Company weighted Moody’s December 2023 baseline economic forecast at 40% and downside mild recessionary S-2
scenario at 60%. The December 2023 baseline scenario maintains a generally optimistic outlook in its assumptions surrounding the
drivers of economic growth, including its expectations of the effectiveness of the Federal Reserve's monetary policy in easing
inflationary conditions without precipitating a recession. The S-2 scenario is less optimistic compared to the baseline, with the
assumed combination of risk of a federal shutdown, rising political tensions, continuing elevated inflation, and reduced credit
availability leading to a forecasted mild recession beginning in the first quarter of 2024 and lasting for three quarters.
The decrease in the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2022 as compared to December 31, 2021 reflects improvement in
economic conditions, particularly in the first half of the year, and in the Company’s credit quality metrics. In arriving at the allowance
for credit losses at December 31, 2022, the Company weighted the baseline economic forecast at 25%, the downside recessionary
scenario S-2 at 75%.
Nonaccrual Loans and Reportable Modified Loan Disclosures
The following table shows the composition of nonaccrual loans and those without an allowance for loan loss, by portfolio class.
($ in thousands)
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total loans
December 31,
2023
2022
Nonaccrual
without
allowance for
loan loss
Total
nonaccrual
Nonaccrual
without
allowance for
loan loss
Total
nonaccrual
$
$
20,840 $
2,228
23,068
461
815
26,137
8,555
59,036 $
13,637
—
13,637
—
—
—
—
13,637
$
$
4,020 $
1,461
5,481
1,240
309
25,269
6,692
38,991 $
941
692
1,633
1,174
—
1,884
—
4,691
As a part of our loss mitigation efforts, we may provide modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to improve long-
term collectability of the loans and to avoid the need for repossession or foreclosure of collateral. As described in Note 1 – Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements, accounting and reporting requirements changed related to
such modifications effective January 1, 2023, impacting the comparability between periods of the disclosures that follow.
Nonaccrual loans include reportable nonaccruing modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty ("MEFDs") of $0.1
million at December 31, 2023 and loans modified in troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs") of $2.6 million, at December 31, 2022.
Total reportable MEFDs, both accruing and nonaccruing, were $24.5 million at December 31, 2023 and total TDRs were $4.5 million
at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023 the Company had $0.7 million of unfunded commitments to borrowers whose terms
have been modified as a reportable MEFD. There were no unfunded commitments loans reported as TDR at December 31, 2022.
108
Table of Contents
The table below presents provide detail by portfolio class for reportable MEFDs entered into during the year ended December 31,
2023.
Term extension
Payment delay
Term extensions and
payment delay
Other(1)
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Percentage
of portfolio
Balance
Balance
$
Total commercial and industrial
($ in thousands)
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
4,274
—
4,274
—
—
—
—
4,274
(1) Includes interest rate reduction and other than insignificant payment delays
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Residential mortgages
Consumer
7,930
1,774
9,704
—
85
254
78
$ 10,121
0.08 % $
0.06 %
0.07 %
—
0.01 %
0.01 %
0.01 %
0.04 % $
Total reportable modified loans
Percentage
of portfolio
Balance
0.04 % $ 9,753
—
9,753
—
—
—
196
0.02 % $ 9,949
—
0.03 %
—
—
—
—
Percentage
of portfolio
—
Balance
0.10 % $ —
—
0.07 % —
—
—
202
0.01 % —
0.04 % $ 202
—
—
—
Percentage
of portfolio
—
—
—
—
—
0.01 %
—
0.00 %
Reportable modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty during the year ended December 31, 2023 consisted of
weighted average term extensions totaling 10 months for commercial, 10 years for residential mortgage and eight years for consumer.
The weighted average term of other than insignificant payment delays was three months. The weighted average interest rate reduction
was 80 basis points. Reported term extensions and payment delays are considered more than insignificant if they exceeded six months
when considering other modifications made in the past twelve months.
The table below presents the aging analysis of reportable modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty by portfolio
class at December 31, 2023.
December 31, 2023
(in thousands)
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total reportable modified loans
30-59
days
past due
60-89
days
past due
Greater
than
90 days
past due
Total
past due
Current
Total
reportable
modified
Loans
$
$
3,149 $
—
3,149
—
—
66
—
3,215 $
233 $
—
233
—
—
—
—
233 $
4,430 $
—
4,430
—
—
—
—
4,430 $
7,812
—
7,812
—
—
66
—
7,878
$ 14,145 $
1,774
15,919
—
85
390
274
$ 16,668 $
21,957
1,774
23,731
—
85
456
274
24,546
There was one commercial non-real estate loan totaling $4.4 million with a reportable significant payment delay and a term extension
modification that had a post modification payment default during the twelve months ended December 31, 2023. A payment default
occurs if the loan is either 90 days or more delinquent or has been charged off as of the end of the period presented.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, three residential mortgage loans and three consumer loans with pre and post modification
balances totaling $0.2 million were classified as TDRs. The TDRs modified during the year ended December 31, 2022, included $0.1
million of loans with reduced interest rates and $0.1 million with other modifications. Three commercial non real estate loans totaling
$3.1 million and two residential mortgage loans and four consumer loans totaling $0.3 million with payment defaults during the year
ended December 31, 2022 had been modified in a TDR in the twelve months preceding default.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, four commercial non-real estate loans with pre and post modification balances of $7.2
million and six residential mortgage loans and four consumer loans with pre and post modification balances totaling $1.6 million were
classified as TDRs. The TDRs modified during the year ended December 31, 2021, included $7.1 million of loans with extended
amortization terms or other payment concessions, $0.5 million with reduced interest rates and $1.2 million with other modifications.
One residential mortgage loan totaling $0.6 million with a payment defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2021 had been
modified in a TDR during the twelve months prior to default.
109
Table of Contents
Aging Analysis
The tables below present the aging analysis of past due loans by portfolio class at December 31, 2023 and 2022.
December 31, 2023
($ in thousands)
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total loans
December 31, 2022
($ in thousands)
Commercial non-real estate
Commercial real estate - owner occupied
Total commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total loans
Credit Quality Indicators
30-59 Days
Past Due
60-89
Days
Past Due
Greater
Than
90 Days
Past Due
Total
Past Due
Current
Total
Loans
Recorded
Investment
> 90 Days
and
Accruing
$
$
12,311 $
1,614
13,925
3,938
1,655
40,189
11,059
70,766 $
4,381 $
1,596
5,977
606
1,220
9,121
5,957
22,881 $
21,132 $
1,715
22,847
408
1,208
18,960
6,611
50,034 $ 143,681 $ 23,778,236 $ 23,921,917 $
37,824 $ 9,919,460 $ 9,957,284 $
4,925 3,088,838 3,093,763
42,749 13,008,298 13,051,047
4,952 3,981,991 3,986,943
4,083 1,547,008 1,551,091
68,270 3,817,802 3,886,072
23,627 1,423,137 1,446,764
5,782
431
6,213
—
742
172
2,482
9,609
30-59 Days
Past Due
60-89
Days
Past Due
Greater
Than
90 Days
Past Due
Total
Past Due
Current
Total
Loans
Recorded
Investment
> 90 Days
and
Accruing
$
$
4,050 $
19,069
23,119
879
4,029
28,208
8,845
65,080 $
21,329 $
3,346
24,675
—
242
11,056
2,806
38,779 $
3,418 $
1,894
5,312
1,174
133
17,346
4,407
28,372 $ 132,231 $ 22,981,815 $ 23,114,046 $
28,797 $ 10,117,656 $ 10,146,453 $
24,309 3,008,749 3,033,058
53,106 13,126,405 13,179,511
2,053 3,558,938 3,560,991
4,404 1,699,188 1,703,592
56,610 3,035,995 3,092,605
16,058 1,561,289 1,577,347
996
1,623
2,619
—
54
293
1,619
4,585
The following tables present the credit quality indicators by segment and portfolio class of loans at December 31, 2023 and December
31, 2022.
($ in thousands)
Grade:
Pass
Pass-Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
December 31, 2023
Commercial
Real
Estate -
Owner
Occupied
Commercial Non-
Real Estate
Total
Commercial
and Industrial
Commercial
Real
Estate - Income
Producing
Construction
and
Land
Development
Total
Commercial
$
$
9,524,018 $ 3,016,277 $ 12,540,295 $ 3,799,004 $ 1,542,460 $ 17,881,759
433,630
59,315
214,377
—
9,957,284 $ 3,093,763 $ 13,051,047 $ 3,986,943 $ 1,551,091 $ 18,589,081
139,932
40,826
7,181
—
286,238
18,133
206,381
—
234,211
11,486
187,569
—
52,027
6,647
18,812
—
7,460
356
815
—
110
Table of Contents
($ in thousands)
Grade:
Pass
Pass-Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
($ in thousands)
Performing
Nonperforming
Total
December 31, 2022
Commercial
Non-
Real Estate
Commercial
Real
Estate -
Owner
Occupied
Total
Commercial
and Industrial
Commercial
Real
Estate - Income
Producing
Construction
and
Land
Development
Total
Commercial
$ 9,641,117 $ 2,912,057 $ 12,553,174 $ 3,440,648 $ 1,690,756 $ 17,684,578
457,620
90,253
211,643
—
$ 10,146,453 $ 3,033,058 $ 13,179,511 $ 3,560,991 $ 1,703,592 $ 18,444,094
111,587
3,810
4,946
—
284,843
79,980
140,513
—
333,936
86,247
206,154
—
49,093
6,267
65,641
—
12,097
196
543
—
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
Residential
Mortgage
Consumer
Total
Residential
Mortgage
Consumer
Total
$ 3,859,935 $ 1,438,209 $ 5,298,144 $ 3,066,319 $ 1,570,186 $ 4,636,505
33,447
$ 3,886,072 $ 1,446,764 $ 5,332,836 $ 3,092,605 $ 1,577,347 $ 4,669,952
26,286
26,137
34,692
8,555
7,161
The Company routinely assesses the ratings of loans in its portfolio through an established and comprehensive portfolio management
process. Below are the definitions of the Company’s internally assigned grades:
Commercial:
Pass - loans properly approved, documented, collateralized, and performing which do not reflect an abnormal credit risk.
Pass - Watch - credits in this category are of sufficient risk to cause concern. This category is reserved for credits that
display negative performance trends. The “Watch” grade should be regarded as a transition category.
Special Mention - a criticized asset category defined as having potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close
attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the
repayment prospects for the credit or the institution’s credit position. Special mention credits are not considered part of the
Classified credit categories and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
Substandard - an asset that is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of
the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the
liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the
deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful - an asset that has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the
weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly
questionable and improbable.
Loss - credits classified as Loss are considered uncollectable and are charged off promptly once so classified.
Residential and Consumer:
Performing – accruing loans
Nonperforming – loans for which there are good reasons to doubt that payments will be made in full. Nonperforming
loans include all loans with nonaccrual status and, prior to January 1, 2023, all loans that were modified in a troubled debt
restructuring are classified as nonperforming.
111
Table of Contents
Vintage Analysis
The following tables present credit quality disclosures of amortized cost by class and vintage for term loans and by revolving and
revolving converted to amortizing at December 31, 2023 and 2022. The Company defines vintage as the later of origination, renewal
or restructure date.
December 31, 2023
($ in thousands)
Commercial Non-Real Estate:
2023
Term Loans
Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year
Revolving
2022
2021
2020
2019
Prior
Loans
Revolving
Loans
Converted to
Term Loans
Total
30,360
411
48,264
—
$ 1,557,202 $ 1,812,370 $ 1,106,433 $
20,730
936
18,882
—
$ 1,636,237 $ 1,926,982 $ 1,146,981 $
1,484 $
$
60,228
6,206
48,178
—
1,179 $
Gross Charge-offs
Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied:
7,885 $
Gross Charge-offs
Commercial Real Estate - Income Producing:
Pass
Pass-Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
Pass
Pass-Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
Pass
Pass-Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
374,466 $
2,574
837
2,322
—
380,199 $
— $
456,334 $
9,469
156
4,086
—
470,045 $
73 $
Gross Charge-offs
Construction and Land Development:
Pass
Pass-Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
Gross Charge-offs
Residential Mortgage:
Performing
Nonperforming
Total
Gross Charge-offs
Consumer Loans:
Performing
Nonperforming
Total
Gross Charge-offs
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
388,453 $
3,067
294
—
—
391,814 $
— $
439,024 $
561
439,585 $
— $
75,615 $
176
75,791 $
567 $
689,626 $
9,587
—
4,956
—
704,169 $
— $
953,501 $
3,064
32,255
1,921
—
990,741 $
— $
676,687 $
2,820
—
87
—
679,594 $
7 $
910,361 $
2,233
912,594 $
— $
59,454 $
237
59,691 $
2,388 $
620,272 $
9,654
617
967
—
631,510 $
— $
966,402 $
3,886
—
286
—
970,574 $
— $
248,036 $
827
—
96
—
248,959 $
54 $
950,400 $
3,260
953,660 $
— $
36,693 $
245
36,938 $
1,473 $
483,739 $
8,245
27
8,058
—
500,069 $
27,000 $
501,054 $
3,451
—
1,295
—
505,800 $
— $
618,003 $
75,182
354
—
—
693,539 $
— $
62,086 $
83
—
49
—
62,218 $
— $
398,626 $
4,988
26
3,079
—
406,719 $
81 $
284,032 $
8,791
110
584
—
293,517 $
— $
323,344 $
23,827
—
122
—
347,293 $
— $
6,008 $
128
62
9
—
6,207 $
— $
9,117
836
1,660
—
923,143 $ 3,186,189 $
94,252
2,620
54,453
—
934,756 $ 3,337,514 $
11,971 $
1,750 $
56,316 $ 9,524,018
234,211
6,291
11,486
424
187,569
4,995
—
—
68,026 $ 9,957,284
59,830
8,480 $
493,707 $
17,581
5,083
7,374
—
523,745 $
— $
367,010 $
22,504
8,061
766
—
398,341 $
— $
18,834 $
323
—
279
—
19,436 $
11 $
40,533 $
389
—
1,314
—
42,236 $
— $
65,486 $
2,000
—
—
—
67,486 $
— $
139,587 $
212
—
295
—
140,094 $
— $
3,615 $
—
3,615 $
— $
—
—
—
—
12,587 $ 3,016,277
52,027
6,647
18,812
—
12,587 $ 3,093,763
—
— $
—
—
—
—
48,924 $ 3,799,004
139,932
40,826
7,181
—
48,924 $ 3,986,943
73
— $
—
—
—
—
2,769 $ 1,542,460
7,460
356
815
—
2,769 $ 1,551,091
72
— $
— $ 3,859,935
26,137
—
— $ 3,886,072
55
— $
489,262 $
730
489,992 $
— $
176,041 $
2,366
178,407 $
— $
891,232 $
16,987
908,219 $
55 $
28,076 $
438
28,514 $
215 $
31,802 $
445
32,247 $
573 $
39,150 $ 1,144,401 $
369
2,528
41,678 $ 1,144,770 $
7,735 $
824 $
23,018 $ 1,438,209
8,555
4,117
27,135 $ 1,446,764
15,393
1,618 $
112
Table of Contents
December 31, 2022
($ in thousands)
Commercial Non-Real Estate:
2022
Term Loans
Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year
Revolving
2021
2020
2019
2018
Prior
Loans
Revolving
Loans
Converted to
Term Loans
Total
Pass
Pass-Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
$ 2,600,656 $ 1,450,689 $
38,949
13,625
13,807
—
$ 2,728,906 $ 1,517,070 $
68,307
30,276
29,667
—
Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied:
Pass
Pass-Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
$
$
630,121 $
7,129
—
19,899
—
657,149 $
650,742 $
5,299
—
547
—
656,588 $
679,355 $
31,841
2,443
11,766
—
725,405 $
537,849 $
3,743
544
6,715
—
548,851 $
569,842 $
11,757
4,406
21,667
—
607,672 $
328,364 $
13,301
822
7,663
—
350,150 $
267,025 $
8,237
322
12,792
—
288,376 $
265,437 $
10,872
1,231
7,543
—
285,083 $
763,122 $ 3,193,769 $
66,339
25,184
39,213
—
815,603 $ 3,324,505 $
49,577
1,654
1,250
—
116,659 $ 9,641,117
284,843
79,980
140,513
—
138,916 $ 10,146,453
9,836
2,070
10,351
—
447,707 $
7,706
3,670
21,465
—
480,548 $
46,730 $
893
—
1,000
—
48,623 $
5,107 $ 2,912,057
49,093
6,267
65,641
—
6,066 $ 3,033,058
150
—
809
—
Commercial Real Estate - Income Producing:
Pass
Pass-Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
$
$
894,522 $
1,027
235
415
—
896,199 $
795,378 $
18,070
—
—
—
813,448 $
660,235 $
58,256
708
2,785
—
721,984 $
420,435 $
20,865
2,325
8
—
443,633 $
232,145 $
12,066
166
1,240
—
245,617 $
317,446 $
836
376
498
—
319,156 $
113,487 $
467
—
—
—
113,954 $
7,000 $ 3,440,648
111,587
3,810
4,946
—
7,000 $ 3,560,991
—
—
—
—
Construction and Land Development:
Pass
Pass-Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
Residential Mortgage:
Performing
Nonperforming
Total
Consumer Loans:
Performing
Nonperforming
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
663,735 $
8,233
—
35
—
672,003 $
711,731 $
1,944
—
55
—
713,730 $
148,579 $
643
—
—
—
149,222 $
9,198 $
559
196
12
—
9,965 $
15,360 $
199
—
61
—
15,620 $
10,854 $
450
—
380
—
11,684 $
128,842 $
69
—
—
—
128,911 $
2,457 $ 1,690,756
12,097
196
543
—
2,457 $ 1,703,592
—
—
—
—
631,339 $
1,058
632,397 $
694,104 $
2,434
696,538 $
518,705 $
716
519,421 $
192,431 $
1,196
193,627 $
107,675 $
2,080
109,755 $
918,918 $
18,802
937,720 $
3,147 $
—
3,147 $
— $ 3,066,319
—
26,286
— $ 3,092,605
103,742 $
193
103,935 $
58,248 $
198
58,446 $
45,641 $
228
45,869 $
62,715 $
758
63,473 $
41,559 $
381
41,940 $
40,489 $ 1,212,958 $
459
3,341
43,830 $ 1,213,417 $
4,834 $ 1,570,186
1,603
7,161
6,437 $ 1,577,347
Residential Mortgage Loans in Process of Foreclosure
Loans in process of foreclosure include those for which formal foreclosure proceedings are in process according to local requirements
of the applicable jurisdiction. Included in loans are $7.1 million and $4.9 million of consumer loans secured by single family
residential mortgage real estate that are in process of foreclosure as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In addition to the
single family residential real estate loans in process of foreclosure, the Company also held $1.6 million and $0.4 million of foreclosed
single family residential properties in other real estate owned as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale totaled $26.1 million and $26.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2023 and 2022. At December 31, 2023,
residential mortgage loans carried at the fair value option totaled $13.3 million with an unpaid principal balance of $12.9 million. All
other loans held for sale are carried at lower of cost or market.
113
Table of Contents
Note 4. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2023 and 2022:
($ in thousands)
Land and land improvements
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
Software
Assets under development
Property and equipment, gross
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net
December 31,
2023
2022
63,016 $
310,052
128,567
105,480
13,270
620,385
(318,746 )
301,639 $
68,016
323,305
121,796
103,022
15,917
632,056
(303,451 )
328,605
$
$
Assets under development is comprised primarily of software design and implementation costs.
Depreciation and amortization expense was $34.7 million, $31.6 million and $29.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2023,
2022, and 2021, respectively.
Property and Equipment Held for Sale
Certain of the Company’s property and equipment meet the criteria to be classified as assets held for sale. The carrying values of such
assets were $0.3 million and $2.9 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and were reported within Other Assets in the
consolidated balance sheets. For more information on the Company’s policy for accounting for assets held for sale, refer to Note 1 –
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements.
Note 5. Operating Leases
The Company has operating leases on a number of its branches, certain regional headquarters and other properties to limit its exposure
to ownership risks such as fluctuations in real estate prices and obsolescence. The Company leases real estate with lease terms
generally from five to 20 years, some of which have renewal options from one to 20 years. As these extension options are not
generally considered reasonably certain of renewal, they are not included in the lease term. The Company is not a lessee in any
contracts classified as finance leases.
The following tables present supplemental information pertaining to operating leases at and for the years ended December 31, 2023
and 2022.
($ in thousands)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities for operating leases
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities
$
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)
Weighted average discount rate
Years ended December 31,
2023
2022
16,903 $
9,606
16,564
6,800
December 31,
2023
2022
10.82
3.66 %
12.03
3.41 %
114
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the maturities of the Company’s lease liabilities and the present value discount at December 31, 2023.
($ in thousands)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total
Present value discount
Lease liability
$
$
$
18,240
17,992
16,653
15,602
13,807
72,568
154,862
(29,244 )
125,618
The following table sets forth the components of the Company’s lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and
2021.
($ in thousands)
Operating lease expense
Short-term lease expense
Variable lease expense
Sublease income
Total
$
$
Years ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
16,545 $ 16,881 $ 17,757
135
105
(320 )
16,529 $ 16,645 $ 17,677
209
63
(508 )
144
243
(403 )
At December 31, 2023, the Company had not entered into any material leases that had not yet commenced.
Note 6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired or the excess of the fair value of
the net liabilities assumed over the consideration received in a business combination. The carrying amount of goodwill was
$855.5 million at both December 31, 2023 and 2022.
The Company completed its annual impairment test of goodwill as of September 30, 2023 and concluded that its goodwill was not
impaired. The Company first performed a qualitative (“Step Zero”) assessment that involved the examination of changes in
macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, overall financial performance, cost factors and other relevant entity-
specific events, including changes in management and other key personnel and changes in the share price of the Company’s common
stock. As a result of the assessment, the Company concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is greater
than the carrying amount. However, in accordance with the Company’s policy to ensure goodwill is periodically reviewed, a
quantitative assessment was performed using multiple approaches. These methods included an income approach using the discounted
net present value of estimated future cash flows and three market approaches using transaction or price-to-forward earnings multiples,
price to tangible book value methodologies using the actual price paid in recent acquisition transactions for similar entities and a
market capitalization approach using the Company’s stock price observed during the fourth quarter. The results from each of the
approaches were weighted equally, with the valuation of the reporting unit approximately 36% in excess of net book value at
September 30, 2023. Individually no valuation method resulted in estimated fair value less than the Company’s carrying value.
Valuation techniques employed by the Company require significant assumptions. Depending upon the specific approach, assumptions
are made regarding the economic environment, expected net interest margins, growth rates, discount rate used to present value future
cash flows, control premiums, and price-to-forward earnings and price to-tangible-book-value multiples. Changes to any one of these
assumptions could result in significantly different results. Changes in the amount and/or timing of the Company’s expected future cash
flows or estimated growth rates, a decline in the price of the Company’s common stock relative to our book value per share, and/or
deterioration in the economic environment beyond current estimates could result in an impairment charge to goodwill in future
reporting periods.
No goodwill impairment charges were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 or 2021.
Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the periods benefited and are evaluated for impairment similar to
other long-lived assets. The purchase and carrying values of intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2023 and 2022
were as follows:
115
Table of Contents
($ in thousands)
Core deposit intangibles
Credit card and trust relationships
Total
($ in thousands)
Core deposit intangibles
Credit card and trust relationships
Total
Purchase
Value
December 31, 2023
Accumulated
Amortization
Carrying
Value
235,845 $
49,962
285,807 $
209,658 $
31,512
241,170 $
26,187
18,450
44,637
Purchase
Value
December 31, 2022
Accumulated
Amortization
Carrying
Value
235,845 $
49,962
285,807 $
200,045 $
29,569
229,614 $
35,800
20,393
56,193
$
$
$
$
Aggregate amortization expense by category of finite lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021
are as follows:
($ in thousands)
Core deposit intangibles
Credit card and trust relationships
Total
Years Ended December 31,
2022
2021
2023
$
$
9,613 $
1,943
11,556 $
11,909 $
2,124
14,033 $
14,304
2,361
16,665
At December 31, 2023, the weighted-average remaining life of core deposit intangibles was approximately 8 years, and the weighted-
average remaining life of other identifiable intangibles was approximately 12 years.
The following table shows estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets at December 31, 2023 for the five succeeding
years and all years thereafter, calculated based on current amortization schedules.
($ in thousands)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total
Note 7. Other Assets
$
$
9,413
7,985
5,322
3,682
3,306
14,929
44,637
Significant balances included in Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2023 and 2022 are presented
below.
($ in thousands)
FHLB stock
Derivative collateral
Derivative assets
Income tax receivable
Investments in small business investment and other companies
Investments in low income housing tax credit entities
Other
Total
December 31,
2023
2022
$
138,994
$
96,176
90,712
57,761
60,686
29,583
42,972
$
516,884 $
65,466
27,852
109,497
35,042
57,946
32,968
51,714
380,485
The Company invests in certain affordable housing project limited partnerships that are qualified low-income housing tax credit
developments. These investments are considered variable interest entities for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary and,
therefore, are not consolidated. The tax credits, when realized, will be reflected in the consolidated statements of income as a
116
Table of Contents
reduction of income tax expense. Excluding accumulated amortization, the Company’s investments in affordable housing limited
partnerships totaled $37.8 million and $37.5 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Note 8. Deposits
The following table presents a detail of deposits at December 31, 2023 and 2022:
($ in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing retail transaction and savings deposits
Interest-bearing public fund deposits
Public fund transaction and savings deposits
Public fund time deposits
Total interest-bearing public fund deposits
Retail time deposits
Brokered time deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits
Total deposits
The maturity of time deposits at December 31, 2023 follows.
($ in thousands)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total time deposits
December 31,
2023
11,030,515 $
10,680,741
2022
13,645,113
10,757,495
3,069,341
73,674
3,143,015
4,246,027
589,761
18,659,544
29,690,059 $
3,132,828
111,397
3,244,225
1,418,596
4,920
15,425,236
29,070,349
$
$
$
$
4,835,794
38,893
16,814
10,972
6,146
843
4,909,462
Certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $250,000 totaled approximately $1.6 billion at December 31, 2023.
Note 9. Short-Term Borrowings
The following table presents information concerning short-term borrowings at and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:
($ in thousands)
Federal funds purchased:
Amount outstanding at period end
Average amount outstanding during period
Maximum amount at any month end during period
Weighted-average interest at period end
Weighted-average interest rate during period
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
Amount outstanding at period end
Average amount outstanding during period
Maximum amount at any month end during period
Weighted-average interest at period end
Weighted-average interest rate during period
FHLB borrowings:
Amount outstanding at period end
Average amount outstanding during period
Maximum amount at any month end during period
Weighted-average interest at period end
Weighted-average interest rate during period
117
$
$
$
December 31,
2023
2022
350 $
7,525
100,350
4.90 %
5.70 %
454,479 $
513,306
625,773
1.16 %
1.36 %
700,000 $
1,172,603
3,100,000
5.58 %
5.05 %
1,850
13,176
2,350
3.90 %
2.82 %
444,421
536,727
640,592
0.53 %
0.21 %
1,425,000
808,784
1,425,000
4.70 %
1.82 %
Table of Contents
Federal funds purchased represent unsecured borrowings from other banks, generally on an overnight basis.
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are funds borrowed on a secured basis by selling securities
under agreements to repurchase, mainly in connection with treasury-management services offered to deposit customers. The customer
repurchase agreements mature daily and are secured by agency securities. As the Company maintains effective control over assets sold
under agreements to repurchase, the securities continue to be presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Because the Company
acts as a borrower transferring assets to the counterparty, and the agreements mature daily, the Company’s risk is limited.
The $700 million of FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2023 consists of one fixed rate note entered into on December 29, 2023, that
matured on January 2, 2024. The $1.4 billion of FHLB borrowing at December 31, 2022 consisted of one fixed rate note that matured
on January 3, 2023.
Note 10. Long-Term Debt
At December 31, 2023 and 2022, long-term debt was comprised of the following:
($ in thousands)
Subordinated notes payable, maturing June 2060
Other long-term debt
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs
Total long-term debt
December 31,
2023
2022
172,500 $
69,349
(5,532 )
236,317 $
172,500
75,261
(5,684 )
242,077
$
$
The following table sets forth unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the respective debt instruments at December 31, 2023:
($ in thousands)
Subordinated notes payable, maturing June 2060
Other long-term debt
Total
Unamortized
Debt
Issuance
Costs
5,532
—
5,532
Principal
172,500 $
69,349
241,849 $
$
$
On June 9, 2020, the Company completed the issuance of subordinated notes payable with an aggregate principal amount of
$172.5 million, with a stated maturity of June 15, 2060. The notes accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6.25% per annum, with quarterly
interest payments that began September 15, 2020. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve, the Company may redeem the
notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2025. This debt qualifies as tier 2 capital in the calculation
of certain regulatory capital ratios.
All of the Company’s other long-term debt consists of borrowings associated with tax credit fund activities. Although these
borrowings have indicated maturities through 2052, each is expected to be satisfied at the end of the seven-year compliance period for
the related tax credit investments.
Note 11. Derivatives
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage risks related to differences in the amount, timing, and duration of
the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments. The Bank also enters into interest rate
derivative agreements as a service to certain qualifying customers. The Bank manages a matched book with respect to these customer
derivatives in order to minimize its net interest rate risk exposure resulting from such agreements. In addition, the Bank also enters
into risk participation agreements under which it may either sell or buy credit risk associated with a customer’s performance under
certain interest rate derivative contracts related to loans in which participation interests have been sold to or purchased from other
banks.
118
Table of Contents
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments on the Balance Sheet
The table below presents the notional or contractual amounts and fair values of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well
as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2023 and 2022.
($ in thousands)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
December 31, 2023
Derivative (1)
December 31, 2022
Derivative (1)
Type of
Hedge
Notional or
Contractual
Amount
Assets
Liabilities
Notional or
Contractual
Amount
Assets
Liabilities
Interest rate swaps - variable rate loans
Interest rate swaps - securities
Derivatives not designated as hedging
instruments:
Interest rate swaps
Risk participation agreements
Forward commitments to sell residential
mortgage loans
Interest rate-lock commitments on residential
mortgage loans
To Be Announced (TBA) securities
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Visa Class B derivative contract
Total derivatives
Less: netting adjustments (2)
Total derivate assets/liabilities
Cash Flow $ 1,550,000 $
Fair Value
2,301 $ 112,262
—
43,501
—
$ 2,027,500 $ 22,819 $ 73,611 $ 2,816,000 $ 45,802 $ 112,262
— $ 73,611 $ 2,100,000 $
477,500
716,000
22,819
N/A
N/A
$ 5,128,144 $ 131,271 $ 129,994 $ 4,620,544 $ 172,242 $ 169,712
13
18
364,906
298,729
34
1
N/A
13,355
—
286
10,930
8
113
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
—
47
1,840
1,342
372
—
1,864
—
18,563
13,500
83,134
42,617
8
7
1,594
1,883
$ 5,664,219 $ 133,541 $ 133,527 $ 5,120,239 $ 174,133 $ 173,330
$ 7,691,719 $ 156,360 $ 207,138 $ 7,936,239 $ 219,935 $ 285,592
(110,438 ) (81,471 )
—
$ 109,497 $ 204,121
$ 90,712 $ 207,138
13,819
10,000
123,106
43,111
161
78
1,643
—
(65,648 )
(1)
(2)
Derivative assets and liabilities are reported in other assets or other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets.
Represents balance sheet netting of derivative assets and liabilities for variation margin collateral held or placed with the same central clearing counterparty. See
offsetting assets and liabilities for further information.
Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
The Company is party to various interest rate swap agreements designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges of the Company’s
forecasted variable cash flows for pools of variable rate loans. For each agreement, the Company receives interest at a fixed rate and
pays at a variable rate. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company terminated six cash flow hedges and received cash of
approximately $23.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company terminated six agreements and paid $2.9
million. The net cash received/paid for these transactions was recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is
being accreted into earnings through the original maturity dates of the respective contracts. Using the elections allowed for ASU 2022-
06 "Reference Rate Return (Topic 848)," as amended, the Company converted all of its LIBOR-based swaps to SOFR and replaced
the variable rate loan pools with SOFR based instruments during the second quarter of 2023, with minimal impact to financial results.
The notional amounts of the swap agreements in place at December 31, 2023 expire as follows: $50 million in 2025; $475 million in
2026, $925 million in 2027 and $100 million thereafter.
Fair Value Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate swaps on securities available for sale
The Company is party to forward-starting fixed payer swaps that convert the latter portion of the term of certain available for sale
securities to a floating rate. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges of interest rate risk. This strategy provides
the Company with a fixed rate coupon during the front-end unhedged tenor of the bonds and results in a floating rate security during
the back-end hedged tenor, with hedged start dates between January 2025 and July 2026, and maturity dates from December 2027
119
Table of Contents
through March 2031. The fair value of the hedged item attributable to interest rate risk will be presented in interest income along with
the fair value of the hedging instrument.
The hedged available for sale securities are part of a closed portfolio of pre-payable commercial mortgage backed securities. In
accordance with ASC 815, prepayment risk may be excluded when measuring the change in fair value of such hedged items
attributable to interest rate risk under the portfolio layer method (formerly referred to as last-of-layer). At December 31, 2023, the
amortized cost basis of the closed portfolio of pre-payable commercial mortgage backed securities totaled $514.4 million, excluding
any basis adjustment. The amount that represents the hedged items was $454.6 million and the basis adjustment associated with the
hedged items was a loss of $22.9 million.
The Company terminated 25 fair value swap agreements during the year ended December 31, 2022, and received cash of
approximately $90.6 million. The Company terminated four fair value swap agreements during the year ended December 31, 2023 and
received cash of approximately $19.3 million. At the time of termination, the value of the swap was recorded as an adjustment to the
book value of the underlying security, thereby changing its current book yield and extending its duration, if held, or impacting the net
gain or loss, if sold.
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedges
Customer interest rate derivative program
The Bank enters into interest rate derivative agreements, primarily rate swaps, with commercial banking customers to facilitate their
risk management strategies. The Bank enters into offsetting agreements with unrelated financial institutions, thereby mitigating its net
risk exposure resulting from such transactions. Because the interest rate derivatives associated with this program do not meet hedge
accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer derivatives and the offsetting derivatives are recognized
directly in earnings.
Risk participation agreements
The Bank also enters into risk participation agreements under which it may either assume or sell credit risk associated with a
borrower’s performance under certain interest rate derivative contracts. In those instances where the Bank has assumed credit risk, it is
not a direct counterparty to the derivative contract with the borrower and has entered into the risk participation agreement because it is
a party to the related loan agreement with the borrower. In those instances in which the Bank has sold credit risk, it is the sole
counterparty to the derivative contract with the borrower and has entered into the risk participation agreement because other banks
participate in the related loan agreement. The Bank manages its credit risk under risk participation agreements by monitoring the
creditworthiness of the borrower, based on the Bank’s normal credit review process.
Mortgage banking derivatives
The Bank also enters into certain derivative agreements as part of its mortgage banking activities. These agreements include interest
rate lock commitments on prospective residential mortgage loans and forward commitments to sell loans to investors on either a best
efforts or a mandatory delivery basis. The Company uses these forward sales commitments, which may include To Be Announced
(“TBA”) security contracts, on the open market to protect the value of its rate locks and mortgage loans held for sale from changes in
interest rates and pricing between the origination of the rate lock and the final sale of these loans. These instruments meet the
definition of derivative financial instruments and are reflected in other assets and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets,
with changes to the fair value recorded in noninterest income within the secondary mortgage market operations line item in the
Consolidated Statements of Income.
The loans sold on a mandatory basis commit the Company to deliver a specific principal amount of mortgage loans to an investor at a
specified price, by a specified date. If the Company fails to deliver the amount of mortgages necessary to fulfill the commitment by
the specified date, we may be obligated to pay a pair-off fee, based on then-current market prices, to the investor/counterparty to
compensate the investor for the shortfall. Mandatory delivery forward commitments include TBA security contracts on the open
market to provide protection against changes in interest rates on the locked mortgage pipeline. The Company expects that mandatory
delivery contracts, including TBA security contracts, will experience changes in fair value opposite to the changes in the fair value of
derivative loan commitments. Certain assumptions, including pull through rates and rate lock periods, are used in managing the
existing and future hedges. The accuracy of underlying assumptions could impact the ultimate effectiveness of any hedging strategies.
Forward commitments under best effort contracts commit the Company to deliver a specific individual mortgage loan to an investor if
the loan to the underlying borrower closes. Generally, best efforts cash contracts have no pair-off risk regardless of market movement.
The price the investor will pay the seller for an individual loan is specified prior to the loan being funded, generally the same day the
120
Table of Contents
Company enters into the interest rate lock commitment with the potential borrower. The Company expects that these best efforts
forward loan sale commitments will experience a net neutral shift in fair value with related derivative loan commitments.
At the closing of the loan, the rate lock commitment derivative expires and the Company generally records a loan held for sale at fair
value under the election of fair value option.
Customer foreign exchange forward contract derivatives
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward derivative agreements, primarily forward foreign currency contracts, with
commercial banking customers to facilitate their risk management strategies. The Bank manages its risk exposure from such
transactions by entering into offsetting agreements with unrelated financial institutions. The Bank has not elected to designate these
foreign exchange forward contract derivatives as hedges; as such, changes in the fair value of both the customer derivatives and the
offsetting derivatives are recognized directly in earnings.
Visa Class B derivative contract
The Company is a member of Visa USA. In 2018, the Company sold the majority of its Visa Class B holdings, at which time it
entered into a derivative agreement with the purchaser whereby the Company will make or receive cash payments whenever the
conversion ratio of the Visa Class B shares into Visa Class A shares is adjusted. The conversion ratio changes when Visa deposits
funds to a litigation escrow established by Visa to pay settlements for certain litigation, for which Visa is indemnified by Visa USA
members. The Company is also required to make periodic financing payments to the purchaser until all of Visa’s covered litigation
matters are resolved. Thus, the derivative contract extends until the end of Visa’s covered litigation matters, the timing of which is
uncertain.
The contract includes a contingent accelerated termination clause based on the credit ratings of the Company. At December 31, 2023
and 2022, the fair value of the liability associated with this contract was $1.3 million and $1.9 million respectively. Refer to Note 20 –
Fair Value of Financial Instruments for discussion of the valuation inputs and process for this derivative liability.
LIBOR Transition
Using the elections allowed for ASU 2022-06 "Reference Rate Return (Topic 848)," as amended, and in accordance with the Federal
Reserve Bank Board’s Final Rule published pursuant to the authority granted under the LIBOR Act, all of the Company’s remaining
derivative instruments with LIBOR based indexes were transitioned to the Fallback Rate SOFR benchmark as recommended by the
International Swap and Derivatives Association effective July 1, 2023. Transitioned LIBOR based instruments included interest rate
swaps and risk participation agreements with notional amounts totaling $3.5 billion and $163.5 million, respectively, at July 1, 2023.
There was no material financial impact to the Company’s operating results from this transition.
Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Statements of Income
The effects of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and
2021 are presented in the table below.
($ in thousands)
Derivative Instruments:
Cash flow hedges:
Variable rate loans
Fair value hedges:
Securities
Securities - termination
Derivatives not designated as hedging:
Residential mortgage banking
Customer and all other instruments
Total gain (loss)
Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in the
Statements of Income:
Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
Interest income - loans
$
(40,714 ) $
9,928 $
26,674
Interest income - securities -
taxable
Noninterest income - securities
transactions, net
Noninterest income - secondary
mortgage market operations
Noninterest income - other
noninterest income
11,945
4,963
(640 )
2,725
1,620
2,499
753
420
$
(24,871 ) $
2,918
1,568
5,832
25,261 $
13,477
43,578
121
Table of Contents
Credit Risk-Related Contingent Features
Certain of the Bank’s derivative instruments contain provisions allowing the financial institution counterparty to terminate the
contracts in certain circumstances, such as the downgrade of the Bank’s credit ratings below specified levels, a default by the Bank on
its indebtedness, or the failure of the Bank to maintain specified minimum regulatory capital ratios or its regulatory status as a well-
capitalized institution. These derivative agreements also contain provisions regarding the posting of collateral by each party. The
Company is not in violation of any such provisions. The aggregate fair value of derivative instruments with credit risk-related
contingent features that were in a net liability position at December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $65.6 million and $8.7 million,
respectively, for which the Company had posted collateral of $66.0 million and $8.5 million, respectively.
Offsetting Assets and Liabilities
The Bank’s derivative instruments with certain counterparties contain legally enforceable netting provisions that allow for net
settlement of multiple transactions to a single amount, which may be positive, negative, or zero. Agreements with certain bilateral
counterparties require both parties to maintain collateral in the event that the fair values of derivative instruments exceed established
exposure thresholds. For centrally cleared derivatives, the Company is subject to initial margin posting and daily variation margin
exchange with the central clearinghouses. Offsetting information in regards to all derivative assets and liabilities, including accrued
interest subject to these master netting agreements at December 31, 2023 and 2022 is presented in the following tables:
As of December 31, 2023
($ in thousands)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
As of December 31, 2022
($ in thousands)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Statement of
Financial
Position
Net Amounts
Presented in
the
Statement of
Financial
Position
Gross
Amounts
Recognized
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statement of Financial Position
Financial
Instruments
Cash
Collateral
Net
Amount
$
$
152,740 $
87,567 $
(68,282 ) $
— $
84,458 $
87,567 $
84,458 $
84,458 $
— $
96,176 $
—
(93,067 )
Net Amounts
Presented in
the
Statement of
Financial
Position
Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Statement of
Financial
Position
(112,338 ) $
(83,794 ) $
Gross
Amounts
Recognized
$
$
223,072 $
116,395 $
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statement of Financial Position
Financial
Instruments
Cash
Collateral
Net
Amount
110,734 $
32,601 $
32,601 $
32,601 $
27,852 $
— $
105,985
—
The Company has excess posted collateral compared to total exposure due to initial margin requirements for day-to-day rate volatility.
Note 12. Stockholders’ Equity
Common Shares Outstanding
Common shares outstanding excludes treasury shares of 6.3 million and 6.3 million with a first-in-first-out cost basis of $236.7 million
and $238.6 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Shares outstanding also excludes unvested restricted share awards of
$0.3 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Stock Buyback Programs
On January 26, 2023, the Company’s board of directors approved a stock buyback program whereby the Company is authorized to
repurchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its common stock through the program’s expiration date of December 31, 2024.
The program allows the Company to repurchase its common shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share
repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, in one or more transactions. The Company is not obligated to
purchase any shares under this program, and the board of directors has the ability to terminate or amend the program at any time prior
to the expiration date. To date, the Company has not repurchased shares under this program.
Prior to its expiration on December 31, 2022, the Company had in place a stock repurchase program authorized by the board of directors
on April 22, 2021, whereby the Company was authorized to repurchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its common stock.
The program allowed the Company to repurchase its common shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share
repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, in one or more transactions. During the year ended December
122
Table of Contents
31, 2022, the Company repurchased 1,204,368 shares of its common stock at an average cost of $48.90 per share, inclusive of
commissions. In total, the Company repurchased 1,654,244 million shares at an average cost of $48.77 per share under this plan.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income or Loss (“AOCI”) is reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. AOCI can include,
among other items, unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available for sale (“AFS”), including the Company’s share of
unrealized gains and losses reported by a partnership accounted for under the equity method, gains and losses associated with pension
or other post-retirement benefits that are not recognized immediately as a component of net periodic benefit cost, and gains and losses
on derivative instruments that are designated as, and qualify as, cash flow hedges. Net unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities
reclassified as securities held to maturity (“HTM”) also continue to be reported as a component of AOCI and will be amortized over
the estimated remaining life of the securities as an adjustment to interest income. Subject to certain thresholds, unrealized losses on
employee benefit plans will be reclassified into income as pension and post-retirement costs are recognized over the remaining service
period of plan participants. Accumulated gains or losses on cash flow hedges of variable rate loans described in Note 11 will be
reclassified into income over the life of the hedge. Accumulated other comprehensive loss resulting from the terminated interest rate
swaps will be amortized over the remaining maturities of the designated instruments. Gains and losses within AOCI are net of
deferred income taxes, where applicable.
A rollforward of the components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) is presented in the table that follows:
($ in thousands)
Balance, December 31, 2020
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)
Reclassification of net (gain) loss realized and included in
earnings
Valuation adjustments to pension plan attributable to
VERIP and curtailment
Other valuation adjustments for employee benefit plans
Amortization of unrealized net gain on securities
transferred to held to maturity
Income tax (expense) benefit
Balance, December 31, 2021
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)
Reclassification of net (gain) loss realized and included in
earnings
Valuation adjustments to employee benefit plans
Transfer of net unrealized loss from AFS to HTM
securities portfolio
Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities
transferred to held to maturity
Income tax benefit
Balance, December 31, 2022
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)
Reclassification of net loss realized and included in
earnings
Valuation adjustments to employee benefit plans
Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities
transferred to held to maturity
Income tax (expense) benefit
Balance, December 31, 2023
Available
for Sale
Securities
HTM
Securities
Transferred
from AFS
Employee
Benefit
Plans
Cash Flow
Hedges
Equity
Method
Investment
Total
$ 171,224 $
(208,760 )
276 $ (125,573 ) $ 39,511 $
—
(3,258 )
—
(5,369 ) $ 80,069
438 (211,580 )
2,166
—
4,555
(26,674 )
4,468
(15,485 )
—
—
—
—
59,606
(6,735 )
—
—
—
—
59,606
(6,735 )
—
46,407
$ 11,037 $
(785,538 )
1,707
—
(158 )
35
—
(12,799 )
—
6,705
153 $ (80,946 ) $ 16,284 $
—
—
—
— (113,171 )
2,274
(24,139 )
(9,928 )
—
15,405
(15,405 )
—
—
—
172,981
$ (584,408 ) $ (10,734 ) $ (97,952 ) $ (79,093 ) $
104,543
—
27,722
1,355
3,163
—
4,859
(13,850 )
—
—
—
—
(158 )
40,348
(463 ) $ (53,935 )
468 (898,241 )
—
—
—
(5,947 )
(24,139 )
—
1,355
—
— 208,725
5 $ (772,182 )
91,061
368
68,105
—
—
—
6,800
(13,325 )
40,714
—
— 115,619
(13,325 )
—
1,747
(398 )
—
1,416
(9,385 ) $ (103,061 ) $ (58,306 ) $
—
(6,077 )
—
—
1,747
(44,047 )
373 $ (621,127 )
—
(38,988 )
$ (450,748 ) $
123
Table of Contents
The following table shows the line items in the consolidated statements of income affected by amounts reclassified from AOCI:
Amount reclassified from AOCI (a)
($ in thousands)
Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities transferred to HTM $
Tax effect
Net of tax
Loss on sale of AFS securities
Tax effect
Net of tax
Amortization of defined benefit pension and post-retirement items
Tax effect
Net of tax
Reclassification of unrealized loss on cash flow hedges
Tax effect
Net of tax
Amortization of gain on terminated cash flow hedges
Tax effect
Net of tax
Total reclassifications, net of tax
$
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Increase (decrease) in affected line
item in the income statement
1,747 $
(398 )
1,349
(68,105 )
15,380
(52,725 )
(6,800 )
1,476
(5,324 )
(47,285 )
10,697
(36,588 )
6,571
(1,486 )
5,085
(88,203 ) $
1,355 Interest income
(305 ) Income taxes
1,050 Net income
(1,707 ) Securities transactions, net
385 Income taxes
(1,322 ) Net income
(2,274 ) Other noninterest expense
505 Income taxes
(1,769 ) Net income
(1,748 ) Interest income
394 Income taxes
(1,354 ) Net income
11,676 Interest income
(2,629 ) Income taxes
9,047 Net income
5,652 Net income
(a)
Amounts in parentheses indicate reduction in net income.
Regulatory Capital
Measures of regulatory capital are an important tool used by regulators to monitor the financial health of financial institutions. The
primary quantitative measures used to gauge capital adequacy are Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total regulatory capital to risk-
weighted assets (risk-based capital ratios) and the Tier 1 capital to average total assets (leverage ratio). Both the Company and the
Bank subsidiary are required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios of 8.0% total capital, 4.5% Common Equity Tier 1, and
6.0% Tier 1 capital. The minimum leverage ratio is 3.0% for bank holding companies and banks that meet certain specified criteria,
including having the highest supervisory rating. All others are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4.0%.
To evaluate capital adequacy, regulators compare an institution’s regulatory capital ratios with their agency guidelines, as well as with
the guidelines established as part of the uniform regulatory framework for prompt corrective supervisory action toward financial
institutions. The framework for prompt corrective action categorizes capital levels into one of five classifications rating from well-
capitalized to critically under-capitalized. For an institution to be eligible to be classified as well capitalized its Total risk-based capital
ratios must be at least 10.0% for total capital, 6.5% for Common Equity Tier 1 and 8.0% for Tier 1 capital, and its leverage ratio must
be at least 5.0%. In reaching an overall conclusion on capital adequacy or assigning a classification under the uniform framework,
regulators also consider other subjective and quantitative measures of risk associated with an institution. The Company and the Bank
were deemed to be well capitalized based upon the most recent notifications from their regulators. There are no conditions or events
since those notifications that management believes would change the classifications. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company
and the Bank were in compliance with all of their respective minimum regulatory capital requirements.
124
5.00
5.00
6.50
6.50
8.00
8.00
5.00
5.00
6.50
6.50
8.00
8.00
Table of Contents
Following is a summary of the actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank together with
corresponding regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2023 and 2022.
($ in thousands)
At December 31, 2023
Tier 1 leverage capital
Actual
Required for
Minimum Capital
Adequacy
Required
To Be Well
Capitalized
Amount
Ratio %
Amount
Ratio %
Amount
Ratio %
Hancock Whitney Corporation
Hancock Whitney Bank
$
3,584,474
3,493,531
10.10
9.86
$ 1,419,209
1,417,854
4.00
4.00
$ 1,774,011
1,772,318
Common equity tier 1 (to risk weighted assets)
Hancock Whitney Corporation
Hancock Whitney Bank
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
Hancock Whitney Corporation
Hancock Whitney Bank
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
Hancock Whitney Corporation
Hancock Whitney Bank
At December 31, 2022
Tier 1 leverage capital
$
$
$
3,584,474
3,493,531
12.33
12.03
$ 1,308,034
1,306,464
4.50
4.50
$ 1,889,383
1,887,115
3,584,474
3,493,531
12.33
12.03
$ 1,744,046
1,741,952
6.00
6.00
$ 2,325,394
2,322,603
4,049,245
3,785,802
13.93
13.04
$ 2,325,394
2,322,603
8.00
8.00
$ 2,906,743
2,903,254
10.00
10.00
Hancock Whitney Corporation
Hancock Whitney Bank
$
3,279,419
3,279,536
9.53 $ 1,376,092
1,374,761
9.54
4.00 $ 1,720,115
1,718,451
4.00
Common equity tier 1 (to risk weighted assets)
$
Hancock Whitney Corporation
Hancock Whitney Bank
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
Hancock Whitney Corporation
Hancock Whitney Bank
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
Hancock Whitney Corporation
Hancock Whitney Bank
$
$
3,279,419
3,279,536
11.41 $ 1,293,035
1,291,467
11.43
4.50 $ 1,867,717
1,865,453
4.50
3,279,419
3,279,536
11.41 $ 1,724,046
1,721,956
11.43
6.00 $ 2,298,728
2,295,942
6.00
3,726,834
3,554,451
12.97 $ 2,298,728
2,295,942
12.39
8.00 $ 2,873,411
2,869,927
8.00
10.00
10.00
The Company elected the five-year rule that provides a full delay of the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital transition
(0%) for 2020 and 2021, followed by a three-year transition (25% of the impact included in 2022, 50% in 2023, 75% in 2024 and
100% thereafter). The two-year delay included the full impact of day one CECL plus the estimated impact of current CECL activity
calculated quarterly as 25% of the current ACL over the day one balance (“modified transition amount”). The modified transition
amounts were recalculated each quarter in 2020 and 2021, with the December 31, 2021 impact of $24.9 million, plus the day one
impact of $44.1 million (net of tax) carrying through the remaining three years of the transition.
Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends
Regulatory policy statements provide that generally, bank holding companies should pay dividends only out of current operating
earnings and that the level of dividends must be consistent with current and expected capital requirements. Dividends received from
the Bank have been the primary source of funds available to the Company for the payment of dividends to its stockholders. Federal
and State banking laws and regulations restrict the amount of dividends the Bank may distribute to the Company without prior
regulatory approval, as well as the amount of loans it may make to the Company. Dividends paid by the Bank are subject to approval
by the Commissioner of Banking and Consumer Finance of the State of Mississippi. Further, a capital conservation buffer of 2.5%
above each of the minimum capital ratio requirements (Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1, and Total risk-based capital) must be met for a
bank or bank holding company to be able to pay dividends without restrictions.
125
Table of Contents
Note 13. Other Noninterest Income and Other Noninterest Expense
The components of other noninterest income and other noninterest expense are as follows:
($ in thousands)
Other noninterest income:
Income from bank-owned life insurance
Credit-related fees
Income from derivatives
Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets
Other miscellaneous income
Total other noninterest income
Other noninterest expense:
Corporate value and franchise taxes
Advertising
Telecommunication and postage
Entertainment and contributions
Tax credit investment amortization
Travel expenses
Printing and supplies
Other retirement expense
Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidation
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other miscellaneous expense
Total other noninterest expense
Note 14. Income Taxes
Years Ended December 31,
2022
2021
2023
$
$
$
$
15,454 $
12,557
420
19,388
23,617
71,436 $
20,355 $
13,454
10,773
10,664
5,791
5,469
4,073
(13,460 )
—
—
31,573
88,692 $
15,881 $
10,483
5,832
3,096
18,619
53,911 $
16,744 $
13,783
11,870
10,336
4,768
4,336
3,795
(29,693 )
—
—
22,256
58,195 $
18,330
11,001
13,477
1,423
30,570
74,801
14,478
12,441
12,646
7,867
4,436
2,697
3,728
(27,941 )
13,863
4,165
32,829
81,209
Income tax expense (benefit) included in net income consisted of the following components:
($ in thousands)
Included in net income
Current federal
Current state
Total current provision
Deferred federal
Deferred state
Total deferred provision
Total expense included in net income
Years Ended December 31,
2022
2021
2023
$
$
72,884 $
10,656
83,540
12,139
1,847
13,986
97,526 $
142,433 $
14,840
157,273
(23,556 )
1,390
(22,166 )
135,107 $
86,858
7,607
94,465
7,035
3,341
10,376
104,841
Income tax expense does not reflect the tax effects of amounts recognized in other comprehensive income and in AOCI, a separate
component of stockholders’ equity. These amounts include unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale or transferred to
held to maturity, unrealized gains and losses on derivatives and hedging transactions, and valuation adjustments of defined benefit and
other post-retirement benefit plans. Refer to Note 12 – Stockholders’ Equity for additional information.
Temporary differences arise between the tax bases of assets or liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.
The expected tax effects from when these differences are resolved are recorded currently as deferred tax assets or liabilities.
126
Table of Contents
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
($ in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses
Loan purchase accounting adjustments
State net operating loss
Lease liability
Net unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale and cash flow hedges
Derivatives
Other
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Employee compensation and benefits
Fixed assets & intangibles
Lease financing
Right-of-use asset
Other
Gross deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax asset
December 31,
2023
2022
76,407 $
164
3,348
28,226
148,825
26,344
15,553
298,867
(5,145 )
293,722 $
(9,895 ) $
(28,129 )
(56,576 )
(23,773 )
(21,965 )
(140,338 ) $
153,384 $
77,045
485
3,591
26,207
195,090
38,082
10,085
350,585
(3,591 )
346,994
(8,399 )
(26,589 )
(52,385 )
(21,809 )
(26,394 )
(135,576 )
211,418
$
$
$
$
$
Reported income tax expense (benefit) differed from amounts computed by applying the statutory income tax rate of 21% for the years
ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 to earnings or loss before income taxes. Historically, the primary differences have been due
to tax-exempt income, federal and state tax credits and excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation. The main source of tax
credits has been investments in tax-advantaged securities and tax credit projects. These investments are made primarily in the markets
we serve and directed at tax credits issued under the Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (“NMTC”) programs, Low-Income
Housing Tax Credit (“LIHTC”) programs, as well as pre-2018 Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (“QZAB”) and Qualified School
Construction Bonds (“QSCB”). A summary of the factors that impacted income tax expense follows.
2023
2022
2021
($ in thousands)
Taxes computed at statutory rate
Increases (decreases) in taxes resulting from:
Amount
$ 102,927
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
21.0 % $ 138,431
21.0 % $ 119,292
21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
Tax-exempt interest
Life insurance contracts
Tax credits
Employee share-based compensation
FDIC assessment disallowance
Net operating loss carryback under CARES act
Other, net
Income tax expense
10,323
(8,755 )
(4,020 )
(9,443 )
(505 )
2,893
—
4,106
$ 97,526
2.1 %
(1.8 %)
(0.8 %)
(1.9 %)
(0.1 %)
0.6 %
—
0.8 %
13,272
(8,612 )
(1,812 )
(8,039 )
(2,084 )
1,836
238
1,877
19.9 % $ 135,107
2.0 %
(1.3 %)
(0.3 %)
(1.2 %)
(0.3 %)
0.3 %
—
0.3 %
9,048
(9,100 )
(2,653 )
(7,889 )
(1,671 )
1,609
(4,948 )
1,153
20.5 % $ 104,841
1.6 %
(1.6 %)
(0.5 %)
(1.4 %)
(0.3 %)
0.3 %
(0.9 %)
0.3 %
18.5 %
The Company had approximately $57.0 million in state net operating loss carryforwards that originated in the tax years 2003 through
2023 and begin expiring in 2032. A $57.0 million gross state valuation allowance has been established for all non-bank entity level
state net operating loss carryforwards, which translates to a net $3.3 million valuation allowance in the Company’s deferred tax
inventory. The remainder of the allowance is related to deferred executive compensation. The impact of this valuation allowance is not
material to the financial statements.
The tax benefit of a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return should be recognized when it is more likely than not that the
position will be sustained on its technical merits. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits was immaterial as of December 31, 2023,
2022 and 2021. The Company does not expect the liability for unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly during 2024. The
Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to income tax matters in income tax expense, and the amounts recognized
during 2023, 2022 and 2021 were insignificant.
127
Table of Contents
The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, as well as filing various state returns. Generally,
the federal returns for years prior to 2020 are no longer subject to examination. State returns that are open to examination vary by
jurisdiction and are generally open three to four years.
Note 15. Earnings Per Share
The Company calculates earnings per share using the two-class method. The two-class method allocates net income to each class of
common stock and participating security according to common dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings.
Participating securities consist of nonvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend
equivalents
A summary of the information used in the computation of earnings per common share follows.
($ in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator:
Net income to common shareholders
Net income or dividends allocated to participating securities - basic and diluted
Net income allocated to common shareholders - basic and diluted
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares - basic
Dilutive potential common shares
Weighted average common shares - diluted
Earnings per common share:
Basic
Diluted
Years Ended December 31,
2022
2023
2021
$ 392,602 $ 524,089 $ 463,215
9,134
$ 388,588 $ 516,469 $ 454,081
7,620
4,014
86,130
293
86,423
86,068
326
86,394
86,823
204
87,027
$
$
4.51 $
4.50 $
6.00 $
5.98 $
5.23
5.22
Potential common shares consist of stock options, nonvested performance-based awards, nonvested restricted stock units, and
nonvested restricted share awards deferred under the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan. These potential common
shares do not enter into the calculation of diluted earnings per share if the impact would be antidilutive, i.e., increase earnings per
share or reduce a loss per share. The weighted average of potentially dilutive common shares that were anti-dilutive totaled 100,391,
3,116 and 1,079 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and were excluded from the calculation of
diluted earnings per common diluted share for the respective periods.
Note 16. Segment Reporting
Accounting standards require that information be reported about a company’s operating segments using a “management approach.”
Reportable segments are identified in these standards as those revenue-producing components for which discrete financial information
is produced internally and which are subject to evaluation by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources
to segments. Consistent with the Company’s strategy that is focused on providing a consistent package of banking products and
services across all markets, the Company has identified its overall banking operations as its only reportable segment. Because the
overall banking operations comprise substantially all of the consolidated operations, no separate segment disclosures are presented.
Note 17. Retirement Benefit Plans
The Company offers a qualified defined benefit pension plan, the Hancock Whitney Corporation Pension Plan and Trust Agreement
(“Pension Plan”), covering certain eligible associates. Eligibility is based on minimum age and service-related requirements. In 2017,
the Pension Plan was amended to exclude any individual hired or rehired by the Company after June 30, 2017 from eligibility to
participate. The Pension Plan amendment further provided that the accrued benefits of each participant in the Pension Plan whose
combined age plus years of service as of January 1, 2018 totaled less than 55 were to be frozen as of January 1, 2018 and not
thereafter increase.
The Company makes contributions to this plan in amounts sufficient to meet funding requirements set forth in federal employee
benefit and tax laws, plus such additional amounts as the Company may determine to be appropriate. The Company was not required
to make a contribution to the Pension Plan during 2023 or 2022. The Company does not anticipate being required to make a
contribution, nor does it anticipate making a discretionary contribution to the Pension Plan in 2024.
The Company also offers a defined contribution retirement benefit plan (401(k) plan), the Hancock Whitney Corporation 401(k)
Savings Plan and Trust Agreement (“401(k) Plan”), that covers substantially all associates who have been employed 60 days and meet
128
Table of Contents
a minimum age requirement and employment classification criteria. The Company matches 100% of the first 1% of compensation
saved by a participant, and 50% of the next 5% of compensation saved. Newly eligible associates are automatically enrolled at an
initial 3% savings rate unless the associate actively opts out of participation in the plan. The 401(k) Plan was also amended during the
second quarter of 2017 for participants whose benefits are frozen under the Pension Plan to add an enhanced Company contribution
beginning January 1, 2018, in the amount of 2%, 4% or 6% of such participant’s eligible compensation, based on the participant’s age
and years of service with the Company. The 401(k) Plan’s amendment further provided that the Company will contribute to the
benefit of those associates of the Company hired or rehired after June 30, 2017 and those associates of the Company never enrolled in
the Pension Plan an additional basic contribution in an amount equal to 2% of the associate’s eligible compensation beginning January
1, 2018. Participants vest in the new basic and enhanced Company contributions upon completion of three years of service.
The Company’s 401(k) plan matching expense totaled $17.9 million, $17.3 million and $16.6 million for the years ended December
31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.
Certain associates who were designated executive officers of Whitney Holding Corporation and/or Whitney National Bank before the
acquisition by the Company are also covered by an unfunded nonqualified defined benefit pension plan. The benefits under this
nonqualified plan were designed to supplement amounts to be paid under the defined benefit plan previously maintained for
employees of Whitney Holding Corporation and/or Whitney National Bank (the “Whitney Pension Plan”), and are calculated using the
Whitney Pension Plan’s formula, but without applying the restrictions imposed on qualified plans by certain provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code. Accrued benefits under this plan were frozen as of December 31, 2012 in connection with the merger of the Whitney
Pension Plan into the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan, and no future benefits will be accrued under this plan.
The Company also sponsors defined benefit postretirement plans for certain associates. The Hancock postretirement plans are
available only to associates hired by the Company prior to January 1, 2000. The Hancock plans provide health care and life insurance
benefits to retiring associates who participate in medical and/or group life insurance benefit plans for active associates and have
reached 55 years of age with ten years of service, at the time of retirement. The postretirement health care plan is contributory, with
retiree contributions adjusted annually and subject to certain employer contribution maximums.
The Whitney postretirement plans are available only to former employees of Whitney Holding Corporation and/or Whitney National
Bank who meet the eligibility requirements, and offer health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retirees and their eligible
dependents. Participant contributions are required under the health plan. These plans restrict eligibility for postretirement health
benefits to retirees already receiving benefits as of the date of the plan amendments in 2007 and to those active participants who were
eligible to receive benefits as of December 31, 2007 (i.e., were age 55 with ten years of credited service). Life insurance benefits are
currently only available to associates who retired before December 31, 2007.
The Company assumed certain trends in health care costs in the determination of the benefit obligations. The plans assumed a 6.25%
increase in health costs, increasing to 7% in 2024, declining to 5.6% uniformly over a three year period, and then following the Getzen
model thereafter. At December 31, 2023, the mortality assumption was based on Revised RP-2014 Employee and Healthy Annuitants
Bottom Quartile Fully Generational Mortality Table for Males and Females - Projected with Improvement Scale MP-2021.
129
Table of Contents
The following tables detail the changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets of the defined benefit plans for the years ended
December 31, 2023 and 2022, as well as the funded status of the plans at each year end and the amounts recognized in the Company’s
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for all defined benefit pension plans and other
postretirement benefit plans.
($ in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan participants' contributions
Net actuarial gain (loss)
Benefits paid
Benefit obligation, end of year
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Plan participants' contributions
Benefit payments
Expenses
Fair value of plan assets, end of year
Funded status at end of year - net asset (liability)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
Unrecognized loss (gain) at beginning of year
Net actuarial loss (gain)
Unrecognized loss (gain) at end of year
Projected benefit obligation
Accumulated benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets
2023
2022
Pension Benefits
2023
2022
Other Post-
Retirement Benefits
$
$
$
$
$
495,746 $
7,916
23,854
—
15,285
(25,153 )
517,648
700,535
48,497
1,136
—
(25,153 )
(1,951 )
723,064
205,416 $
135,243 $
5,806
141,049 $
517,648 $
493,800
723,064
646,832 $
11,438
14,639
—
(152,009 )
(25,154 )
495,746
859,883
(133,843 )
1,150
—
(25,154 )
(1,501 )
700,535
204,789 $
108,121 $
27,122
135,243 $
495,746
472,843
700,535
13,796 $
34
622
691
92
(1,831 )
13,404
—
—
1,140
691
(1,831 )
—
—
(13,404 ) $
(8,837 ) $
935
(7,902 ) $
20,282
59
375
794
(5,906 )
(1,808 )
13,796
—
—
1,015
793
(1,808 )
—
—
(13,796 )
(3,581 )
(5,256 )
(8,837 )
The net funded status of $205.4 million for pension benefits plans includes an excess of plan assets over the benefit obligation of
$216.8 million on the defined benefit pension plan, offset by an unfunded benefit obligation of $11.4 million for the nonqualified
retirement plan.
Net actuarial gain is a significant component of the change in the projected benefit obligation of the Pension Plan for the year ended
December 31, 2023. The actuarial gain was primarily driven by a change in the discount rate used in computing the projected benefit
obligation at December 31, 2023.
130
Table of Contents
The following table shows net periodic (benefit) cost included in expense and the changes in the amounts recognized in AOCI during
2023, 2022, and 2021.
($ in thousands)
Net periodic (benefit) cost
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Special termination benefits
Amortization of net (gain) loss/prior service cost
Net periodic (benefit) cost
Other changes in plan assets and benefit
obligations recognized in other
comprehensive income, before taxes
Net (loss) gain recognized during the year
Net actuarial loss (gain)
Total recognized in other comprehensive
income
Total recognized in net periodic benefit
cost and other comprehensive income
Discount rate for benefit obligations
Discount rate for net periodic benefit cost
Expected long-term return on plan assets
Rate of compensation increase
*Graded scale, declining from 7.25% at age 20 to 2.25% at age 60
Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Pension Benefits
2021
2023
2021
2022
Other Post-Retirement Benefits
$ 7,916 $ 11,438 $ 11,616
23,854
13,476
14,639
(44,710 ) (46,615 ) (46,654 )
$
—
7,643
(5,297 ) (17,708 )
—
2,830
16,052
5,284
(226 )
(7,643 )
(2,830 )
13,449
29,952
(5,284 )
(51,365 )
34 $
59 $
622
—
—
(843 )
(187 )
375
—
—
(650 )
(216 )
93
348
—
4,173
(729 )
3,885
843
92
650
(5,906 )
729
(1,506 )
5,806
27,122
(56,649 )
935
(5,256 )
(777 )
$
509 $ 9,414 $ (56,875 )
5.00 %
4.83 %
2.77 %
5.00 %
5.50 %
6.50 %
2.77 %
2.40 %
5.75 %
$
scaled *
scaled *
scaled *
748 $ (5,472 ) $ 3,108
4.98 %
4.81 %
2.32 %
4.98 %
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
2.32 %
2.31 %
n/a
n/a
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, the Company completed a Voluntary Early Retirement Incentive Program
(VERIP), which was accepted by approximately 260 eligible Pension Plan participants. The event constituted a curtailment of the
Pension Plan and resulted in a re-measurement of the projected benefit obligation. The program had two components: a supplemental
cash incentive, substantially all of which was paid through the Pension Plan with existing plan assets, and coverage in a post-
retirement medical plan, with each component having specific age and years of service requirements. The impact of offering these
incentives is classified as special termination benefits in the table above.
The long term rate of return on plan assets is determined by using the weighted-average of historical real returns for major asset
classes based on target asset allocations. For all periods presented, the discount rate for the benefit obligation was calculated by
matching expected future cash flows to the USI Consulting Group Pension Discount Curve (AA).
The following table presents expected plan benefit payments over the ten years succeeding December 31, 2023:
($ in thousands)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029-2033
.
Pension
Post-Retirement
Total
$
$
27,992 $
29,259
30,610
31,951
33,096
179,474
332,382 $
1,241 $
1,074
884
907
908
4,156
9,170 $
29,233
30,333
31,494
32,858
34,004
183,630
341,552
The expected benefit payments are estimated based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligations at
December 31, 2023.
The fair values of pension plan assets at December 31, 2023 and 2022, by asset category, are shown in the following tables. The fair
value is presented based on the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s fair value hierarchy that prioritizes inputs into the valuation
techniques used to measure fair value. Level 1 uses quoted prices in active markets for identical assets, Level 2 uses significant
observable inputs, and Level 3 uses significant unobservable inputs. In accordance with Subtopic 820-10 common trust funds are
reported at fair value using net asset value per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient and are not classified in the fair value
hierarchy.
131
Table of Contents
For all investments, the plan attempts to use quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges, or Level 1 measurements.
Where such quoted market prices are not available, the plan will use quoted prices for similar instruments or discounted cash flows to
estimate the value, reported as Level 2.
Fair Value Measurements by Asset Category / Fund
($ in thousands)
Cash and equivalents
Total cash and cash equivalents
Fixed income securities
Mutual fund-fixed income
Exchange Traded Fund (ETF)-Fixed income
Total fixed income
Domestic and foreign stock
Mutual funds-equity
Total equity
Total assets at fair value
Common trust funds (fixed income)
Common trust fund (real assets)
Total
Fair Value Measurements by Asset Category / Fund
($ in thousands)
Cash and equivalents
Total cash and cash equivalents
Fixed income securities
Mutual fund-fixed income
Exchange Traded Fund (ETF)-Fixed income
Total fixed income
Domestic and foreign stock
Mutual funds-equity
Total equity
Total assets at fair value
Common trust funds (fixed income)
Common trust fund (real assets)
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2023
5,268 $
5,268
25,539
—
3,434
28,973
45,864
95,066
140,930
175,171
—
—
175,171 $
— $
—
38,750
—
38,750
—
—
—
38,750
—
—
38,750 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
5,268
5,268
64,289
—
3,434
67,723
45,864
95,066
140,930
213,921
451,493
57,650
723,064
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2022
9,050 $
9,050
29,577
344
5,087
35,008
50,956
105,486
156,442
200,500
—
—
200,500 $
— $
—
31,268
—
—
31,268
—
—
—
31,268
—
—
31,268 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
9,050
9,050
60,845
344
5,087
66,276
50,956
105,486
156,442
231,768
410,280
58,487
700,535
$
$
$
$
The following table presents the percentage allocation of the plan assets by asset category and corresponding target allocations at
December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Asset category
Cash and equivalents
Fixed income securities
Equity securities
Real assets
Plan Assets
at December 31,
Target Allocation
at December 31,
2023
2022
2023
2022
1 %
72
19
8
100 %
1 %
68
22
9
100 %
0 - 5%
62-84%
16-22%
4-10%
0 - 5%
62-84%
16-22%
4-10%
132
Table of Contents
Plan assets are invested in long-term strategies and evaluated within the context of a long-term investment horizon. Plan assets will be
diversified across multiple asset classes so as to minimize the risk of large losses. Short-term fluctuations in value will be considered
secondary to long-term results. The Company employs a total return approach whereby a diversified mix of asset class investments are
used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for an acceptable level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful
consideration of the plan liabilities, plan funded status and the Company’s financial condition. The investment performance of the plan
is regularly monitored to ensure that appropriate risk levels are being taken and to evaluate returns versus a suitable market
benchmark. The benefits investment committee meets periodically to review the policy, strategy, and performance of the plans.
Note 18. Share-Based Payment Arrangements
The Company maintains incentive compensation plans that incorporate share-based payment arrangements for associates and
directors. The current plan under which share-based awards may be granted, the 2020 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”),
was approved by the Company’s stockholders at the 2020 annual meeting as a successor to the Company’s 2014 Long-Term Incentive
Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Certain share-based awards remain outstanding under the 2014 Plan and prior equity incentive compensation
plans, but no future awards may be granted thereunder.
The Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors administers the equity incentive plans, makes determinations
with respect to participation by employees or directors and authorizes the share-based awards. Under the 2020 Plan, participants may
be awarded stock options (including incentive stock options for associates), restricted shares, performance stock awards and stock
appreciation rights, all on a stand-alone, combination or tandem basis. To date, the Committee has awarded stock options, tenure-
based restricted share awards and units, and performance stock units under the 2020 Plan and the prior equity incentive plans.
Under the 2020 Plan, future awards may be granted for the issuance of an aggregate of 3,900,000 shares of the Company’s common
stock, plus a number of additional shares of the Company’s common stock (not to exceed 1,000,000) for which awards under the 2014
Plan are cancelled, expired, forfeited or otherwise not issued, or settled in cash. The 2020 Plan limits the number of shares for which
awards may be granted to any participant during any calendar year to 250,000 shares. The Company may use authorized unissued
shares or shares held in treasury to satisfy awards under the 2020 Plan.
As of December 31, 2023, there were approximately 2.0 million shares available for future issuance under the 2020 equity
compensation plan.
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, total share-based compensation expense recognized in income was $24.7
million, $23.5 million and $22.4 million, respectively. The total recognized tax benefit related to the share-based compensation was
$5.7 million, $7.0 million and $9.9 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, all stock options that were outstanding at December 31, 2022 expired. At December 31,
2022, the Company had 1,476 outstanding and exercisable stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of $53.73. During the
year ended December 31, 2022, 7,630 stock options with an aggregate intrinsic value of $0.1 million were exercised.
A summary of the Company’s nonvested restricted and performance shares for the year ended December 31, 2023 is presented below:
Nonvested at January 1, 2023
Granted
Vested
Cancelled/Forfeited
Nonvested at December 31, 2023
Number of
Shares
1,431,515 $
652,461
(499,856 )
(126,719 )
1,457,401 $
Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value ($)
40.95
48.50
39.90
41.43
44.65
At December 31, 2023, there was $45.6 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested restricted and
performance shares expected to vest in future periods. This compensation is expected to be recognized in expense over a weighted-
average period of 2.9 years. The fair value of shares that vested during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 totaled $18.4
million and $16.9 million, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company began awarding restricted stock units (RSUs) to certain eligible employees.
Unlike restricted share awards (RSAs), the holders of unvested restricted stock units have no rights as a shareholder of the Company,
133
Table of Contents
including voting or dividend rights. The Company has elected to award dividend equivalents on each restricted stock unit. Such
dividend equivalents are forfeited should the employee terminate employment prior to the vesting of the RSU.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company granted 41,495 performance shares subject to a total shareholder return
(“TSR”) performance metric with a grant date fair value of $51.14 per share and 41,495 performance shares subject to an operating
earnings per share performance metric with a grant date fair value of $46.73 per share to key members of executive management. The
number of performance shares subject to TSR that ultimately vest at the end of the three-year performance period, if any, will be based
on the relative rank of the Company’s three-year TSR among the TSRs of a peer group of 49 regional banks. The fair value of the
performance shares subject to TSR at the grant date was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation method. The number of
performance shares subject to operating earnings per share that ultimately vest will be based on the Company’s attainment of certain
operating earnings per share goals over the two-year performance period. The maximum number of performance shares that could vest
is 200% of the target award. Compensation expense for these performance shares is recognized on a straight-line basis over the three-
year service period.
Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies
Credit Related
In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit,
to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
until they are funded, although they expose the Bank to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as
funded loans. Under regulatory capital guidelines, the Company and Bank must include unfunded commitments meeting certain
criteria in risk-weighted capital calculations.
Commitments to extend credit include revolving commercial credit lines, nonrevolving loan commitments issued mainly to finance
the acquisition and development or construction of real property or equipment, and credit card and personal credit lines. The
availability of funds under commercial credit lines and loan commitments generally depends on whether the borrower continues to
meet credit standards established in the underlying contract and has not violated other contractual conditions. Loan commitments
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Credit card and
personal credit lines are generally subject to cancellation if the borrower’s credit quality deteriorates. A number of commercial and
personal credit lines are used only partially or, in some cases, not at all before they expire, and the total commitment amounts do not
necessarily represent future cash requirements of the Company.
A substantial majority of the letters of credit are standby agreements that obligate the Bank to fulfill a customer’s financial
commitments to a third party if the customer is unable to perform. The Bank issues standby letters of credit primarily to provide credit
enhancement to its customers’ other commercial or public financing arrangements and to help them demonstrate financial capacity to
vendors of essential goods and services.
The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the Company’s exposure to credit risk. The Company undertakes the same credit
evaluation in making loan commitments and assuming conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may
require collateral or other credit support. At December 31, 2023 and 2022 the Company had a reserve for unfunded lending
commitments totaling $28.9 million and $33.3 million, respectively.
The following table presents a summary of the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments as of December 31, 2023 and
December 31, 2022:
($ in thousands)
Commitments to extend credit
Letters of credit
Legal Proceedings
$
December 31,
2023
9,852,367 $
481,910
2022
10,202,464
400,505
The Company is party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that loss
contingencies, if any, arising from pending litigation and regulatory matters will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated
financial position or liquidity of the Company.
134
Table of Contents
Note 20. Fair Value Measurements
The FASB defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal
or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.
The FASB’s guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to these valuation techniques used to measure
fair value, giving preference to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) and the lowest priority to
unobservable inputs such as a reporting entity’s own data (level 3). Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities
in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, observable inputs other than quoted
prices, such as interest rates and yield curves, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data
by correlation or other means.
Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis
The following tables present for each of the fair value hierarchy levels the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured
at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2023 and 2022:
($ in thousands)
Assets
Available for sale debt securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities
Municipal obligations
Corporate debt securities
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Total available for sale securities
Mortgage loans held for sale
Derivative assets (1)
Total recurring fair value measurements - assets
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities (1)
Total recurring fair value measurements - liabilities
(1)
$
$
For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 11 – Derivatives.
(in thousands)
Assets
Available for sale debt securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities
Municipal obligations
Corporate debt securities
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Total available for sale securities
Mortgage loans held for sale
Derivative assets (1)
Total recurring fair value measurements - assets
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities (1)
Total recurring fair value measurements - liabilities
(1)
$
$
For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 11 – Derivatives.
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2023
$
$
97,808 $
— $
201,412
—
—
20,352
— 2,113,866
— 2,437,472
—
44,285
— 4,915,195
13,269
—
90,712
—
— $ 5,019,176 $
97,808
— $
201,412
—
20,352
—
2,113,866
—
2,437,472
—
44,285
—
4,915,195
—
13,269
—
90,712
—
— $ 5,019,176
— $
— $
205,796 $
205,796 $
1,342 $
1,342 $
207,138
207,138
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2022
$
$
110,865 $
— $
203,092
—
21,080
—
— 2,256,986
— 2,893,430
—
70,588
— 5,556,041
10,843
—
—
109,497
— $ 5,676,381 $
110,865
— $
203,092
—
21,080
—
2,256,986
—
2,893,430
—
70,588
—
5,556,041
—
10,843
—
—
109,497
— $ 5,676,381
— $
— $
202,238 $
202,238 $
1,883 $
1,883 $
204,121
204,121
Securities classified as level 2 include obligations of U.S. Government agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored agencies, including
“off-the-run” U.S. Treasury securities, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
that are issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, and state and municipal bonds. The level 2 fair value measurements for
investment securities are obtained quarterly from a third-party pricing service that uses industry-standard pricing models. Substantially
all of the model inputs are observable in the marketplace or can be supported by observable data. The Company invests only in
135
Table of Contents
securities of investment grade quality with a targeted duration, for the overall portfolio, generally between two and five and a half
years. Company policies generally limit U.S. investments to agency securities and municipal securities determined to be investment
grade according to an internally generated score which generally includes a rating of not less than “Baa” or its equivalent by a
nationally recognized statistical rating agency.
Loans held for sale consist of residential mortgage loans carried under the fair value option. The fair value for these instruments is
classified as level 2 based on market prices obtained from potential buyers.
For the Company’s derivative financial instruments designated as hedges and those under the customer interest rate program, the fair
value is obtained from a third-party pricing service that uses an industry-standard discounted cash flow model that relies on inputs,
Overnight Index swap rate curves, and LIBOR swap curves (while published) all observable in the marketplace. To comply with the
accounting guidance, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated in the fair values to appropriately reflect nonperformance risk for
both the Company and the counterparties. Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value these
derivative instruments fall within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit value adjustments utilize level 3 inputs, such as
estimates of current credit spreads. The Company has determined that the impact of the credit valuation adjustments is not significant
to the overall valuation of these derivatives. As a result, the Company has classified its derivative valuations for these instruments in
level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company’s policy is to measure counterparty credit risk quarterly for all derivative instruments
subject to master netting arrangements consistent with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement
date.
The Company also has certain derivative instruments associated with the Bank’s mortgage-banking activities. These derivative
instruments include interest rate lock commitments on prospective residential mortgage loans and forward commitments to sell these
loans to investors on a best efforts delivery basis and To Be Announced securities for mandatory delivery contracts. The fair value of
these derivative instruments is measured using observable market prices for similar instruments and is classified as a level 2
measurement.
The Company’s Level 3 liability consists of a derivative contract with the purchaser of 192,163 shares of Visa Class B common stock.
Pursuant to the agreement, the Company retains the risks associated with the ultimate conversion of the Visa Class B common shares
into shares of Visa Class A common stock, such that the counterparty will be compensated for any dilutive adjustments to the
conversion ratio and the Company will be compensated for any anti-dilutive adjustments to the ratio. The agreement also requires
periodic payments by the Company to the counterparty calculated by reference to the market price of Visa Class A common shares at
the time of sale and a fixed rate of interest that steps up once after the eighth scheduled quarterly payment. The fair value of the
liability is determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value
measurement are the Company’s own assumptions about estimated changes in the conversion rate of the Visa Class B common shares
into Visa Class A common shares, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and the estimated growth rate of the Visa
Class A common share price. Refer to Note 11 – Derivatives for information about the derivative contract with the counterparty.
The Company believes its valuation methods for its assets and liabilities carried at fair value are appropriate; however, the use of
different methodologies or assumptions, particularly as applied to Level 3 assets and liabilities, could have a material effect on the
computation of their estimated fair values.
Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements and Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
The table below presents a rollforward of the amounts on the consolidated balance sheet for the years ended December 31, 2023 and
2022 for financial instruments of a material nature that are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and are measured at fair
value on a recurring basis:
($ in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2021
Cash settlement
Losses included in earnings
Balance at December 31, 2022
Cash settlement
Losses included in earnings
Balance at December 31, 2023
$
$
4,116
(2,429 )
196
1,883
(2,547 )
2,006
1,342
The table below provides an overview of the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in those techniques to
measure the financial instrument measured on a recurring basis and classified within Level 3 of the valuation. The range of
136
Table of Contents
sensitivities that management utilized in its fair value calculations is deemed acceptable in the industry with respect to the identified
financial instrument.
Level 3 Class
Derivative liability
Valuation technique
Unobservable inputs:
Visa Class A appreciation - terminal range
Visa Class A appreciation - at end of reporting period
Conversion rate - range
Conversion rate - at end of reporting period
Time until resolution
$
December 31, 2023
1,342
Discounted cash flow
$
December 31, 2022
1,883
Discounted cash flow
6-12%
9%
1.60x-1.59x
1.5950x
3-9 months
6-12%
9%
1.61x-1.60x
1.6030x
3-12 months
The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers between valuation hierarchy levels as of the end of a reporting period.
Fair Value of Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis
Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Collateral-dependent loans individually evaluated for
credit loss loans are level 2 assets measured at the fair value of the underlying collateral based on independent third-party appraisals
that take into consideration market-based information such as recent sales activity for similar assets in the property’s market.
Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets, including both foreclosed property and surplus banking property, are level 3 assets that
are adjusted to fair value, less estimated selling costs, upon transfer from loans or property and equipment. Subsequently, other real
estate owned and foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less estimated selling costs. Fair values are
determined by sales agreement or third-party appraisals as discounted for estimated selling costs, information from comparable sales,
and marketability of the assets.
The fair value information presented below is not as of the period end, rather it was as of the date the fair value adjustment was
recorded during the twelve months for each of the dates presented below, and excludes nonrecurring fair value measurements of assets
no longer on the balance sheet.
The following tables present the Company’s financial assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for each of the fair
value hierarchy levels:
($ in thousands)
Collateral dependent individually evaluated loans
Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets
Total nonrecurring fair value measurements
($ in thousands)
Collateral dependent individually evaluated loans
Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets
Total nonrecurring fair value measurements
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2023
— $
—
— $
15,882 $
—
15,882 $
— $
3,628
3,628 $
15,882
3,628
19,510
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2022
— $
—
— $
4,692 $
—
4,692 $
— $
2,017
2,017 $
4,692
2,017
6,709
$
$
$
$
Accounting guidance from the FASB requires the disclosure of estimated fair value information about certain on- and off-balance
sheet financial instruments, including those financial instruments that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis.
The significant methods and assumptions used by the Company to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are discussed below.
Cash, Short-Term Investments and Federal Funds Sold – For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable
estimate of fair value.
137
Table of Contents
Securities – The fair value measurement for securities available for sale was discussed earlier in the note. The same measurement
techniques were applied to the valuation of securities held to maturity.
Loans, Net – The fair value measurement for certain collateral dependent loans that are individually evaluated for credit loss was
described earlier in this note. For the remaining portfolio, fair values were generally determined by discounting scheduled cash flows
using discount rates determined with reference to current market rates at which loans with similar terms would be made to borrowers
of similar credit quality.
Loans Held For Sale – These loans are either carried under the fair value option or at the lower of cost or market. Given the short
duration of these instruments, the carrying amount is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Deposits – The accounting guidance requires that the fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing
demand deposits and interest-bearing checking and savings accounts, be assigned fair values equal to amounts payable upon demand
(carrying amounts). The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of
similar remaining maturities.
Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase and Federal Funds Purchased– For these short-
term liabilities, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Short-Term FHLB Borrowings – FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2023 and 2022 consist of short-term fixed rate borrowings
(five calendar days outstanding); as such, the carrying amount of the instruments is a reasonable estimate of fair value and is reflected
as Level 1 in the respective table below.
Long-Term Debt – The fair value is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using current market rates at which
debt with similar terms could be obtained.
Derivative Financial Instruments – The fair value measurement for derivative financial instruments was described earlier in this
note.
The following tables present the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments by fair value hierarchy levels and the
corresponding carrying amounts.
($ in thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash, interest-bearing bank deposits, and
federal funds sold
Available for sale securities
Held to maturity securities
Loans, net
Loans held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
Federal funds purchased
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Short-term FHLB Borrowings
Long-term debt
Derivative financial instruments
$
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
December 31, 2023
$ 1,188,284 $
— $
— 4,915,195
— 2,485,918
—
—
—
— $
—
—
15,882 23,170,377
—
26,124
—
90,712
1,188,284 $
4,915,195
2,485,918
1,188,284
4,915,195
2,684,779
23,186,259 23,614,010
26,124
90,712
26,124
90,712
— $
350
454,479
700,000
—
—
— $ 29,679,228 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
196,182
1,342
205,796
29,679,228 $ 29,690,059
350
454,479
700,000
236,317
207,138
350
454,479
700,000
196,182
207,138
138
Table of Contents
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
December 31, 2022
$
($ in thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash, interest-bearing bank deposits, and
federal funds sold
Available for sale securities
Held to maturity securities
Loans, net
Loans held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
Federal funds purchased
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
FHLB short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Derivative financial instruments
888,519 $
— $
— 5,556,041
— 2,615,398
—
—
—
888,519 $
5,556,041
2,615,398
4,692 22,132,683 22,137,375
26,385
26,385
109,497
109,497
— $
—
—
—
—
$
— $
1,850
444,421
1,425,000
—
—
— $ 29,041,635 $ 29,041,635 $
1,850
—
—
444,421
—
—
1,425,000
—
—
200,060
—
200,060
204,121
1,883
202,238
888,519
5,556,041
2,852,495
22,806,257
26,385
109,497
29,070,349
1,850
444,421
1,425,000
242,077
204,121
Note 21. Condensed Parent Company Information
The following condensed financial statements reflect the accounts and transactions of Hancock Whitney Corporation only:
Condensed Balance Sheets
($ in thousands)
Assets:
Cash
Investment in bank subsidiaries
Investment in non-bank subsidiaries
Due from subsidiaries and other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:
Long term debt
Other liabilities
Stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
($ in thousands)
Operating income
From subsidiaries:
December 31,
2023
2022
218,714 $
3,712,718
29,446
11,628
3,972,506 $
166,968 $
1,877
3,803,661
3,972,506 $
127,184
3,342,743
25,634
14,939
3,510,500
166,816
1,056
3,342,628
3,510,500
$
$
$
$
Condensed Statements of Income
2023
Years Ended December 31,
2022
2021
Cash dividends received from bank subsidiaries
Cash dividend from nonbank subsidiary
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries greater than dividends received
Total operating income
Other expense, net
Income tax benefit
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
$
$
185,000 $
—
222,731
407,731
19,587
(4,458 )
392,602 $
151,055
543,657 $
180,000 $
2,500
355,853
538,353
17,708
(3,444 )
524,089 $
(718,247 )
(194,158 ) $
150,000
5,000
327,950
482,950
25,814
(6,079 )
463,215
(134,004 )
329,211
139
Table of Contents
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
($ in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities - principally
dividends received from subsidiaries
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
Net cash provided by investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repayment of long term debt
Dividends paid to stockholders
Repurchase of common stock
Proceeds from dividend reinvestment and other incentive plans
Payroll tax remitted on net share settlement of equity awards
Net cash used in financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash
Cash, beginning of year
Cash, end of year
2023
Years Ended December 31,
2022
2021
$
198,093 $
198,093
192,816 $
192,816
160,887
160,887
—
—
855
855
—
—
—
(104,697 )
—
3,815
(5,681 )
(106,563 )
91,530
127,184
218,714 $
—
(94,458 )
(58,892 )
3,972
(7,386 )
(156,764 )
36,907
90,277
127,184 $
(150,000 )
(95,927 )
(21,796 )
4,482
(7,364 )
(270,605 )
(109,718 )
199,995
90,277
$
140
Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The term “disclosure controls and procedures” is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the Exchange Act). The rules refer to our controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required
to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within
the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and (2) accumulated and communicated to
our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.
Management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has performed an evaluation of the effectiveness
of our disclosure controls and procedures and based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer
have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2023.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such
term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. The Company’s management, with the participation of its principal executive and principal financial officers, evaluated the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 based on the framework set forth in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Management also conducted an assessment of requirements pertaining to Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Improvement Act. This section relates to management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, including controls over
the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated
Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form Y-9 C) and compliance with specific laws and regulations. Our evaluation
included a review of the documentation of controls, evaluations of the design of the internal control system and tests of the
effectiveness of internal controls.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial
statements included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” has issued an attestation report on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting, which is also included in Item 8.
Based on the foregoing evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective
as of December 31, 2023.
There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2023 that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Pursuant to Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K, none of our directors or executive officers adopted, terminated or modified a Rule 10b5-1
trading arrangement or a non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement during the quarter ended December 31, 2023.
Hancock Whitney Corporation will hold its Annual Meeting of Shareholders of common stock on Wednesday, April 24, 2024, at
11:00 a.m. Central Daylight Time at Hancock Whitney Plaza, 2510 14th Street, Gulfport, Mississippi. Additional information about
the Annual Meeting, including the matters to be considered, will be set forth in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2024
Annual Meeting to be filed in due course with the SEC.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
None.
141
Table of Contents
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information concerning our directors will appear in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission for our 2024 annual meeting of the shareholders under the caption, “Information about Our Directors.” Information
concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will appear in our proxy statement under the caption, "Delinquent
Section 16(a) Reports.” Information concerning our code of business ethics for officers and associates, our code of ethics for financial
officers, and our code of ethics for directors will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons.”
Information concerning our audit committee will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Board of Directors and Corporate
Governance – Board Committees – Audit Committee.” The information set forth under each such caption is incorporated herein by
reference. The information required by Item 10 of this Report regarding our executive officers appears in a separately captioned
heading in Item 1 of this Report.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information concerning our executive and director compensation will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2024
annual meeting of shareholders under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation of Directors,” “Compensation
Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” and
“Shareholder Proposals for the 2024 Annual Meeting.” Information concerning our compensation committee interlocks and insider
participation and our compensation committee report will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Compensation Committee
Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report,” respectively. Such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information concerning ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating
to our 2024 annual meeting of shareholders under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”
The information set forth under each such caption is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2024
annual meeting of shareholders under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons.” Information concerning director independence
will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance.” The information set forth under
each such caption is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, New Orleans, LA, Auditor Firm ID
238.
Information concerning principal accountant fees and services will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2024
annual meeting of shareholders under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.” Such information is incorporated
herein by reference.
142
Table of Contents
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:
1.
The following consolidated financial statements of Hancock Whitney Corporation and subsidiaries are filed as part of this
Report under Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”:
Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Income – Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income – Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity– Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows –Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – December 31, 2023
2.
Financial schedules required to be filed by Item 8 of this Report, and by Item 15(d) below:
The schedules to the consolidated financial statements set forth by Article 9 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related
instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.
3.
Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K, and by Item 15(b) below.
All other financial statements and schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the required information is
presented in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.
143
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
*10.1
*10.2
*10.3
*10.4
*10.5
*10.6
*10.7
*10.8
*10.9
*10.10
*10.11
EXHIBIT INDEX
Description
Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s 8-K
(File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on May 1, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference).
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s 8-K (File No. 001-
36872) filed with the Commission on May 1, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference).
Specimen stock certificate of the Company (reflecting change in par value from $10.00 to $3.33, effective March 6,
1989) (filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-11831) filed with the
Commission on September 12, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2015, between Hancock Holding Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Hancock Whitney Corporation’s Current Report on Form
8-Kfiled with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2015).
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 2, 2020, between Hancock Whitney Corporation and The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-36872) filed with the
Commission on June 2, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference).
Form of Global Note representing the 6.25% Subordinated Notes due 2060 (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form
8-K (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on June 2, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference).
2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 0-13089) filed with the
Commission on April 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).
Amendment to the Hancock Holding Company 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix A of the Company’s
definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on March 17, 2017 and
incorporated herein by reference).
Hancock Whitney Corporation 2020 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File
Number 001-36872) filed with the Commission on May 1, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference).
Amendment to the Hancock Whitney Corporation 2020 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix B of the
Company’s definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on March 15,
2022 and incorporated herein by reference).
Hancock Whitney Corporation 2010 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, restated effective May 25, 2018 (filed
as Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-258295) filed with the Commission on July 30, 2021 and
incorporated herein by reference).
Hancock Whitney Corporation 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, amended and restated effective July 1, 2018 (filed
as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Form S-8 (file No. 333-258295) filed with the Commission on July 30, 2021 and
incorporated herein by reference).
Form of Change in Control Employment Agreement between the Company and certain named executive officers
effective January 1, 2021 (filed as exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022
(File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on February 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference).
Hancock Whitney Corporation Executive Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2022 (filed as exhibit 10.8 to the
Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on
February 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference).
Insurance Plan and Summary Plan Description, adopted by the Company effective July 1, 2014 (filed as Exhibit 10.20
to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission on
February 27, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).
Form of Restricted Common Stock Award Agreement effective January 1, 2020 (filed as exhibit 10.10 to the
Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on
February 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference).
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement effective January 1, 2022 (filed as exhibit 10.11 to the Company's
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on February 27,
2023 and incorporated by reference).
144
Table of Contents
*10.12
*10.13
Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement effective January 1, 2020 (filed as exhibit 10.12 to the Company's
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on February 27,
2023 and incorporated by reference).
Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement effective January 1, 2022 (filed as exhibit 10.13 to the Company's
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on February 27,
2023 and incorporated by reference).
**21.1
Subsidiaries of the Company.
**23.1
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP.
**31.1
**31.2
**32.1
**32.2
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
**97
Hancock Whitney Corporation Compensation Recoupment Policy
101.INS
Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL
tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema With Embedded Linkbase Documents
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as iXBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).
*
**
Compensatory plan or arrangement.
Filed with this Form 10-K.
145
Table of Contents
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not applicable.
146
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
HANCOCK WHITNEY CORPORATION
Registrant
February 28, 2024
Date
By: /s/ John M. Hairston
John M. Hairston
President & Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
February 28, 2024
Date
By: /s/ Michael M. Achary
Michael M. Achary
Senior Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
147
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Jerry L. Levens
Jerry L. Levens
/s/ Frank E. Bertucci
Frank E. Bertucci
/s/ Hardy B. Fowler
Hardy B. Fowler
/s/ Randall W. Hanna
Randall W. Hanna
/s/ James H. Horne
James H. Horne
/s/ Suzette K. Kent
Suzette K. Kent
/s/ H. Merritt Lane III
H. Merritt Lane III
/s/ Constantine S. Liollio
Constantine S. Liollio
/s/ Sonya C. Little
Sonya C. Little
/s/ Thomas H. Olinde
Thomas H. Olinde
/s/ Sonia A. Pérez
Sonia A. Pérez
/s/ Christine L. Pickering
Christine L. Pickering
/s/ Joan C. Teofilo
Joan C. Teofilo
/s/ C. Richard Wilkins
C. Richard Wilkins
Chairman of the Board, Director
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
148
Corporate Information
Annual Meeting
The annual meeting of shareholders will be held at 11:00 a.m. Central Time,
Wednesday, April 24, 2024, virtually.
Corporate Offices
Hancock Whitney Plaza
2510 14th Street
Gulfport, MS 39501
228-868-4000
800-522-6542
Financial Information
Copies of Hancock Whitney Corporation financial reports, including its
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, are available without charge upon request to:
Kathryn Shrout Mistich
Vice President
Investor Relations Manager
Hancock Whitney Corporation
P.O. Box 4019
Gulfport, MS 39502-4019
Subsidiaries of Hancock Whitney Corporation
Hancock Whitney Bank
Hancock Whitney Equipment Finance, LLC
InvestorRelations@hancockwhitney.com
Earnings releases and other financial information about the company are
available on the company’s Investor Relations website:
Hancock Whitney Equipment Financing and Leasing, LLC
investors.hancockwhitney.com
Hancock Whitney Investment Services, Inc.
Hancock Whitney New Markets Fund, LLC
Common Stock
The company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market
under the symbol HWC.
Stockholder Information
Shareholders seeking information may call the transfer agent at
888-490-1239, email HelpAST@equiniti.com, access the website at
www.equiniti.com, or write:
Equiniti Trust Company, LLC
55 Challenger Road 2nd Floor
Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660
Board of Directors
Jerry L. Levens*
Frank E. Bertucci
Hardy B. Fowler
John M. Hairston
Randall W. Hanna
James H. Horne
Suzette K. Kent
H. Merritt Lane, III
Constantine “Dean” S. Liollio
Sonya C. Little
Thomas H. Olinde
Sonia A. Pérez
Christine L. Pickering
Joan C. Teofilo
C. Richard Wilkins
Shareholders may also contact the company directly by emailing
shareholderservices@hancockwhitney.com.
Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan
Shareholders seeking full details about the plan may call 888-490-1239,
email HelpAST@equiniti.com, access the website at www.equiniti.com,
or write:
Corporate & Affiliate Bank Officers
John M. Hairston
President & CEO
Michael M. Achary
Chief Financial Officer
Alan M. Ganucheau
Treasurer
Juanita P. Kuhner
General Counsel
Equiniti Trust Company, LLC
55 Challenger Road 2nd Floor
Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660
Cash Dividend Direct Deposit
Shareholders may elect to have their Hancock Whitney Corporation dividends
directly deposited into a checking, savings, or money market account. This
service provides a safe, convenient method of receiving dividends and
is offered at no cost to shareholders. To obtain more information and an
enrollment form, call 888-490-1239, email HelpAST@equiniti.com, access
the website at www.equiniti.com, or write:
Equiniti Trust Company, LLC
55 Challenger Road 2nd Floor
Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660
Joseph S. Exnicios
President, Hancock Whitney Bank
Miles S. Milton
Chief Wealth Management Officer
D. Shane Loper
Chief Operating Officer
Cecil “Chip” W. Knight, Jr.
Chief Banking Officer
Joshua R. Caldwell
Chief Internal Auditor
Cindy S. Collins
Chief Compliance Officer
Michael Otero
Chief Risk Officer
Joy Lambert Phillips
Chief Legal Officer &
Corporate Secretary
Rudi Hall Thompson
Chief Human Resources Officer
Christopher S. Ziluca
Chief Credit Officer
*Independent Chairman of the Board
Your Dream. Our Mission.
hancockwhitney.com
We conduct business in accordance with
these core values:
Honor & Integrity
Strength & Stability
Commitment to Service
Teamwork
Personal Responsibility